• Author / Uploaded
• Tony Apps

Citation preview

WIRE AND CABLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION HANDBOOK

$80.00 HARDBOUND $50.00 SOFTBOUND

i

©Anixter Inc. 1996

TRADEMARKS

Trademarks The following registered trademarks appear in this handbook: Alumel is a registered trademark of Hoskins Mfg. Co. Chromel is a registered trademark of Hoskins Mfg. Co. Constantan is a registered trademark of Hoskins Mfg. Co. CSA is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Flamarrest® is a registered trademark of Belden Inc. Halar is a registered trademark of Ausimont, Inc. Hypalon is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corp. Kevlar® is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. K FIBER® is a registered trademark of BICC Kynar® is a registered trademark of Atochem, Inc. Megger® is a registered trademark of AVO International Mylar® is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association Nicrosil is a registered trademark of Hoskins Mfg. Co. Nisil is a registered trademark of Hoskins Mfg. Co. Scotchlok® is a registered trademark of 3M Solef® is a registered trademark of Solvay ST® is a registered trademark of AT&T Teflon® is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. Tefzel® is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriter’s Laboratories Inc. UniBlend® is a registered trademark of BICC UniShield® is a registered trademark of BICC Unistrand is a registered trademark of Belden Inc. Valox® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co. Z-Fold® is a registered trademark of Belden Inc.

3RD Edition 1st Printing ISBN 0-9638139-0-0 (Hardbound) ISBN 0-9638139-1-9 (Softbound)

©Anixter Inc. 1996

ii

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION Information in this handbook has been drawn from authoritative sources in their latest available editions. These include publications of: • American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), • Canadian Standards Association (CSA), • Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIA/TIA), • Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), • International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), • Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA), • National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), • National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), • Underwriters Laboratories (UL), • U.S. Navy Naval Ship Engineering Center (NAVSEC) and from many publications of the leading wire and cable companies in the industry. National Electrical Code (NEC) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association, Inc., Quincy, MA for a triennial electrical publication. The term, National Electrical Code, as used herein means the triennial publication constituting the National Electrical Code and is used with permission of the National Fire Protection Association, Inc. All due concern has been devoted to accuracy but Anixter Inc. cannot be responsible for errors, omissions or obsolescence. All data herein are subject to change without notice. Anixter Inc. does not manufacture the items described in this handbook. Users are requested to determine directly from the manufacturer’s tests or to make their own tests to determine the suitability of these materials for their application and to be guided by the results of such tests. All applicable warranties are provided by the manufacturer. Purchasers are requested to determine directly from the manufacturer the applicable product warranty and limitations. Data and suggestions made in this publication are not to be construed as recommendations to use any product in violation of government law or regulation relating to any material or its use.

iii

©Anixter Inc. 1996

CONTRIBUTORS

CONTRIBUTORS We wish to acknowledge the contributions of the many individuals who assisted in the preparation of this edition of the handbook. We especially want to recognize the efforts of Deborah Altman, Illia Baker, Randy Clark, Mark Fordham, Jeff Gronemeyer, Vince Halloran, Mark Latz, Tom McMillan, Mitch Milford, Salvatrice Scharpenberg, George Spisak, Ron Vollink and Lance Wright. W. D. Wilkens, Editor

©Anixter Inc. 1996

iv

PREFACE

PREFACE Anixter Inc. was founded in 1957 as a specialized distributor of electrical and electronic wire and cable. Today Anixter is a specialist in the supply of wiring systems for the transmission of voice, data, video, and power with an international network of service centers. Anixter Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Anixter International. For over three decades, Anixter has been a major supplier of power, control, and instrumentation cable of business and industry. With the emergence of data communications, word processing, the electronic office, and local area networks, Anixter fills your need as a one-stop source for cable and hardware. To assure product availability and on-time delivery, Anixter has linked its service centers and sales offices throughout North and South America, Europe, Asia and Australia with the most modern on-line “real time” Business Information system available. Anixter provides its customers with its exclusive Action electronic order entry and inquiry system. Call your nearest Anixter location for more information. This handbook is designed to be a useful collection of engineering and technical information on electrical and optical wire and cable and related products. It is primarily intended for those individuals who design, specify, or troubleshoot wire and cable systems. We have tried to make this handbook the best in the industry and hope we have succeeded. We welcome your comments and suggestions for improvement in future editions. Anixter Inc. Wire & Cable Group 1996

v

©Anixter Inc. 1996

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTENTS Page

Contributors

iv

Preface

v

1. Basic Principles of Electricity

1

2. Conductors

5

3. Insulation and Jacket Materials

27

4. Shields

49

5. Armor

55

6. Cable Types and Selection Criteria

59

7. Electrical Characteristics

85

8. Installation and Testing

105

9. Connectors, Lugs & Terminations

135

10. Packaging of Wire and Cable

151

11. Standards and Specifications

163

12. Conversion Tables

205

13. Formulas and Constants

221

14. Continental Europe

229

15. United Kingdom

261

16. Latin and South America

271

©Anixter Inc. 1996

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

CONTENTS 17. Canada

275

18. Asia and the Pacific Rim

289

Glossary

297

Index

325

vii

©Anixter Inc. 1996

1. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICITY 1.1 Electricity

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

1.1 Electricity 1.1 Electricity

2

1.2 The Volt 1.2 The Volt

2

1.3 The Ampere 1.3 The Ampere

2

1.4 The Ohm 1.4 The Ohm

2

1.5 Ohm’s Law 1.5 Ohm’s Law

3

1.6 Ampacity 1.6 Ampacity

3

1.7 Electrical Systems 1.7 Electrical Systems

3

1. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICITY

1.1 Electricity Electricity, simply put, is the flow of electric current along a conductor. This electric current takes the form of free electrons which transfer from one atom to the next. Thus, the more free electrons a material has, the better it conducts. There are three parameters involved in the electrical equation: the volt, the ampere, and the ohm.

1.2 The Volt The pressure that is put on free electrons that causes them to flow is known as electromotive force (EMF). The volt is the unit of pressure, i.e., the volt is the amount of electromotive force required to push a current of one ampere through a conductor with a resistance of one ohm.

1.3 The Ampere The ampere defines the flow rate of electric current. For instance, when one coulomb (or 6 3 1018 electrons) flows past a given point on a conductor in one second, it is defined as a current of one ampere.

1.4 The Ohm The ohm is the unit of resistance in a conductor. Three things determine the amount of resistance in a conductor: its size, its material, e.g., copper or aluminum, and its temperature. A conductor’s resistance increases as its length increases or diameter decreases. The more conductive the materials used, the lower the conductor resistance becomes. Conversely, a rise in temperature will generally increase resistance in a conductor.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2

1. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICITY

1.5 Ohm’s Law Ohm’s Law expresses the correlation between electric current (I), voltage (V), and resistance (R) in a conductor. Ohm’s Law can be expressed as: V5I3R Where:

V 5 volts I 5 amps R 5 ohms

1.6 Ampacity Ampacity is the amount of current a conductor can handle before its temperature exceeds accepted limits. These limits are given in the National Electrical Code (NEC), the Canadian Electrical Code, and in other engineering documents such as those published by the Insulated Cable Engineers Assocation (ICEA). It is important to know that many external factors affect the ampacity of an electrical conductor and these factors should be taken into consideration before selecting the conductor size.

1.7 Electrical Systems The most widely used medium voltage (5 to 35 kV) alternating current (AC) electrical distribution systems in North America are illustrated below:

Figure 1.1–Three phase wye (star) Three wire

Figure 1.2–Three phase delta Three wire

Figure 1.3–Three phase star Four wire, grounded neutral

Typical low voltage systems are illustrated below:

Figure 1.4–Three phase wye (star) Three wire, grounded neutral

Figure 1.5–Three phase delta Four wire, grounded midpoint

3

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS 2.1 Strand Types

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

2.1 Strand Types 2.1.1 Concentric Strand 2.1.2 Bunch Strand 2.1.3 Rope Strand 2.1.4 Sector Conductor 2.1.5 Segmental Conductor 2.1.6 Annular Conductor 2.1.7 Compact Strand 2.1.8 Compressed Strand

7 8 8 8 8 8 8 9

2.2 Coatings 2.2 Coatings

10

2.3 Tensile Strength of Copper Wire 2.3 Tensile Strength of Copper Wire

11

2.4 Copper Strand Properties 2.4.1 Strand Classes 2.4.2 Solid Copper 2.4.3 Class B Copper 2.4.4 Class H Copper 2.4.5 Class K Copper 2.4.6 Class M Copper

12 14 15 17 19 20

2.5 Aluminum Strand Properties 2.5.1 Solid Aluminum 2.5.2 Class B Aluminum 2.5.3 ACSR

21 22 24

2. CONDUCTORS The conductor is the metallic component of cables through which electrical power or electrical signals are transmitted. Conductor size is usually specified by American Wire Gauge (AWG), circular mil area, or in square millimeters.

AWG The American Wire Gauge (AWG) (sometimes called Brown and Sharpe or B. and S.) is used almost exclusively in the U.S.A. for copper and aluminum wire. The Birmingham Wire Gauge (BWG) is used for steel armor wire. The diameters according to the AWG are defined as follows: The diameter of size 4/0 (sometimes written 0000) equals 0.4600 inch and that of size #36 equals 0.0050 inch; the intermediate sizes are found by geometric progression. That is, the ratio of the diameter of one size to that of the next smaller size (larger gauge number) is: 39

0.4600 5 1.122932 0.0050

Circular Mil Sizes larger than 4/0 are specified in terms of the total area of a cross-section of the copper in circular mils (cmil). A circular mil is a unit of area equal to the area of a circle one mil in diameter. It is p/4 (0.7854) of a square mil (one mil 5 0.001 inch). The area of a circle in circular mils is therefore equal to the square of its diameter in mils. A solid wire one inch in diameter has an area of 4 1,000,000 cmils (one square inch equals p 3 1,000,000 cmils 5 1,273,200 cmils).

Square Millimeters

Metric sizes are given in terms of square millimeters (mm2).

Conductor Characteristics Relative electrical and thermal conductivities of common metal conductors are as follows: Table 2.1–Relative electrical and thermal conductivities of common conductor materials Relative Electrical Conductivity @20°C

Relative Thermal Conductivity @20°C

106 100 97

108 100 –

Gold Aluminum Magnesium

72 62 39

76 56 41

Zinc Nickel Cadmium

29 25 23

29 15 24

Metal

Silver COPPER (annealed) COPPER (hard drawn)

Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6

2. CONDUCTORS TABLE 2.1–Relative electrical and thermal conductivities of common conductors Continued Relative Electrical Conductivity @20°C

Relative Thermal Conductivity @20°C

Cobalt Iron Platinum

18 17 16

17 17 18

Tin Steel Lead

15 12 8

17 – 9

Metal

2.1 Strand Types 2.1.1 Concentric Strand A concentric stranded conductor consists of a central wire or core surrounded by one or more layers of helically laid wires. Each layer after the first has six more wires than the preceding layer. Except in compact stranding, each layer is applied in a direction opposite to that of the layer under it. If the core is a single wire and if it and all of the outer strands have the same diameter, the first layer will contain six wires; the second, twelve; the third, eighteen; etc.

Figure 2.1–Concentric strand

7

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS 2.1.2 Bunch Strand The term “bunch stranding” is applied to a collection of strands twisted together in the same direction without regard to the geometric arrangement.

2.1.3 Rope Strand A rope stranded conductor is a concentric stranded conductor each of whose component strands is itself stranded. A rope stranded conductor is described by giving the number of groups laid together to form the rope and the number of wires in each group. Figure 2.2 –Rope strand

2.1.4 Sector Conductor A sector conductor is a stranded conductor whose crosssection is approximately the shape of a sector of a circle. A multiple conductor insulated cable with sector conductors has a smaller diameter than the corresponding cable with round conductors. Figure 2.3 –Sector conductor

2.1.5 Segmental Conductor A segmental conductor is a round, stranded conductor composed of three or four sectors slightly insulated from one another. This construction has the advantage of lower AC resistance (less skin effect). Figure 2.4 –Segmental conductor

2.1.6 Annular Conductor An annular conductor is a round, stranded conductor whose strands are laid around a suitable core. The core is usually made wholly or mostly of nonconducting material. This construction has the advantage of lower total AC resistance for a given cross-sectional area of conducting material by eliminating the greater skin effect at the center.

Figure 2.5 –Annular conductor

2.1.7 Compact Strand A compact stranded conductor is a round or sector conductor having all layers stranded in the same direction and rolled to a predetermined ideal shape. The finished conductor is smooth on the surface and contains practically no interstices or air spaces. This results in a smaller diameter.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8

Figure 2.6 –Compact concentric strand

2. CONDUCTORS 2.1.8 Compressed Strand Compressed conductors are intermediate in size between standard concentric conductors and compact conductors. A comparison is shown below:

Concentric

Compressed

Compact

Figure 2.7–Comparative sizes and shapes of 1000 kcmil conductors

In a concentric stranded conductor, each individual wire is round and considerable space exists between wires. In a compressed conductor, the conductor has been put through a die which “squeezes out” some of the space between wires. In a compact conductor each wire is preformed into a trapezoidal shape before the wires are stranded together into a finished conductor. This results in even less space between wires. A compact conductor is, therefore, the smallest in diameter (except for a solid conductor, of course). Diameters for common conductor sizes are given in the table below: Table 2.2 –Diameters for copper and aluminum conductors Conductor Size

Nominal Diameters (in.)

AWG

kcmil

Solid

Class B Compact

Class B Compressed

Class B Concentric

8 6 4

16.51 26.24 41.74

0.1285 0.1620 0.2043

0.134 0.169 0.213

0.141 0.178 0.225

0.146 0.184 0.232

3 2 1

52.62 66.36 83.69

0.2294 0.2576 0.2893

0.238 0.268 0.299

0.252 0.283 0.322

0.260 0.292 0.332

1/0 2/0 3/0

105.6 133.1 167.8

0.3249 0.3648 0.4096

0.336 0.376 0.423

0.361 0.406 0.456

0.373 0.419 0.470

4/0 – –

211.6 250 300

0.4600 0.5000 0.5477

0.475 0.520 0.570

0.512 0.558 0.611

0.528 0.575 0.630

350 400 450

0.5916 0.6325 0.6708

0.616 0.659 0.700

0.661 0.706 0.749

0.681 0.728 0.772

– – –

Continued

9

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.2 –Diameters for copper and aluminum conductors Continued Conductor Size

Nominal Diameters (in.)

AWG

kcmil

Solid

Class B Compact

Class B Compressed

Class B Concentric

– – –

500 550 600

0.7071 0.7416 0.7746

0.736 0.775 0.813

0.789 0.829 0.866

0.813 0.855 0.893

– – –

650 700 750

0.8062 0.8367 0.8660

0.845 0.877 0.908

0.901 0.935 0.968

0.929 0.964 0.998

– – –

800 900 1,000

0.8944 0.9487 1.0000

0.938 0.999 1.060

1.000 1.061 1.117

1.031 1.093 1.152

Sources: ASTM B3, B496 ICEA S-66-524

2.2 Coatings There are three materials commonly used for coating a copper conductor. These are tin, silver, and nickel. Tin is the most common and is used for improved corrosion resistance and solderability. Silver plated conductors are used in high temperature environments (150°C– 200°C). It is also used for high frequency applications where silver’s high conductivity (better than copper) and the “skin effect” work together to reduce attenuation at high frequencies. Nickel coatings are used for conductors that operate between 200°C and 450°C. At these high temperatures, copper oxidizes rapidly if not nickel plated. One drawback of nickel, however, is its poor solderability.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10

2. CONDUCTORS

2.3 Tensile Strength of Copper Wire Table 2.3 –Tensile strength of copper wire Soft or Annealed

Medium Hard Drawn

Hard Drawn

Size

Max. Breaking Load

Max. Tensile Strength

Min. Breaking Load

Min. Tensile Strength

Min. Breaking Load

Min. Tensile Strength

AWG

lbs.

lbs. per sq in.

lbs.

lbs. per sq in.

lbs.

lbs. per sq in.

4/0 3/0 2/0

6,000 4,750 3,765

36,000 36,000 36,000

6,970 5,660 4,600

42,000 43,000 44,000

8,140 6,720 5,530

49,000 51,000 52,800

1/0 1 2

2,985 2,435 1,930

36,000 37,000 37,000

3,730 3,020 2,450

45,000 46,000 47,000

4,520 3,690 3,010

54,500 56,100 57,600

3 4 6

1,535 1,215 765

37,000 37,000 37,000

1,990 1,580 1,010

48,000 48,330 49,000

2,440 1,970 1,280

59,000 60,100 62,100

8 10 12

480 315 200

37,000 38,500 38,500

645 410 262

49,660 50,330 51,000

825 530 335

63,700 64,900 65,700

14 16 18

125 78.5 49.5

38,500 38,500 38,500

167 106 68

51,660 52,330 53,000

215 135 86

66,200 66,600 67,000

Source: ASTM B1, B2 and B3

11

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS

2.4 Copper Strand Properties 2.4.1 Strand Classes Table 2.4 –Strand classes ASTM Standard

Construction

Class

AA

B8

B173

Concentric lay

Rope lay with concentricstranded members

Application

For bare conductors—usually used in overhead lines.

A

For bare conductors where greater flexibility than is afforded by Class AA is required.

B

For conductors insulated with various materials such as EP, XLP, PVC, etc. This is the most common class.

C D

For conductors where greater flexibility is required than is provided by Class B.

G

Conductor constructions having a range of areas from 5,000,000 circular mils and employing 61 stranded members of 19 wires each down to No. 14 AWG containing 7 stranded members of 7 wires each. Typical uses are for portable (flexible) conductors and similar applications.

H

Conductor constructions having a range of areas from 5,000,000 circular mils and employing 91 stranded members of 19 wires each down to No. 9 AWG containing 19 stranded members of 7 wires each. Typical uses are for rubberjacketed cords and conductors where flexibility is required, such as for use on take-up reels, over sheaves and extraflexible apparatus conductors. Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.4 –Strand classes Continued ASTM Standard

B172

B174

Conductor Size

Construction

Rope lay with bunchstranded members

Bunch stranded

Individual Wire Size

Application

Class

kcmil/AWG

In

AWG

I

Up to 2,000

0.0201

24

Typical use is for special apparatus cable.

K

Up to 2,000

0.0100

30

Typical use is for portable cord.

M

Up to 1,000

0.0063

34

Typical use is for welding cable.

I

7, 8, 9, 10

0.0201

24

Rubber-covered conductors.

J

10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 0.0126

28

Fixture wire.

K

10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 0.0100

30

Fixture wire, flexible cord, and portable cord.

L

10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 0.0080

32

Fixture wire and portable cord with greater flexibility than Class K.

M

14, 16, 18, 20

0.0063

34

Heater cord and light portable cord.

O

16, 18, 20

0.0050

36

Heater cord with greater flexibility than Class M.

P

16, 18, 20

0.0040

38

More flexible conductors than provided in preceding classes.

Q

18, 20

0.0031

40

Oscillating fan cord. Very good flexibility.

Source: Compiled from ASTM standards listed.

13

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS 2.4.2

Solid Copper

Table 2.5 –Standard nominal diameters and cross-sectional areas of solid copper wire Size

Diameter

Cross-Sectional Area

Weight

Breaking Strength

AWG or kcmil

mils

kcmils

lbs./1000ft.

Soft or Annealed (lbs.)

4/0 3/0 2/0

460.0 409.6 364.8

211.600 167.800 133.100

– – –

– – –

1/0 1 2

324.9 289.3 257.6

105.600 83.690 66.360

– – –

– – –

3 4 5

229.4 204.3 181.9

52.620 41.740 33.090

– – –

– – –

6 7 8

162.0 144.3 128.5

26.240 20.820 16.510

– – –

– – –

9 10 11

114.4 101.9 90.7

13.090 10.380 8.230

– 31.43 24.92

– 314.0 249.0

12 13 14

80.8 72.0 64.1

6.530 5.180 4.110

19.77 15.68 12.43

197.5 156.6 142.2

15 16 17

57.1 50.8 45.3

3.260 2.580 2.050

9.86 7.82 6.20

98.5 78.1 61.9

18 19 20

40.3 35.9 32.0

1.620 1.290 1.020

4.92 3.90 3.09

49.2 39.0 30.9

21 22 23

28.5 25.3 22.6

0.812 0.640 0.511

2.452 1.945 1.542

24.5 19.4 15.4

24 25 26

20.1 17.9 15.9

0.404 0.320 0.253

1.223 0.970 0.770

12.7 10.1 7.98

27 28 29

14.2 12.6 11.3

0.202 0.159 0.128

0.610 0.484 0.384

6.33 5.02 3.98 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.5 –Standard nominal diameters and cross-sectional areas of solid copper wire Continued Size

Diameter

Cross-Sectional Area

Weight

Breaking Strength

AWG or kcmil

mils

kcmils

lbs./1000ft.

Soft or Annealed (lbs.)

30 31 32

10.0 8.9 8.0

0.100 0.0792 0.0640

0.303 0.241 0.191

3.16 2.50 1.99

33 34 35

7.1 6.3 5.6

0.0504 0.0397 0.0314

0.152 0.120 0.095

1.58 1.25 0.990

36 37 38

5.0 4.5 4.0

0.0250 0.0202 0.0160

0.076 0.060 0.048

0.785 0.623 0.494

Source: ASTM B258, Specification for Standard Nominal Diameters and Cross-Sectional Areas of AWG Sizes of Solid Round Wires Used as Electrical Conductors

2.4.3

Class B Copper

Table 2.6 –Class B concentric-lay-stranded copper conductors

Size

Number of Wires

AWG or kcmil

Diameter of Each Wire

Weight

mils

lbs./1000ft.

5,000 4,500 4,000

217 217 217

151.8 144 135.8

15,890 14,300 12,590

3,500 3,000 2,500

169 169 127

143.9 133.2 140.3

11,020 9,353 7,794

2,000 1,900 1,800

127 127 127

125.5 122.3 119.1

6,175 5,866 5,558

1,750 1,700 1,600

127 127 127

117.4 115.7 112.2

5,402 5,249 4,940 Continued

15

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.6 –Class B concentric-lay-stranded copper conductors Continued Size

Number of Wires

AWG or kcmil

Diameter of Each Wire

Weight

mils

lbs./1000ft.

1,500 1,400 1,300

91 91 91

128.4 124.0 119.5

4,631 4,323 4,014

1,250 1,200 1,100

91 91 91

117.2 114.8 109.9

3,859 3,705 3,396

1,000 900 800

61 61 61

128.0 121.5 114.5

3,088 2,779 2,470

750 700 650

61 61 61

110.9 107.1 103.2

2,316 2,161 2,007

600 550 500

61 61 37

99.2 95.0 116.2

1,853 1,698 1,544

450 400 350

37 37 37

110.3 104.0 97.3

1,389 1,235 1,081

300 250 4/0

37 37 19

90.0 82.2 105.5

926.3 711.9 653.3

3/0 2/0 1/0

19 19 19

94.0 83.7 74.5

518.1 410.9 325.8

1 2 3

19 7 7

66.4 97.4 86.7

258.4 204.9 162.5

4 5 6

7 7 7

77.2 68.8 61.2

128.9 102.2 81.05

7 8 9

7 7 7

54.5 48.6 43.2

64.28 50.97 40.42 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

16

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.6 –Class B concentric-lay-stranded copper conductors Continued Size

Number of Wires

AWG or kcmil

Diameter of Each Wire

Weight

mils

lbs./1000ft.

10 12 14

7 7 7

38.5 30.5 24.2

16 18 20

7 7 7

19.2 15.2 12.1

32.06 20.16 12.68 7.974 5.015 3.154

Source: ASTM B8 Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft

2.4.4 Class H Copper Table 2.7–Class H rope-lay-stranded copper conductors

Size

Number of Wires

AWG or kcmil

Diameter

Weight

in.

lbs./1000ft.

5,000 4,500 4,000

1,729 1,729 1,729

2.959 2.805 2.646

16,060 14,430 12,840

3,500 3,000 2,500

1,729 1,729 1,159

2.475 2.294 2.088

11,235 9,650 8,010

2,000 1,900 1,800

1,159 1,159 1,159

1.868 1.823 1.773

6,400 6,100 5,770

1,750 1,700 1,600

1,159 1,159 1,159

1.751 1.724 1.674

5,625 5,455 5,145

1,500 1,400 1,300

703 703 703

1.617 1.561 1.505

4,815 4,485 4,170 Continued

17

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.7–Class H rope-lay-stranded copper conductors Continued Size

Number of Wires

AWG or kcmil

Diameter

Weight

in.

lbs./1000ft.

1,250 1,200 1,100

703 703 703

1.477 1.446 1.386

4,015 3,845 3,535

1,000 900 800

703 703 703

1.320 1.253 1.180

3,205 2,895 2,560

750 700 650

703 703 703

1.145 1.106 1.064

2,410 2,255 2,085

600 550 500

703 703 427

1.022 0.980 0.923

1,920 1,770 1,590

450 400 350

427 427 427

0.878 0.826 0.772

1,435 1,270 1,110

300 250 4/0

427 427 259

0.716 0.653 0.601

953 795 670

3/0 2/0 1/0

259 259 259

0.536 0.477 0.424

533 422 334

1 2 3

259 133 133

0.378 0.335 0.299

266 208 167

4 5 6

133 133 133

0.266 0.237 0.210

132 105 82

7 8 9

133 133 133

0.188 0.167 0.149

65 52 41

Source: ASTM B173 Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Concentric-Stranded Members

©Anixter Inc. 1996

18

2. CONDUCTORS 2.4.5 Class K Copper Table 2.8 –Class K rope-lay-stranded copper conductors Size AWG or kcmil

Rope-Lay with Bunch Stranding Nominal Number of 30 AWG Wires

Bunch Stranding

Strand Construction

Nominal Number of 30 AWG Wires

Approx. O.D. (inches)

Weight lbs./1000ft.

1,000 900 800

10,101 9,065 7,980

37 3 7 3 39 37 3 7 3 35 19 3 7 3 60

10,101 9,065 7,980

1.419 1.323 1.305

3,270 2,935 2,585

750 700 650

7,581 6,916 6,517

19 3 7 3 57 19 3 7 3 52 19 3 7 3 49

7,581 6,916 6,517

1.276 1.207 1.166

2,455 2,240 2,110

600 550 500

5,985 5,453 5,054

19 3 7 3 45 19 3 7 3 41 19 3 7 3 38

5,985 5,453 5,054

1.125 1.056 0.988

1,940 1,765 1,635

450 400 350

4,522 3,990 3,458

19 3 7 3 34 19 3 7 3 30 19 3 7 3 26

4,522 3,990 3,458

0.933 0.878 0.809

1,465 1,290 1,120

300 250 4/0

2,989 2,499 2,107

7 3 7 3 61 7 3 7 3 51 7 3 7 3 43

2,989 2,499 2,107

0.768 0.682 0.627

960 802 676

3/0 2/0 1/0

1,666 1,323 1,064

7 3 7 3 34 7 3 7 3 27 19 3 56

1,666 1,323 1,064

0.533 0.470 0.451

535 425 338

1 2 3

836 665 532

19 3 44 19 3 35 19 3 28

836 665 532

0.397 0.338 0.304

266 211 169

4 5 6

420 336 266

7 3 60 7 3 48 7 3 38

420 336 266

0.272 0.235 0.202

132 106 84

7 8 9

210 168 133

7 3 30 7 3 24 7 3 19

210 168 133

0.179 0.157 0.146

66 53 42

10 12 14

– – –

– – –

104 65 41

0.126 0.101 0.078

32.5 20.3 12.8

16 18 20

– – –

– – –

26 16 10

0.060 0.048 0.038

8.0 5.0 3.2

Sources: ASTM B172 Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Bunch-Stranded Members and ICEA S-68-516 (NEMA WC8) 19

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS 2.4.6 Class M Copper Table 2.9 –Class M rope-lay-stranded copper conductors Size AWG or kcmil

Rope-Lay with Bunch Stranding Nominal Number of 34 AWG Wires

Strand Construction

Bunch Stranding Nominal Number of 34 AWG Wires

Approx. O.D. (inches)

Weight lbs./1000ft.

1,000 900 800

25,193 22,631 20,069

61 3 7 3 59 61 3 7 3 53 61 3 7 3 47

25,193 22,631 20,069

1.404 1.331 1.256

3,240 2,910 2,580

750 700 650

18,788 17,507 16,226

61 3 7 3 44 61 3 7 3 41 61 3 7 3 38

18,788 17,507 16,226

1.207 1.183 1.133

2,415 2,250 2,085

600 550 500

14,945 13,664 12,691

61 3 7 3 35 61 3 7 3 32 37 3 7 3 49

14,945 13,664 12,691

1.084 1.035 0.997

1,920 1,755 1,630

450 400 350

11,396 10,101 8,806

37 3 7 3 44 37 3 7 3 39 37 3 7 3 34

11,396 10,101 8,806

0.940 0.901 0.825

1,465 1,300 1,130

300 250 4/0

7,581 6,384 5,320

19 3 7 3 57 19 3 7 3 48 19 3 7 3 40

7,581 6,384 5,320

0.768 0.713 0.645

975 821 684

3/0 2/0 1/0

4,256 3,325 2,646

19 3 7 3 32 19 3 7 3 25 7 3 7 3 54

4,256 3,325 2,646

0.576 0.508 0.423

547 427 337

1 2 3

2,107 1,666 1,323

7 3 7 3 43 7 3 7 3 34 7 3 7 3 27

2,107 1,666 1,323

0.376 0.337 0.305

268 212 169

4 5 6

1,064 836 665

19 3 56 19 3 44 19 3 35

1,064 836 665

0.269 0.240 0.215

134 105 84

7 8 9

532 420 336

19 3 28 7 3 60 7 3 48

532 420 336

0.196 0.162 0.146

67 53 42

10 12 14

259 168 –

7 3 37 7 3 24 –

259 168 104

0.126 0.101 0.078

32.5 21.0 12.8

16 18 20

– – –

– – –

65 41 26

0.060 0.048 0.038

8.0 5.0 3.2

Sources: ASTM B172 Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Bunch-Stranded Members and ICEA S-68-516 (NEMA WC8) ©Anixter Inc. 1996

20

2. CONDUCTORS

2.5 Aluminum Strand Properties 2.5.1 Solid Aluminum Table 2.10 –Aluminum 1350 solid round wire Size

Diameter

Cross-Sectional Area

Weight

AWG or kcmil

mils

kcmils

lbs./1000ft.

4/0 3/0 2/0

460.0 409.6 364.8

211.600 167.800 133.100

194.4 154.2 122.3

1/0 1 2

324.9 289.3 257.6

105.600 83.690 66.360

97.0 76.91 60.98

3 4 5

229.4 204.3 181.9

52.620 41.740 33.090

48.36 38.35 30.40

6 7 8

162.0 144.3 128.5

26.240 20.820 16.510

24.12 19.13 15.17

9 10 11

114.4 101.9 90.7

13.090 10.380 8.230

12.03 9.542 7.559

12 13 14

80.8 72.0 64.1

6.530 5.180 4.110

5.999 4.764 3.776

15 16 17

57.1 50.8 45.3

3.260 2.580 2.050

2.996 2.371 1.886

18 19 20

40.3 35.9 32.0

1.620 1.290 1.020

1.492 1.184 0.9410

21 22 23

28.5 25.3 22.6

0.812 0.640 0.511

0.7464 0.5882 0.4693

24 25 26

20.1 17.9 15.9

0.404 0.320 0.253

0.3713 0.2944 0.2323 Continued

21

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.10 –Aluminum 1350 solid round wire Continued Size

Diameter

Cross-Sectional Area

Weight

AWG or kcmil

mils

kcmils

lbs./1000ft.

27 28 29

14.2 12.6 11.3

0.202 0.159 0.128

0.1853 0.1459 0.1173

30

10.0

0.100

0.09189

Source: ASTM B609 Specification for Aluminum 1350 Round Wire, Annealed and Intermediate Tempers

2.5.2 Class B Aluminum Table 2.11–Class B concentric-lay-stranded aluminum 1350 conductors

Size

Number of Wires

Diameter of Each Wire

AWG or kcmil

mils

4,000 3,500 3,000

217 169 169

135.8 143.9 133.2

2,500 2,000 1,900

127 127 127

140.3 125.5 122.3

1,800 1,750 1,700

127 127 127

119.1 117.4 115.7

1,600 1,500 1,400

127 91 91

112.2 128.4 124.0

1,300 1,250 1,200

91 91 91

119.5 117.2 114.8

1,100 1,000 900

91 61 61

109.9 128.0 121.5

800 750 700

61 61 61

114.5 110.9 107.1 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

22

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.11–Class B concentric-lay-stranded aluminum 1350 conductors Continued Size

Number of Wires

Diameter of Each Wire

AWG or kcmil

mils

650 600 550

61 61 61

103.2 99.2 95.0

500 450 400

37 37 37

116.2 110.3 104.0

350 300 250

37 37 37

97.3 90.0 82.2

4/0 3/0 2/0

19 19 19

105.5 94.0 83.7

1/0 1 2

19 19 7

74.5 66.4 97.4

3 4 5

7 7 7

86.7 77.2 68.8

6 7 8

7 7 7

61.2 54.5 48.6

9 10 12

7 7 7

43.2 38.5 30.5

14 16 18

7 7 7

24.2 19.2 15.2

20

7

12.1

Source: ASTM B231 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum 1350 Conductors

23

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2. CONDUCTORS 2.5.3 ACSR Table 2.12 –Concentric-lay-stranded aluminum conductors, coatedsteel reinforced (ACSR) Stranding Size

Aluminum

Steel

AWG or kcmil

Number/Diameter (in.)

Number/Diameter (in.)

Weight lbs./1000ft.

2,156 1,780 1,590

84/.1602 84/.1456 54/.1716

19/.0961 19/.0874 19/.1030

2,511 2,074 2,044

1,590 1,431 1,431

45/.1880 54/.1628 45/.1783

7/.1253 19/.0977 7/.1189

1,792 1,840 1,613

1,272 1,272 1,113

54/.1535 45/.1681 54/.1436

19/.0921 7/.1121 19/.0862

1,635 1,434 1,431

1,113 954.0 954.0

45/.1573 54/.1329 45/.1456

7/.1049 7/.1329 7/.0971

1,255 1,229 1,075

795.0 795.0 795.0

45/.1329 26/.1749 24/.1820

7/.0886 7/.1360 7/.1213

896 1,094 1,023

636.0 636.0 636.0

26/.1564 24/.1628 18/.1880

7/.1216 7/.1085 1/.1880

875 819 690

556.5 556.5 556.5

26/.1463 24/.1523 18/.1758

7/.1138 7/.1015 1/.1758

766 717 604

477.0 477.0 477.0

30/.1261 26/.1354 24/.1410

7/.1261 7/.1053 7/.0940

747 657 615

477.0 397.5 397.5

18/.1628 26/.1236 24/.1287

1/.1628 7/.0961 7/.0858

518 547 512

397.5 336.4 336.4

18/.1486 30/.1059 26/.1137

1/.1486 7/.1059 7/.0884

432 527 463

336.4 266.8 266.8

18/.1367 26/.1013 18/.1217

1/.1367 7/.0788 1/.1217

365 367 290 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

24

2. CONDUCTORS Table 2.12 –Concentric-lay-stranded aluminum conductors, coatedsteel reinforced (ACSR) Continued Stranding Size

Aluminum

Steel

AWG or kcmil

Number/ Diameter (in.)

Number/Diameter (in.)

Weight lbs./1000ft.

4/0 211.3 203.2

6/.1878 12/.1327 16/.1127

1/.1878 7/.1327 19/.0977

291.1 527.5 676.8

190.8 176.9 3/0

12/.1261 12/.1214 6/.1672

7/.1261 7/.1214 1/.1672

476.3 441.4 230.8

159.0 134.6 2/0

12/.1151 12/.1059 6/.1489

7/.1151 7/.1059 1/.1489

396.8 336.0 183.1

110.8 1/0 101.8

12/.0961 6/.1327 12/.0921

7/.0961 1/.1327 7/.0921

276.6 145.2 254.1

80.0 2 2

8/.1000 7/.0974 6/.1052

1/.1670 1/.1299 1/.1052

149.0 106.7 91.3

4 4 6

7/.0772 6/.0834 6/.0661

1/.1029 1/.0834 1/.0661

67.0 57.4 36.1

Source: ASTM B232 Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Conductors, Coated-Steel Reinforced (ACSR)

25

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

3.1 Purpose 3.1 Purpose

28

3.2 Types and Applications 3.2.1 Thermoplastics 3.2.2 Thermosets 3.2.3 Fibrous Coverings

28 30 32

3.3 Color Coding 3.3.1 Power, Control, and Instrumentation 3.3.2 Belden Electronic Color Code 3.3.3 Telecommunication Color Codes

33 38 39

3.4 Properties 3.4.1 Thermoplastic 3.4.2 Thermoset 3.4.3 EPR Versus XLPE 3.4.4 Thermal Properties 3.4.5 Halogen Content 3.4.6 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI) 3.4.7 Dielectric Constant

41 44 46 46 47 48 48

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS

3.1 Purpose Conductors need to be electrically isolated from other conductors and from the environment to prevent short circuits. Insulation is applied around a conductor to provide this isolation. Most wire and cable insulations consist of polymers (plastics) which have a high resistance to the flow of electric current. A jacket is the outermost layer of a cable whose primary function is to protect the insulation and conductor core from external physical forces and chemical deterioration.

3.2 Types and Applications 3.2.1

Thermoplastics

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sometimes referred to simply as “vinyl,” PVC does not usually exhibit extremely high and low temperature properties in one formulation. Certain formulations may have a 255°C to 105°C rating, while other common vinyls may have a 220°C to 60°C rating. The many varieties of PVC also differ in pliability and electrical properties. The price range can vary accordingly. Typical dielectric constant values range from 3.5 to 6.5. When properly formulated, thermoplastic jackets of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) provide cables with the ability to resist oils, acids, alkalis, sunlight, heat, weathering, and abrasion. This range of properties makes PVC a suitable outer covering for such cable types as underground feeders (Type UF), control, aerial, street lighting, and cables for direct burial. PVC is frequently used as an impervious jacket over and/or under metal armor where the installation requires PVC’s protective characteristics. Flamarrest is a plenum grade, PVC-based jacketing material with low smoke and low flame spread properties. Plenum rated cables jacketed with Flamarrest meet UL Standard 910. Fluoropolymers Fluoropolymers, with the exception of TFE Teflon, are extrudable thermoplastics used in a variety of low voltage insulating situations. Fluoropolymers contain fluorine in their molecular composition which contributes to their excellent thermal, chemical, mechanical, and electrical characteristics. The most commonly used fluoropolymers are: Teflon (TFE, FEP, and PFA), Tefzel (ETFE), Halar (ECTFE), and Kynar or Solef (PVDF). Teflon Teflon has excellent electrical properties, temperature range, and chemical resistance. It is not suitable where subjected to nuclear radiation and does not have good high voltage characteristics. FEP Teflon is extrudable in a manner similar to PVC and polyethylene. This means that long wire and cable lengths are available. TFE Teflon is extrudable in a hydraulic ram type process. Lengths are limited due to amount of material in the ram, thickness of the insulation, and preform size. TFE must be extruded over a silver- or nickel-coated wire. The nickel- and silver-coated designs are rated 260°C and 200°C maximum, respectively. The cost of Teflon is approximately 8 to 10 times more per pound than PVC compounds.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

28

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Teflon TFE is the original Teflon resin invented by DuPont in 1938. It is an opaque, white material although some forms are translucent in thin sections. It does not melt in the usual sense. To coat wire for insulating purposes, Teflon TFE is extruded around the conductor as a paste, then sintered. Conductors can also be wrapped with tape of Teflon TFE. Maximum continuous service temperature of Teflon TFE is 500°F (250°C). Specific advantages of wire insulated with Teflon TFE include: • non-flammability • extremely high insulation resistance • very low dielectric constant • small size compared to elastomer insulated wires • excellent lubricity for easier installation • chemically inert Teflon FEP was also invented by DuPont and became commercially available in 1960. It has a glossy surface and is transparent in thin sections. Teflon FEP is a true thermoplastic. Wire insulated with Teflon FEP can be melt extruded by conventional methods. Maximum continuous service temperature is 400°F (205°C). Teflon FEP is an excellent nonflammable jacketing material for multiconductor cables. Specific advantages of wire insulated with Teflon FEP include: • high current carrying ability (ampacity) • easily color coded • smallest diameter of any high temperature wire • nonflammable • very low moisture absorption Tefzel (ETFE) is commonly used in computer backplane wiring and has the highest abrasion and cutthrough resistance of any fluoropolymer. Tefzel is a thermoplastic material having excellent electrical properties, heat resistance, chemical resistance, toughness, radiation resistance, and flame resistance. Tefzel’s temperature rating is 265°C to 150°C. Halar (ECTFE) is similar to Tefzel and is also used in wirewrap applications, but since it is less expensive than Tefzel, it is often used as insulation on multipair plenum telephone cables. It has a maximum operating temperature of 125°C (UL). Halar has excellent chemical resistance, electrical properties, thermal characteristics, and impact resistance. Halar’s temperature rating is 270°C to 150°C. Kynar (PVDF) is one of the least expensive fluoropolymers and is frequently used as a jacketing material on plenum cables. Because of its high dielectric constant, however, it tends to be a poor insulator. PVDF has a temperature maximum of 135°C (UL). Polyolefins (PO) Polyolefin is the name given to a family of polymers. The most common polyolefins used in wire and cable include: polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), and ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA). Polyethylene (PE) Polyethylene has excellent electrical properties. It has a low dielectric constant, a stable dielectric constant over a wide frequency range, and very high insulation resistance. However, polyethylene is stiff and very hard, depending on molecular weight and density. Low density PE (LDPE) is the most flexible, with high-density, high-molecular weight formulations being least flexible. Moisture resistance is excellent. Properly formulated PE has excellent weather resistance. The dielectric constant is 2.3 for solid and 1.6 for cellular (foamed) insulation. Flame retardant formulations are available, but they tend to have poorer electrical properties. 29

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Polypropylene (PP) Similar in electrical properties to polyethylene, this material is primarily used as an insulation material. Typically, it is harder than polyethylene. This makes it suitable for thin wall insulations. The UL maximum temperature rating may be 60°C or 80°C, but most UL styles call for 60°C maximum. The dielectric constant is typically 2.25 for solid and 1.55 for cellular designs. Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) TPE, sometimes called TPR (thermoplastic rubber), has excellent cold temperature characteristics making it an excellent insulating and jacketing compound in cold climates. It is resistant to aging from sunlight, oxidation and atmospheric ozone. It retains most of its physical and electrical properties in the face of many severe environmental conditions such as a salt water environment. TPE compounds can be rated as high as 125°C (257°F). TPE has good chemical resistance to all substances except hydrocarbons. It has a tendency to swell in a hydrocarbon environment, causing the material to degrade. It has good abrasion resistance. It will resist wear, cutting, and impact. These properties make TPE jackets an excellent choice for use in control cables that are dragged around or frequently moved. TPE compounds are used as insulating materials up to a 600 volt rating. The most common cables using TPE insulation are portable control cables such as SEO and SJEO. Polyurethane (PUR) Polyurethane is used primarily as a cable jacket material. It has excellent oxidation, oil, and ozone resistance. Some formulations also have good flame resistance. It has excellent abrasion resistance. It has outstanding “memory” properties, making it an ideal jacket material for retractile cords.

3.2.2 Thermosets Chlorinated Polethylene (CPE) Chlorinated polyethylene is a crosslinked synthetic rubber with outstanding physical and electrical properties for many cable jacket applications. It is highly resistant to cold flow (compression set) and other forms of external loading as well as heat, light, and chemical attack. CPE compares favorably with most other currently used synthetic elastomers used for cable jacketing. It is resistant to ozone and ultraviolet (sunlight) degradation. Properly compounded, CPE will withstand prolonged immersion in water. It will not support combustion, but under the right conditions of excessive heat, oxygen supply, and flame source it will burn slowly. Removal of the ignition source will extinguish the flame. CPE jacketed cables pass the IEEE 383, UL, CSA, and ICEA flame tests. CPE maintains its flexibility at 218°C (0°F) and does not become brittle at 240°C (240°F). Its low temperature impact resistance is excellent. CPE jackets are suited to 149°C (300°F) and intermittently to higher temperatures. They will maintain adequate flexibility after repeated aging at elevated temperatures. They are known for abrasion resistance and long life in mining cable applications. CPE does not support the growth of mold, mildew, or fungus. CPE is resistant to most strong acids and bases and many solvents except for chlorinated organics. It is particularly well-suited to chemical plant use where both above ground (ultraviolet and flame retardancy) and below ground (water and chemical resistance) properties are desired. CPE’s resistance to oils and fuels is good. CPE can be conveniently colored over a wide range and will maintain color upon aging.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

30

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Neoprene (CP) Neoprene is a vulcanized synthetic rubber. It provides a resilient jacket that resists permanent deformation under heat and load, and does not embrittle at low temperatures. It is highly resistant to aging from sunlight and oxidation, and is virtually immune to atmospheric ozone. Samples of neoprene-jacketed cable, tested outdoors under constant exposure for 40 years, have remained tough, resilient, uncracked, and completely serviceable. Neoprene jackets are “flame resistant,” i.e., not combustible without directly applied heat and flame. Neoprene will burn slowly as long as an outside source of flame is applied, but is self-extinguishing as soon as the flame is removed. Neoprene-jacketed power cable can be flexed without damage to the jacket at 240°C (240°F) and will pass a mandrel wrap test down to about 245°C (250°F). Neoprene jackets resist degradation for prolonged periods at temperatures up to 121°C (250°F). Satisfactory performance at even higher temperatures is possible if the exposures are brief or intermittent. Neoprene jackets have excellent resistance to soil acids and alkalis. Mildew, fungus, and other biological agents do not deteriorate properly compounded neoprene. These jackets perform well in many chemical plants. They are tough, strong, resilient, and have excellent resistance to abrasive wear, impact, crushing, and chipping. Because of these properties, neoprene is the jacketing material frequently used for mine trailing cables and dredge cables. Neoprene’s oil resistance was an important factor in its early adoption as a superior jacketing material for industrial-type portable cords, cables, and automotive ignition wire. It gives excellent protection against lubricating oils, grease, animal and vegetable fats, and oils. The electrical properties of neoprene are sufficient to permit its use as an insulation for 60 Hz current at 600 V and below. Crosslinked Polyethylene (XLP or XLPE) Crosslinked Polyethylene is a frequently used polymer in wire and cable. It is most often used as the insulation of 600 volt building wire (e.g., Type XHHW), as the insulation in 5 to 69 kV and higher rated power cables, and as the insulation in many control cables. XLP has very high insulation resistance (IR), high dielectric strength, and low dielectric constant (2.3). It also is a very tough material at temperatures below 100°C so it is resistant to cutting, impact, and other mechanical forces. Its low temperature performance is also very good down to 240°C and below. XLP’s fire resistance, however, is poor unless flame retardants are added. XLP is lower in cost than EPR. Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EP, EPR, or EPDM) Ethylene Propylene Rubber is a common synthetic rubber polymer used as an insulation in electrical wire and cable. EPR is used as the insulation in 600 volt through 69 kV power cables, as an integral insulation/jacket on welding cables, and as an insulation in many cords, portable mining cables, and control/instrumentation cables. Because of its rubber-like characteristics, EPR is used in many highly flexible cables. Its dielectric strength is good but not as high as that of PE or XLP. Dielectric constant ranges from 2.8 to 3.2 depending on the specific EPR formulation. EPR is abrasion resistant and is suitable for use at temperatures down to 260°C. It is fairly flame retardant and can be made even more flame retardant by careful formulation. Flame retardant versions are often referred to as “FREP” or “flame retardant EP.” EPR’s high temperature characteristics are very good. Some formulations can withstand continuous temperatures as high as 150°C.

31

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Hypalon (CSP) Hypalon is a thermosetting, crosslinked, chlorosulphonated polyethylene made by DuPont with many excellent physical and electrical properties. It is inherently resistant to cold flow (compression set) resulting from clamping pressures and other forms of external loading; it is immune to attack by ozone; and it is highly resistant to aging from sunlight and oxidation. Water absorption of properly compounded Hypalon cable sheathing is extremely low. Hypalon sheathing will not support combustion. It will burn slowly as long as an outside source of flame is applied but is self-extinguishing as soon as the flame is removed. It remains flexible at 218°C (0°F) and will not become brittle at 240°C (240°F). Hypalon jacketed constructions pass both the Underwriters Laboratories’ vertical flame test and the U.S. Bureau of Mines’ flame test for mining cable. At high temperatures Hypalon will perform satisfactorily after short-term exposure at up to 148°C (300°F) — even higher if compounded for maximum heat resistance. It is well-known for its resistance to chemicals, oils, greases, and fuels. It is particularly useful as a cable sheathing in plant processing areas, where airborne chemicals attack ordinary jacketing materials and metal conduit. Hypalon surpasses most elastomers in resistance to abrasion. It is highly resistant to attack by hydrocarbon oils and fuels. It is especially useful in contact with oils at elevated temperatures. Sheathing of Hypalon provides high resistance to impact, crushing, and chipping. Hypalon’s electrical properties make it appropriate as insulation for low-voltage applications (up to 600 volts) and as jacketing for any type of wire and cable. Silicone Silicone is a soft, rubbery insulation which has a temperature range from 280°C to 200°C. It has excellent electrical properties plus ozone resistance, low moisture absorption, weather resistance, and radiation resistance. It typically has low mechanical strength and poor scuff resistance.

3.2.3 Fibrous Coverings Fibrous coverings are commonly used on high temperature cables due to their excellent heat resistance. They are normally constructed of a textile braid (i.e., Fiberglass or K-fiber) impregnated with a flame and heat resistant finish. K-Fiber insulating materials are a blend of polyaramid, polyamid, phenolic-based and fiberglass fibers. They are available as roving and yarn for insulating applications and as rope for use as fillers. They provide a non-asbestos, abrasion-, moisture-, flame- and temperature-resistant, non-melting insulating material for all applications requiring a 250°C (482°F) temperature rating which would have previously utilized asbestos.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

32

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS

3.3 Color Coding 3.3.1 Power, Control, and Instrumentation ICEA standard S-73-532 (NEMA WC57) contains several methods for providing color coding in multiconductor cables. The three most widely used are Methods 1, 3, and 4. Method 1—Colored Compounds with Tracers Method 2—Neutral Colored Compounds with Tracers Method 3—Neutral or Single-Color Compounds with Surface Printing of Numbers and Color Designations Method 4—Neutral or Single-Color Compounds with Surface Printing of Numbers Method 5—Individual Color Coding with Braids Method 6—Layer Indentification Method 7—Paired Conductors ICEA has historically established the sequence of colors used for Method 1 color coding. The sequence consists of six basic colors, then a repeat of the colors with a colored band or tracer. This sequence of colors is referred to as K-1 color coding because it is found in Table K-1 of many ICEA standards. (See Tables 3.1 through 3.5.) In the latest ICEA standard the color sequences are located in Tables E-1 through E-7. The National Electrical Code (NEC) specifies that a conductor colored white can only be used as a grounded (neutral) conductor and that a conductor colored green can only be used as an equipment grounding conductor. The use of Table K-1 color coding would therefore be in violation of the Code in a cable having more than six conductors if conductors #7 (white/black), #9 (green/black), #14 (green/white), etc. are energized. To address this issue, a different color coding sequence was developed by ICEA for cables that are used in accordance with the NEC. Table K-2 of the ICEA standard provides this color sequence. The ICEA standard provides further guidance stating that if a white conductor is required, this color may be introduced into Table K-2 as the second conductor in the sequence. If a green insulated conductor is required, it likewise can be introduced into the table. However, the white and green colors may only appear once. The most popular multiconductor control cables in sizes 14 AWG –10 AWG have Method 1, Table K-2 color coding. The cables do not contain a white or green conductor. The most popular control cables used in sizes 8 AWG and larger are three conductor cables having black insulation surface ink printed with the numbers 1, 2, and 3. This is Method 4 color coding in the ICEA standards. The electric utility industry generally specifies control cables with the K-1 color coding sequence. Utilities, in general, do not have to comply with the NEC. For applications where the NEC is applicable, such as in industrial and commercial applications, the K2 color sequence is normally used.

33

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.1–K-1 color sequence

Conductor Number

Background or Base Color

First Tracer Color

Second Tracer Color

Conductor Number

Background or Base Color

First Tracer Color

Second Tracer Color

1 2 3

Black White Red

– – –

– – –

31 32 33

Green Orange Blue

Black Black White

Orange Green Orange

4 5 6

Green Orange Blue

– – –

– – –

34 35 36

Black White Orange

White Red White

Orange Orange Blue

7 8 9

White Red Green

Black Black Black

– – –

37 38 39

White Black White

Red White Black

Blue Green Green

10 11 12

Orange Blue Black

Black Black White

– – –

40 41 42

Red Green Orange

White White Red

Green Blue Green

13 14 15

Red Green Blue

White White White

– – –

43 44 45

Blue Black White

Red White Black

Green Blue Blue

16 17 18

Black White Orange

Red Red Red

– – –

46 47 48

Red Green Orange

White Orange Red

Blue Red Blue

19 20 21

Blue Red Orange

Red Green Green

– – –

49 50 51

Blue Black White

Red Orange Black

Orange Red Orange

22 23 24

Black White Red

White Black Black

Red Red White

52 53 54

Red Green Orange

Orange Red Black

Black Blue Blue

25 26 27

Green Orange Blue

Black Black Black

White White White

55 56 57

Blue Black White

Black Orange Orange

Orange Green Green

28 29 30

– White Red

Red Red Black

Green Green Green

58 59 60

Red Green Orange

Orange Black Green

Green Blue Blue

©Anixter Inc. 1996

34

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.2 –K-2 color sequence

Table 3.3 –K-3 color sequence

Conductor Number

Background or Base Color

1 2 3

Black Red Blue

– – –

1 2 3

Black White Red

– – –

4 5 6

Orange Yellow Brown

– – –

4 5 6

Green Orange Blue

– – –

7 8 9

Red Blue Orange

Black Black Black

7 8 9

White Red Green

Black Black Black

10 11 12

Yellow Brown Black

Black Black Red

10 11 12

Orange Blue Black

Black Black White

13 14 15

Blue Orange Yellow

Red Red Red

13 14 15

Red Green Blue

White White White

16 17 18

Brown Black Red

Red Blue Blue

16 17 18

Black White Orange

Red Red Red

19 20 21

Orange Yellow Brown

Blue Blue Blue

19 20 21

Blue Red Orange

Red Green Green

22 23 24

Black Red Blue

Orange Orange Orange

25 26 27

Yellow Brown Black

Orange Orange Yellow

28 29 30

Red Blue Orange

Yellow Yellow Yellow

31 32 33

Brown Black Red

Yellow Brown Brown

34 35 36

Blue Orange Yellow

Brown Brown Brown

Tracer Color

Conductor Number

35

First Tracer Color (e.g., Wide Tracer)

Second Tracer Color (e.g., Narrow Tracer)

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.4 –K-4 color sequence

Conductor Number

First Tracer Color (e.g., Wide Tracer)

Second Tracer Color (e.g., Narrow Tracer)

1 2 3

Black Red Blue

– – –

4 5 6

Orange Yellow Brown

– – –

7 8 9

Red Blue Orange

Black Black Black

10 11 12

Yellow Brown Black

Black Black Red

13 14 15

Blue Orange Yellow

Red Red Red

16 17 18

Brown Black Red

Red Blue Blue

19 20 21

Orange Yellow Brown

Blue Blue Blue

22 23 24

Black Red Blue

Orange Orange Orange

25 26 27

Yellow Brown Black

Orange Orange Yellow

28 29 30

Red Blue Orange

Yellow Yellow Yellow

31 32 33

Brown Black Red

Yellow Brown Brown

34 35 36

Blue Orange Yellow

Brown Brown Brown

©Anixter Inc. 1996

36

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.5 –K-5 color sequence

Conductor Number

Background or Base Color

First Tracer Color

Second Tracer Color

1 2 3

Black White Red

-

– – –

4 5 6

Green Orange Blue

-

– – –

7 8 9

White Red Green

Black Black Black

– – –

10 11 12

Orange Blue Black

Black Black White

– – –

13 14 15

Red Green Blue

White White White

– – –

16 17 18

Black White Orange

Red Red Red

– – –

19 20 21

Blue Red Orange

Red Green Green

– – –

22 23 24

Black White Red

White Black Black

Red Red White

25 26 27

Green Orange Blue

Black Black Black

White White White

28 29 30

Black White Red

Red Red Black

Green Green Green

31 32 33

Green Orange Blue

Black Black White

Orange Green Orange Continued

37

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.5 –K-5 color sequence Continued Conductor Number

Background or Base Color

First Tracer Color

Second Tracer Color

34 35 36

Black White Orange

White Red White

Orange Orange Blue

37

White

Red

Blue

3.3.2 Belden Electronic Color Code Table 3.6 –Common multiconductor color code (Belden standard) Conductor

Color

1st 2nd 3rd

Black White Red

4th 5th 6th

Green Brown Blue

7th 8th 9th

Orange Yellow Purple

10th 11th 12th

Gray Pink Tan

©Anixter Inc. 1996

38

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.7–Common multipair color code (Belden standard) Pair No.

Color Combination

Pair No.

Color Combination

1 2 3

Black & Red Black & White Black & Green

20 21 22

White & Yellow White & Brown White & Orange

4 5 6

Black & Blue Black & Yellow Black & Brown

23 24 25

Blue & Yellow Blue & Brown Blue & Orange

7 8 9

Black & Orange Red & White Red & Green

26 27 28

Brown & Yellow Brown & Orange Orange & Yellow

10 11 12

Red & Blue Red & Yellow Red & Brown

29 30 31

Purple & Orange Purple & Red Purple & White

13 14 15

Red & Orange Green & White Green & Blue

32 33 34

Purple & Dark Green Purple & Light Blue Purple & Yellow

16 17 18

Green & Yellow Green & Brown Green & Orange

35 36 37

Purple & Brown Purple & Black Gray & White

19

White & Blue

3.3.3 Telecommunication Color Codes Individual telecommunication cable conductors are color-coded with solid colors (Table 3.8) or by applying a colored band of contrasting color to solid colored wires (Table 3.9). Bandmarking is used on inside wiring cable, plenum cable, and switchboard cable. The color combinations are such that each wire is banded with the color of its mate. For example, in a blue and white pair, the blue wire has a white band, and the white wire a blue band. Telephone wires (e.g., inside-outside station wire and distribution frame and jumper wire) that do not have paired constructions have solid color wires. All colors must be readily distinguishable and lie within the Munsell color standard. Large Pair Count Cables In cables having more than 25 pairs, the pairs are arranged in groups, each containing a maximum of 25 pairs and wrapped with distinctively colored binder threads to permit distinction between groups.

39

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.8 –Telecommunication cable color code (solid colors) No.

Tip

Ring

Table 3.9 –Telecommunication cable color code (band marked) No.

Tip

Ring

1 2 3

White White White

Blue Orange Green

1 2 3

White-Blue White-Orange White-Green

Blue-White Orange-White Green-White

4 5 6

White White Red

Brown Slate Blue

4 5 6

White-Brown White-Slate Red-Blue

Brown-White Slate-White Blue-Red

7 8 9

Red Red Red

Orange Green Brown

7 8 9

Red-Orange Red-Green Red-Brown

Orange-Red Green-Red Brown-Red

10 11 12

Red Black Black

Slate Blue Orange

10 11 12

Red-Slate Black-Blue Black-Orange

Slate-Red Blue-Black Orange-Black

13 14 15

Black Black Black

Green Brown Slate

13 14 15

Black-Green Black-Brown Black-Slate

Green-Black Brown-Black Slate-Black

16 17 18

Yellow Yellow Yellow

Blue Orange Green

16 17 18

Yellow-Blue Yellow-Orange Yellow-Green

Blue-Yellow Orange-Yellow Green-Yellow

19 20 21

Yellow Yellow Violet

Brown Slate Blue

19 20 21

Yellow-Brown Yellow-Slate Violet-Blue

Brown-Yellow Slate-Yellow Blue-Violet

22 23 24

Violet Violet Violet

Orange Green Brown

22 23 24

Violet-Orange Violet-Green Violet-Brown

Orange-Violet Green-Violet Brown-Violet

25

Violet

Slate

25 26

Violet-Slate Red-White

Slate-Violet White-Red

©Anixter Inc. 1996

40

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS

3.4 Properties 3.4.1 Thermoplastic Table 3.10 –Properties of thermoplastic insulation & jacket materials

PVC

Low-Density Polyethylene

Cellular Polyethylene

High-Density Polyethylene

Polypropylene

E

E

E

E

E

G-E

G

G

E

E

F

G-E

G

G-E

F

Low Temperature Flexibility

P-G

E

E

E

P

Weather, Sun Resistance

G-E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

Abrasion Resistance

F-G

G

F

E

F-G

Electrical Properties

F-G

E

E

E

E

Flame Resistance

E

P

P

P

P

Nuclear Radiation Resistance

F

G-E

G

G-E

F

Water Resistance

F-G

E

E

E

E

Acid Resistance

G-E

G-E

G-E

E

E

Alkali Resistance

G-E

G-E

G-E

E

E

Gasoline, Kerosene, Etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

G-E

G

G-E

P-F

Benzol, Toluol, Etc. (Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P-F

P

P

P

P-F

Degreaser Solvents (Halogenated Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P-F

G

G

G

P

Alcohol Resistance

G-E

E

E

E

E

Underground Burial

P-G

G

F

E

E

Oxidation Resistance Heat Resistance Oil Resistance

Ozone Resistance

Continued

41

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.10 –Properties of thermoplastic insulation & jacket materials Continued Cellular Polypropylene

Polyurethane

Nylon

CPE

Plenum PVC

Oxidation Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Heat Resistance

E

G

E

E

G-E

Oil Resistance

F

E

E

E

F

Low Temperature Flexibility

P

G

G

E

P-G

Weather, Sun Resistance

E

G

E

E

G

Ozone Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Abrasion Resistance

F-G

O

E

E-O

F-G

Electrical Properties

E

P

P

E

G

Flame Resistance

P

P

P

E

E

Nuclear Radiation Resistance

F

G

F-G

O

F

Water Resistance

E

P-G

P-F

O

F

Acid Resistance

E

F

P-E

E

G

Alkali Resistance

E

F

E

E

G

Gasoline, Kerosene, Etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P-G

G

E

P

Benzol, Toluol, Etc. (Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P-G

G

G-E

P-F

Degreaser Solvents (Halogenated Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P-G

G

E

P-F

Alcohol Resistance

E

P-G

P

E

G

Underground Burial

F

G

P

E-O

P Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

42

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.10 –Properties of thermoplastic insulation & jacket materials Continued FEP Teflon

Tefzel (ETFE)

TFE Teflon

Solef/Kynar (PVDF)/PVF

Halar (ECTFE)

Oxidation Resistance

O

E

O

O

O

Heat Resistance

O

E

O

O

O

Oil Resistance

O

E

E-O

E

O

Low Temperature Flexibility

O

E

O

O

O

Weather, Sun Resistance

O

E

O

E-O

O

Ozone Resistance

E

E

O

E

E

Abrasion Resistance

E

E

O

E

E

Electrical Properties

E

E

E

G-E

E

Flame Resistance

O

G

E

E

E-O

Nuclear Radiation Resistance

P-G

E

E

E

E

Water Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Acid Resistance

E

E

E

G-E

E

Alkali Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Gasoline, Kerosene, Etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Benzol, Toluol, Etc. (Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

E

E

E

G-E

E

Degreaser Solvents (Halogenated Hydrocarbons) Resistance

E

E

E

G

E

Alcohol Resistance

E

E

E

E

E

Underground Burial

E

E

E

E

E

P 5 Poor F 5 Fair G 5 Good E 5 Excellent O 5 Outstanding These ratings are based on average performance of general purpose compounds. Any given property can usually be improved by the use of selective compounding. Source: Belden

43

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS 3.4.2 Thermoset Table 3.11–Properties of thermoset insulation & jacket materials

Butadiene Rubber)

SBR (Styrene Synthetic Rubber

PolyButadiene

Neoprene

Hypalon (ChloroSulfonated Polyethylene)

F

G

G

G

E

F-G

F

F

G

E

P

P

P

G

G

F-G

E

E

F-G

F

Weather, Sun Resistance

F

F

F

G

E

Ozone Resistance

P

P

P

G

E

Abrasion Resistance

G-E

E

E

G-E

G

Electrical Properties

E

E

E

P

G

Flame Resistance

P

P

P

G

G

Nuclear Radiation Resistance

F-G

F-G

P

F-G

E

Water Resistance

G-E

E

E

E

E

Acid Resistance

F-G

F-G

F-G

G

E

Alkali Resistance

F-G

F-G

F-G

G

E

Gasoline, Kerosene, Etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P

P

G

F

Benzol, Toluol, Etc. (Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P

P

P-F

F

Degreaser Solvents (Halogenated Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

P

P

P

P-F

Alcohol Resistance

F

G

F-G

F

G

Underground Burial

G

G

G-E

G-E

E

Insulation or Jacket Material

Oxidation Resistance Heat Resistance Oil Resistance Low Temperature Flexibility

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

44

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS Table 3.11–Properties of thermoset insulation & jacket materials Continued Insulation or Jacket Material

NBR (Nitrile or Butadiene Acrylo Nitrile)

NBR/PVC

EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber)

XLPE

CPE

Silicone Rubber

Oxidation Resistance

F

E

E

E

E

E

Heat Resistance

G

G

E

G

E

O

G-E

G

P

G

G-E

F-G

F

F

G-E

O

F

O

F-G

G

E

G

E

O

P

G

E

G

G-E

O

Abrasion Resistance

G-E

E

G

F-G

G-E

P

Electrical Properties

P

F

E

E

F-G

G

Flame Resistance

P

G

P

P

G

F-G

Nuclear Radiation Resistance

F-G

P

G

E

G

E

Water Resistance

G-E

E

G-E

G-E

G-E

G-E

Acid Resistance

G

G

G-E

G-E

E

F-G

Alkali Resistance

F-G

G

G-E

G-E

E

F-G

Gasoline, Kerosene, Etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

E

G-E

P

F

F

P-F

Benzol, Toluol, Etc. (Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Resistance

G

G

F

F

F

P

Degreaser Solvents (Halogenated Hydrocarbons) Resistance

P

G

P

F

P

P-G

Alcohol Resistance

E

G

P

E

G-E

G

Underground Burial

G

G

E

E

E

G

Oil Resistance Low Temperature Flexibility Weather, Sun Resistance Ozone Resistance

P 5 Poor F 5 Fair G 5 Good E 5 Excellent O 5 Outstanding These ratings are based on average performance of general purpose compounds. Any given property can usually be improved by the use of selective compounding. Source: Belden 45

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS 3.4.3 EPR Versus XLPE Table 3.12 –Properties of EPR compared with those of XLPE Crosslinked Polyethylene

Ethylene Propylene Rubber

Less Deformation Below 100°C

Less Deformation Above 100°C

Lower in Cost

More Heat Resistance

Lower Dissipation Factor

Less Shrinkback

Lower Dielectric Constant

Less Thermal Expansion

Higher Dielectric Strength

More Corona Resistant

Physically Tougher

More Flexible

More Resistant to Chemicals

More Tree Retardant

More Oil Resistant

More Sunlight Resistant

3.4.4 Thermal Properties ˚C

–80

–60

–40

–20

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

˚C

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

˚C

-20˚ PVC (STANDARD) 80˚ -55˚ PVC (PREMIUM) 105˚ -60˚ POLYETHYLENE 80˚ -40˚ POLYPROPYLENE 105˚ -40˚ CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE 130˚ -60˚ ETHYLENE PROPYLENE RUBBER 150˚ -40 HYPALON (CSPE) 105˚ -50˚ NEOPRENE 90˚ -40˚ RUBBER 75˚ -65˚ SILICONE BRAIDLESS 150˚ -65˚ SILICONE W/ BRAID 200˚ -70˚ TEFLON 260˚ ˚C

–80

–60

–40

–20

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Figure 3.1–Nominal temperature range of cable polymers ©Anixter Inc. 1996

46

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS 3.4.5 Halogen Content Table 3.13 –Halogen content in typical insulation and jacket materials Typical Halogen Content

Material

% by weight

PE Insulation or Jacket

,0.02

XLP Insulation 600V (6 AWG & larger)*

,0.02

XLP Insulation 5-35 kV

,0.02

EPR Insulation 5-35 kV

,0.02

XLP Insulation 600V (14-8 AWG)**

7

FR-EPR Insulation

9

Hypalon (Insulation Grade)

13

FR-XLP Insulation

14

Hypalon Jacket (Heavy Duty)

16

Neoprene Jacket

16 –18

CPE Jacket

14 –18

Hypalon Jacket (Extra Heavy Duty)

18 – 20

PVC Jacket

22 – 29

*Passes UL1581 horizontal flame test without halogenated flame retardants in sizes 6 AWG and larger. **Sufficient halogenated flame retardant added to pass UL1581 horizontal flame test in sizes 8 AWG and smaller. NOTE: Halogen content can vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. The above values should be used for general comparisons only.

47

©Anixter Inc. 1996

3. INSULATION & JACKET MATERIALS 3.4.6 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI) LOI values are used to determine the relative flammability of polymers. Tests are usually conducted in accordance with ASTM D2863 which finds the percent oxygen required to sustain combustion. Typical values are shown below. Table 3.14 –LOI of common wire and cable materials Teflon PVDF (Kynar) Halar

93% 43 – 85% 55%

Plenum grade PVC FR-EP FR-XLP

38 – 42% 30 – 40% 30 – 40%

CPE Hypalon Neoprene

28 – 36% 34% 32%

Tefzel PVC Kevlar

30 – 32% 28 – 32% 29%

NBR PVC XLP (Unfilled)

28% 20 – 23%

3.4.7 Dielectric Constant Table 3.15 –Dielectric constant of common wire and cable materials Teflon (FEP, PFA, or TFE) Polypropylene Crosslinked Polyethylene Polyethylene Halar (ECTFE) Tefzel (ETFE) EPR Polyester (Mylar) Silicone Mica PVC Hypalon Neoprene Kynar (PVDF)

©Anixter Inc. 1996

2.1 2.2 – 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 – 3.5 3.3 – 3.8 3–4 6.9 3.5 – 8 8 –10 9 –10 6 –12

48

5. ARMOR

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

5.1 Interlocked Armor 5.1 Interlocked Armor

56

5.2 Continuously Corrugated and Welded (CCW) 5.2 Continuously Corrugated and Welded (CCW)

56

5.3 Basket Weave 5.3 Basket Weave

57

5.4 Lead Sheath 5.4 Lead Sheath

57

5.5 Wire Serve 5.5 Wire Serve

57

5. ARMOR Cables often need to be placed in areas where they are subjected to harsh mechanical stresses. These stresses could damage the insulated conductors or the optical fibers in the cable if they are not properly protected. Armor (usually a metal) is frequently applied over the cable core to provide this protection. The armor extends the life while improving the reliability, safety and performance of the cable core. The following are some frequently used armor types.

5.1 Interlocked Armor Galvanized steel or aluminum are the typical materials used for interlocked armor. However, other metals are sometimes used for specialized applications. The interlocking construction protects the cable from damage during and after installation. The armor may be applied directly over the insulation or over an inner jacket. Materials and construction generally comply with the requirements of UL, CSA and/or ICEA. Table 5.1–ICEA recommended thickness of interlocked armor Diameter of Cable

Nominal Thickness, mils

Inch

Steel or Bronze

Aluminum

0 to 1.500 1.501 and larger

20 25

25 30

5.2 Continuously Corrugated and Welded (CCW) CCW armor is made by forming an aluminum strip into a circle along its length and then welding it at the seam. This smooth tube is then rolled or crimped to form ridges to prevent kinking while bending (see illustration). This type of sheath provides an impervious seal against moisture and other chemicals as well as physical protection.

Jacket

Armor

Figure 5.1–Continuously corrugated and welded (CCW) armor ©Anixter Inc. 1996

56

5. ARMOR

5.3 Basket Weave Basket weave armor is constructed of metal wires forming a braided outer covering. The wires may be of galvanized steel, aluminum or bronze. This armor is generally used on shipboard cables because it provides the mechanical protection of an armored cable, yet is much lighter in weight than other types of armored coverings. Materials and construction generally comply with the requirements of IEEE Standard 45 and various military specifications.

5.4 Lead Sheath For underground installations in conduits, ducts and raceways, a lead sheath may be used to protect insulated cables from moisture. In locations where corrosive conditions may be encountered, a jacket over the lead is recommended. Commercially pure lead is used on some lead-covered cables, which conforms to the requirements of ASTM B29 and ICEA S-19-81. Lead alloy sheaths, containing added tin or antimony, are used where a harder sheath is desired or where vibration may be encountered.

5.5 Wire Serve Wire serve armor is most commonly found on submarine cable because it provides excellent physical protection from boat anchors, sharp rocks, sharks, etc. This type of armor normally consists of 1⁄8 to 1 ⁄4 inch diameter solid steel wires which are laid helically around the circumference of the cable. Tar or asphalt (bitumen) is placed over and around the steel wires to reduce the effects of corrosion.

57

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

6.1 Portable Power and Control 6.1.1 Flexible Cords 6.1.2 Mining Cable

61 62

6.2 Construction and Building Wire 6.2 Construction and Building Wire

62

6.3 Control, Instrumentation, and Thermocouple 6.3.1 Control 6.3.2 Instrumentation 6.3.3 Thermocouple Wire

63 63 64

6.4 High Temperature 6.4 High Temperature

66

6.5 Power 6.5.1 Voltage Rating 6.5.2 Conductor Size 6.5.3 Short Circuit Current 6.5.4 Voltage Drop Considerations 6.5.5 Special Conditions

67 68 68 69 69

6.6 Armored Power and Control 6.6 Armored Power and Control

70

6.7 Electronic Cable 6.7.1 Coaxial Cable 6.7.2 Twinax Cable 6.7.3 UTP and STP 6.7.4 IBM Cabling System

70 72 73 75

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA (CONT)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

6.8 Telephone 6.8.1 Outside Cables 6.8.2 Indoor Cables 6.8.3 Insulation and Jacket Materials

76 76 77

6.9 Military 6.9 Military

78

6.10 Shipboard Cables 6.10 Shipboard Cables

79

6.11 Optical Fiber Cables 6.11.1 Fiber Types 6.11.2 Fiber Selection 6.11.3 Optical Fiber Cable Selection

80 81 82

6.12 Tray Cables 6.12 Tray Cables

83

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.1 Portable Power and Control 6.1.1 Flexible Cords Flexible cords come in a number of UL and CSA Types including SO, SOW, SOW-A, SOOW-A, SJ, SJO, SJOW-A, STO and SJTO. In portable cord terminology, each letter of the cable type indicates the construction of the cable. For example: S 5 stranded, O 5 oil resistant, J 5 junior service (300 V), W 5 weather resistant, T 5 thermoplastic, and OO 5 oil resistant insulation and jacket. The temperature rating of these cables can range from 250°C to 1105°C for SOOW-A and 237°C to 190°C for other thermoset cords. Thermoplastic cords typically have temperature ratings that range from 220°C to 160°C. Thermoset portable cords have excellent cold bend characteristics and are extremely durable. Table 6.1–Flexible cord type designations TS TST SPT-1

Tinsel Service Tinsel Service Thermoplastic Service Parallel Thermoplastic—1⁄64" Insulation

SPT-2 SPT-3 SPE-1

Service Parallel Thermoplastic—2⁄64" Insulation Service Parallel Thermoplastic—3⁄64" Insulation Service Parallel Elastomer—1⁄64" Insulation

SPE-2 SPE-3 SV

Service Parallel Elastomer—2⁄64" Insulation Service Parallel Elastomer—3⁄64" Insulation Service Vacuum

SVO SVOO SVT

Service Vacuum Oil-Resistant Jacket SVO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Vacuum Thermoplastic

SVTO SVTOO SVE

SVT with Oil-Resistant Jacket SVTO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Vacuum Elastomer

SVEO SVEOO SJ

SVE with Oil-Resistant Jacket SVEO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Junior

SJO SJOO SJT

SJ with Oil-Resistant Jacket SJO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Junior Thermoplastic

SJTO SJTOO SJE

SJT with Oil-Resistant Jacket SJTO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Junior Elastomer

SJEO SJEOO S

SJE with Oil-Resistant Jacket SJEO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Continued 61

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Table 6.1–Flexible cord type designations Continued SO SOO ST

Service with Oil-Resistant Jacket SO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Thermoplastic

STO STOO SE

ST with Oil-Resistant Jacket STO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Service Elastomer

SEO SEOO HPN

SE with Oil-Resistant Jacket SEO with Oil-Resistant Insulation Heater Parallel Neoprene

HSJ HSJO HS

Heater Service Junior HSJ with Oil-Resistant Jacket Heater Service

HSO

HS with Oil-Resistant Jacket

6.1.2 Mining Cable Mine power cables are generally designed to be used as flexible feeder cables for circuits between the main power source and mine load centers or as equipment trailing cables. Mine power feeder (MPF) cables typically have voltage ratings of 5, 8, 15 or 25 kV and are available with or without a ground check conductor. A ground check (GC) conductor is a separate insulated ground wire that is used to monitor the “health” of the normal ground wire. MPF cables are flexible but are designed for only limited or occasional movement. Shovel (SHD) cables are generally used to power heavy duty mobile mining equipment. SHD cables are unique in that they not only carry voltage ratings up to 25 kV but also have great flexibility and incredible physical toughness. Like mine power cables, SHD cables are generally available with or without a ground check conductor. For low voltage applications, there are a number of portable cables used by the mining industry. Among the most common are Type W and Type G. Both cables are a heavy duty construction, can withstand frequent flexing, and carry a voltage rating of up to 2 kV.

6.2 Construction and Building Wire Construction and building wire encompasses a wide variety of 300 and 600 volt wire and cable including UL Types: THW, THW-2, THWN, THWN-2, THHN, TFFN, TFN, RHH, RHW, RHW-2, USE, USE-2, thermostat wire, SER, SE-U, XHHW, XHHW-2 and others. This category of wire is typically used as the permanent wiring in residential, commercial and industrial facilities. UL types with a “-2” suffix are rated 90°C in both dry and wet locations.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

62

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.3 Control, Instrumentation, and Thermocouple 6.3.1 Control Control cables differ from power cables in that they are used to carry intermittent control signals which generally require little power. Therefore, current loading is rarely a deciding factor in the choice of control cable. Primary criteria that are applied to the selection of control cable are voltage level and environmental conditions. The voltage level for control circuits may range anywhere from millivolts up to several hundred volts. Environmental Conditions Control cables are generally subject to rather severe environmental conditions. For this reason an examination of these conditions is at least as important as electrical considerations. High ambient temperature conditions, (such as near boilers and steam lines) along with possible exposure to oils, solvents, and other chemicals (in chemical, petroleum, steel, pulp and paper, and cement plants) are vital considerations. A typical 600 volt control cable is shown below: Stranded, bare copper

PVC

Nylon jacket PVC jacket

PVC insulation

Nylon jacket Tape binder (optional)

Figure 6.1–A typical 600 volt control cable

6.3.2 Instrumentation Instrumentation cable is generally used to transmit a low power signal from a transducer (measuring for example, pressure, temperature, voltage, flow, etc.) to a PLC or DCS process control computer or to a manually operated control panel. It is normally available in 300 or 600 volt constructions with a single overall shield, or with individual shields over each pair (or triad) and an overall shield.

Figure 6.2 –Control cable with overall shield

Figure 6.3 –Control cable with individually shielded pairs and an overall shield 63

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA 6.3.3 Thermocouple Wire A thermocouple is a temperature measuring device consisting of two conductors of dissimilar metals or alloys that are connected together at one end. At this thermocouple junction, as it is called, a small voltage is produced. Electronic instrumentation senses this voltage and converts it to temperature. Thermocouple wire or extension grade wire is recommended for use in connecting thermocouples to the sensing or control instrumentation. The conditions of measurement determine the type of thermocouple wire and insulation to be used. Temperature range, environment, insulation requirements, response, and service life should be considered. Thermocouple Types Type J (Iron vs Constantan) is used in vacuum, oxidizing, inert or reducing atmospheres. Iron oxidizes rapidly at temperatures exceeding 538°C (1,000°F), and therefore heavier gauge wire is recommended for longer life at these temperatures. Type K (Chromel vs Alumel) is used in oxidizing, inert or dry reducing atmospheres. Exposure to a vacuum should be limited to short time periods. Must be protected from sulfurous and marginally oxidizing atmospheres. Reliable and accurate at high temperatures. Type T (Copper vs Constantan) is used for service in oxidizing, inert or reducing atmospheres or in a vacuum. It is highly resistant to corrosion from atmospheric moisture and condensation and exhibits high stability at low temperatures; it is the only type with limits of error guaranteed for cryogenic temperatures. Type E (Chromel vs Constantan) may be used in oxidizing, inert or dry reducing atmospheres, or for short periods of time under vacuum. Must be protected from sulfurous and marginally oxidizing atmospheres. Produces the highest EMF per degree of any standardized thermocouple. Type N (Nicrosil vs Nisil) is used in oxidizing, inert or dry reducing atmospheres. Must be protected from sulfurous atmospheres. Very reliable and accurate at high temperatures.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

64

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Thermocouple wire can be fabricated into an accurate and dependable thermocouple by joining the thermoelements at the sensing end.

Thermocouple wire or thermocouple extension wire of the same type must be used to extend thermocouples to indicating or control instrumentation. RED color code is negative throughout circuit.

Temperature limit of the thermocouple depends on the thermocouple wire: wire size; wire insulation; and environmental factors.

Use thermocouple connectors if required. They are made of the same alloys and have the same color codes as extension wire.

Hook up Red Color-Coded wire to negative terminal of instrument.

Source: PMC Corporation Figure 6.4 –A typical thermocouple circuit

Table 6.2 –Color code for thermocouple wire Thermocouple Type Wire Alloys

Color Code ANSI Symbol

1/2 Individual

*Iron (1) vs Constantan (2) Chromel (1) vs *Alumel (2) Copper (1) vs Constantan (2)

J K T

White/Red Yellow/Red Blue/Red

Chromel (1) vs Constantan (2) Nicrosil (1) vs Nisil (2)

E N

Purple/Red Orange/Red

*Magnetic Table 6.3 –Color code for thermocouple extension wire Thermocouple Type Wire Alloys

Color Code ANSI Symbol

1/2 Individual

Jacket

*Iron vs Constantan Chromel vs *Alumel Copper vs Constantan

JX KX TX

White/Red Yellow/Red Blue/Red

Black Yellow Blue

Chromel vs Constantan Nicrosil vs Nisil

EX NX

Purple/Red Orange/Red

Purple Orange

*Magnetic

65

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.4 High Temperature The term “high temperature” generally refers to wire or cable with a temperature rating of 125°C (302°F) or higher. However, depending on your point of reference, the ratings can be as low as 90°C (194°F). Below are listed some of the most common high temperature wire and cable types along with their temperature rating: Table 6.4 –High temperature cable ratings chart °C

°F

Type

1,000

1,832

Heating Cable: Type 2

538

1,000

Apparatus and Motor Lead Wire: MG (Non-UL)

450

842

Appliance and Fixture Wire: MG (UL)

400

752

Heating Cable: Type 1

250

482

Apparatus and Motor Lead Wire: MG, TGGT, TKGT Appliance and Fixture Wire: HRSR, MG, TGGT, TKGT, TGC Instrumentation Cable: TKGT, TKGK Control Cable: TKGT, TMMG, TKGK Power Cable: TKGK, TMKS, TMMG Heating Cable: SRG, PFA

230

446

Appliance and Fixture Wire: HRSR

200

392

Apparatus and Motor Lead Wire: KK, SRG, SRK, SRGT (Hot Spot) Appliance and Fixture Wire: KG, SR, SRG, SRK, TE, HVSR, TGS Heating Cable: Type 9 Thermocouple Cable: SRGK, SRGS Instrumentation Cable: SRGK, SRGS Control Cable: SRGK, SRGS, SRGT, SRGT K, SRGT S Power Cable: SRGK, SRGS, SRGT, SRK, SRGT L, SRGT S Fire Alarm Cable: SSFA

150

302

Apparatus and Motor Lead Wire: KK, SRG, XLPO Thermocouple Cable: SRGK Appliance and Fixture Wire: HVSR, K, KG, KK, SR, SRG, TE, XLPO, TGS Instrumentation Cable: SRGK, SRGT F, SRGS Control Cable: SRGK, SKSM, SRGT F, SRGS Power Cable: SKSM, SRGK, SRGT F, SRGS

125

257

Apparatus and Motor Lead Wire: SRK, XPT, XXT Appliance and Fixture Wire: FREP, XPT, XXT Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

66

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Table 6.4 –Temperature ratings chart Continued °C

°F

Type

105

221

Thermocouple Cable: PV*X, SGNV, SRNV, PX*X Instrumentation Cable: SGNV, SRNV, PVIC, PZIC Fire Alarm Cable: SVFA

90

194

Switchboard Wire: SIS, VW-1, SIS Thermocouple Cable: FREP-CPE, FREP-II Instrumentation Cable: FREP-CPE, FREP-II, SRGT/V, SRGT/C Control Cable: FREP-CPE, FREP-II, SRGT/V, SRGT/C Power Cable: FREP-CPE, FREP-II, SRGT/V, SRGT/C

*Insert J, K, T, E or N depending upon thermocouple type.

6.5 Power Below are some of the key factors that influence the choice of power cable: • System voltage rating. • Current loading requirements. • External thermal conditions such as ambient temperature, proximity of other cables, adjacent sources of heat, thermal conductivity of soil, etc. • Voltage drop considerations. • Special conditions, such as the presence of corrosive agents, flexibility, and flame resistance.

6.5.1 Voltage Rating The system voltage on which the cable is to operate determines the required cable voltage rating. Cables rated 5 kV and above are separated into two classifications: grounded neutral service (100 percent insulation level), and ungrounded neutral service (133 percent insulation level). In case of a phase to ground fault, it is possible to operate ungrounded systems for up to one hour with one phase conductor at ground potential. This condition results in full line-to-line voltage stress across the insulation of each of the other two phase conductors. For this reason each phase conductor of such a cable has additional insulation. Cables designed for use on grounded systems take advantage of the absence of this full line-to-line voltage stress across the insulation and use thinner insulation. The direct result of such a design is lower cost, as well as reduced cable diameter.

67

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA 6.5.2 Conductor Size Conductor size is based principally on three considerations: • Current-carrying capacity (ampacity). • Short-circuit current. • Voltage drop. The current-carrying capacity of a cable is affected primarily by the permissible operating temperature of its insulation. The higher the operating temperature of the insulation, the higher the currentcarrying capacity of a given conductor size. The temperature at which a particular cable will operate is affected by the ability of the surrounding material to conduct away the heat. Therefore, the current-carrying capacity is materially affected by the ambient temperature as well as by the installation conditions. For example, assuming a 40°C ambient temperature, a three-conductor 4/0 copper, 15 kV, XLPE insulated cable in an overhead cable tray in open air will carry 325 amperes. The same cable installed in a conduit in air will only carry 289 amperes. Running a single conductor cable through a magnetic conduit will increase the apparent resistance of the cable and will result in a lower current-carrying capacity due to the additional resistance and magnetic losses. Similarly, when cables are run close together the presence of the other cables, in effect, increases the ambient temperature, which decreases the ability of the cable to dissipate its heat. As a result, many conditions must be known before an accurate current-carrying capacity can be assigned to a particular cable installation. Occasionally, emergency overload conditions are involved and these may also affect conductor size.

6.5.3 Short Circuit Current A second consideration in selection of conductor size is that of the short circuit current which the cable must carry. The construction of cable is such that its mechanical strength is high and it can handle short-circuit currents without any mechanical difficulty. From a thermal standpoint, however, there is a limit to the amount of short-circuit current which can be carried.

PVC jacket Extruded insulation shield Extruded conductor shield

Copper conductor Copper shielding tape

EPR insulation

Figure 6.5 –Typical tape shielded 15 kV power cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

68

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Binder tape Extruded insulation shield

PVC jacket

Extruded conductor shield

Copper wire shield

Copper conductor XLP insulation

Figure 6.6 –Typical wire shielded 15 kV power cable

6.5.4 Voltage Drop Considerations Cable conductor size is sometimes governed by voltage drop rather than by heating. Generally, conductor size on long, low-voltage lines is governed by voltage drop; on short, high-voltage lines by heating. Due to voltage drop considerations, it might be necessary to increase conductor size, even though the current load is adequately handled by a smaller size conductor.

6.5.5 Special Conditions The following are only a few of the many special conditions which may affect cable selection: • The presence of large sources of heat (boilers, steam lines, etc.). • The effect of magnetic materials such as pipes or structural members close to large cables carrying heavy current loads. • The presence of corrosive reagents in the soil or other locations in which the cable is installed. • The interference that may occur in telecommunication circuits because of adjacent power cables. • Flame and radiation resistance. • Mechanical toughness. • Moisture resistance. • Overload and fault current requirements. All special conditions should be carefully investigated, and the advice of competent engineers obtained, before proceeding with an important cable installation.

69

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.6 Armored Power and Control Armored cables comprise a group of cables that are designed to withstand severe mechanical and chemical environments. For information on the various types and their applications, see Chapter 5 on Armor.

6.7 Electronic Cable This category of wire and cable covers thousands of small gauge single conductor wire types along with many types of multiconductor cables. These basic types come in various combinations of stranding, insulation material, conductor count, jacket material, etc. Some common types are described below.

6.7.1 Coaxial Cable A coaxial cable consists of four basic parts: • Inner conductor. (Center Conductor) • Outer conductor. (Shield) • Dielectric, which separates the inner and outer conductors. • Jacket, which is the outer polymer layer protecting the parts inside.

Figure 6.7–Typical coaxial cable Nominal Impedance. The nominal or characteristic impedance of a coaxial cable is a function of its geometry and materials. Nominal impedance for coax ranges from 35 to 185 ohms; the most common values are 50, 75, and 93 ohms. The most efficient transfer of energy from a source to a load occurs when all parts of the system have the same impedance. For example, a transmitter, interconnecting cable, and receiver should all have the same impedance. This need for impedance matching is especially critical at higher frequencies, where the consequences of mismatches are more severe.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

70

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA VSWR. The voltage standing-wave ratio (VSWR) is a measure of the standing waves that result from reflections. It expresses the uniformity or quality of a cable’s nominal impedance. Uniformity is also measured as Structural Return Loss (SRL). Velocity of Propagation. Velocity of propagation is the speed at which electromagnetic energy travels along the cable. In free space or air, electromagnetic energy travels at the speed of light, which is 186,000 miles per second. In other materials, however, the energy travels slower, depending on the dielectric constant of the material. Velocity of propagation is expressed as a percentage of the speed of light. For example, a velocity of 65% means that the energy travels at 120,900 miles per second—or 35% slower than in free space. The dielectric separating the two conductors determines the velocity of propagation. Although the electromagnetic energy travels in the dielectric, the current associated with the energy travels primarily on the outside of the center conductor and the inside of the outer conductor (shield). The two conductors bind the energy within the cable. Consequently, the quality of the dielectric is important to efficient, speedy transfer of energy. Speed is important to engineers who must know the transit time of signals for digital transmission. Voltage Rating. This rating specifies the maximum voltage the cable is designed to handle. Operating Temperature Range. This specifies the minimum and maximum temperatures at which the cable can operate. Types of Coaxial Cables. The following paragraphs briefly identify the common types of coaxial cable available. Flexible Coax. The most common type, flexible cables use a braided outer conductor (shield) of extremely fine wires. While the braid makes the cable flexible, it does not provide complete shielding— energy (RF signals) can leak through the shield via minute gaps in the braid. To combat this, many cables have several layers in the outer conductor. In addition, thin foils supplement the braid to provide better coverage for greater shielding effectiveness. The greater the coverage, the better the shield. Semirigid Coax. Semirigid cables have a solid, tubular outer conductor, similar to a pipe. This construction gives the cable a very uniform impedance (low VSWR) and excellent shielding, but at the expense of flexibility.

71

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Triaxial Cable. This cable has two outer conductors (shields) separated by a dielectric layer. One outer conductor (shield) serves as a signal ground, while the other serves as earth ground, providing better noise immunity and shielding. One caution: Do not confuse a flexible cable having a multilayer outer shield with triaxial cable. Dual Coaxial Cable. This cable contains two individual coaxial cables surrounded by a common outer jacket. Flexible coax Jacket

Semirigid coax Outer conductor

Outer conductor (braid)

Inner conductor

Inner conductor Dielectric

Dielectric Dual coaxial

Triaxial Jacket

Outer conductor (braid) Inner conductor (braid)

Jacket

Outer conductor (braid) Dielectric

Inner conductor Dielectric

Inner conductor

Figures 6.8 – 6.11–Common types of coaxial cable

6.7.2 Twinax Cable Twinax cable has a pair of insulated conductors encased in a common outer conductor (shield). The center conductors may be either twisted or run parallel to one another. In appearance, the cable is often similar to a shielded twisted pair, but it is held to the tighter tolerances common to fixed-impedance coaxial cable. A common use of twinax cable is high-speed, balanced-mode multiplexed transmission in large computer systems. Balanced mode means that the signal is carried on both conductors, which provides greater noise immunity. Twinaxial Jacket Outer conductor (braid) Inner conductor

Dielectric

Figures 6.12 –A typical twinaxial cable ©Anixter Inc. 1996

72

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA 6.7.3 UTP and STP Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) and Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) are low pair count cables (usually 2 to 8 pairs) that have been designed for use in local area networks such as Token Ring, Ethernet, etc. Because of their relatively low cost these cable types are widely used and are available in several different performance categories (levels)—Categories 3, 4 and 5. Attenuation, crosstalk and impedance are specified in EIA/TIA-568. An overview of their electrical requirements are shown below. Table 6.5 –Twisted pair cable performance categories Attenuation dB/1000 ft

Mutual Capacitance Maximum

Category

Impedance

NEXT*

3 LAN & Medium Speed Data

100 ohm 6 15% 1–16 MHz

7.8 @ 1 17 @ 4 30 @ 10 40 @ 16

MHz MHz MHz MHz

41 dB @ 1 32 dB @ 4 26 dB @ 10 23 dB @ 16

MHz MHz MHz MHz

20 pF/ft

4 Extended Distance LAN

100 ohm 6 15% 1– 20 MHz

6.5 @ 1 13 @ 4 22 @ 10 27 @ 16 31 @ 20

MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

56 dB @ 1 47 dB @ 4 41 dB @ 10 38 dB @ 16 36 dB @ 20

MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

17 pF/ft

5 High Speed LAN

100 ohm 6 15% 1–100 MHz

6.3 @ 1 13 @ 4 20 @ 10 25 @ 16 28 @ 20 32 @ 25 36 @ 31.25 52 @ 62.5 67 @ 100

MHz 62 dB @ 1 MHz 53 dB @ 4 MHz 47 dB @ 10 MHz 44 dB @ 16 MHz 42 dB @ 20 MHz 41 dB @ 25 MHz 40 dB @ 31.25 MHz 35 dB @ 62.5 MHz 32 dB @ 100

MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

17 pF/ft

*Worst pair near end crosstalk

73

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) vs Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) There are two basic types of electromagnetic interference (EMI) that cable engineers worry about— electromagnetic emissions and electromagnetic immunity. Emissions refer to energy that is radiated by the cable that might affect the proper operation of a neighboring circuit or system. Immunity is the ability of the cable to reject outside signals that might interfere with the proper operation of the circuit or system to which the cable is attached. Electromagnetic interference is present in all types of cabling to some degree. In local area networks (LANs), failure to properly manage EMI can have an adverse effect on the integrity of the transmitted information. Shielded (STP) cables generally use an aluminum or copper shield to provide protection. When properly grounded (connected) to the associated electronic equipment, the shield acts as a barrier to incoming as well as outgoing EMI. In an unshielded (UTP) cable, careful design of the cable and the associated electronic equipment results in a “balance” of the currents in the two conductors of a pair. That is, the currents in the two conductors are equal in magnitude but flowing in opposite directions. In a balanced system, there is very little radiation of EMI since the external field from one conductor is effectively canceled by the external field from the other conductor of the pair. Generally, the more twists per foot of cable, the better the cable is electrically balanced. Category 5 cable has more twists per foot than Category 3 or 4 cables and, therefore, offers better protection from EMI problems.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

74

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA 6.7.4 IBM Cabling System In the 1980s, IBM developed the IBM Cabling System. It is designed to be used as a “structured” building wiring system that is compatible with all other IEEE 802.5 networks and equipment. Details of cable types, cable performance requirements, test methods, quality requirements and accessories are contained in the document “IBM Cabling System Technical Interface Specification” published by IBM. It covers the following IBM cable types: Table 6.6 –IBM cable types Cable Type

Construction and (Identifier)

Spec. No.

Type 1, Non-plenum

2-#22 AWG CU TP (NP)

4716748

Type 1, Plenum

2-#22 AWG CU TP (P)

4716749

Type 1, Riser

2-#22 AWG CU TP (R)

6339585

Type 1, Outdoor

2-#22 AWG CU TP (OD)

4716734

Type 2, Non-plenum

2-#22 AWG CU TP (NP) 4-#22 AWG CU TP (VGM)

4716739

Type 2, Plenum

2-#22 AWG CU TP (P) 4-#22 AWG CU TP (VGM)

4716738

Type 3, Telephone Twisted Pair

2-#22 or 24 AWG CU TP

AT&T 403595051 or equivalent

Type 5, Fiber Optic

2-100/140µm fibers (OFM)

4716744

Type 6, Non-plenum

2-#26 AWG CU TP ST (NPO)

4716743

Type 8, Undercarpet

2-#26 AWG CU FP (UC)

4716750

Type 9, Plenum

2-#26 AWG CU TP (P)

6339583

75

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.8 Telephone Telephone cables play a major role in modern communications. In conjunction with microwave and satellite transmission, copper and fiber optic cables provide the communication links that have become essential to society. With the advent of fiber optic cables in the early 1980s, telephone wire and cable has generally been grouped into three broad categories: 1) fiber, 2) copper, and 3) hybrid (composite) cable with both fiber and copper components under one jacket. Telephone cable is usually classified according to its location of use. Cable used outdoors between the telephone company’s central office and the building being served is referred to as “outside cable,” or sometimes called “black” cable. Wire or cable used indoors, e.g., inside homes and commercial buildings, is referred to as “premises distribution wiring” or more simply as “inside cable.”

6.8.1 Outside Cables Outside cables typically range in size from small (2 to 6 pair) constructions, which are usually referred to as “service drop” or “buried distribution” wire (the cable installed in many residential backyards), up to large 3600 pair “exchange” cables, which are typically installed between central offices of the telephone company. Exchange cables, because they are often installed in underground ducts or directly buried in the earth, are designed with various combinations of polyethylene (PE) jacket(s) and aluminum, copper, or steel sheaths. The PE jacket and metal armoring isolate signal-carrying conductor pairs from moisture, mechanical damage, and lightning induced voltages. Exchange cables are manufactured in “filled” and “unfilled” (aircore) versions. With filled cables, the interstices between insulated conductors are filled with a waterproofing gel to prevent the ingress and longitudinal movement of water. Some aircore cable designs are kept dry by pressurizing the core of the cable with dry air or nitrogen. Water is the “Achilles’ heel” of outdoor telephone cable because it increases capacitance (normally 0.083 µF per mile) between the “tip” and “ring” conductors, and compromises crosstalk (pair-to-pair signal coupling) performance of the cable. The terms “tip” and “ring” are carryovers from earlier days when each twisted pair was terminated with a 1⁄4-in. diameter plug at a manually operated switchboard. One conductor was attached to the “tip,” the other to the “ring” of the plug.

6.8.2 Indoor Cables Inside wire and cable is usually divided into 1) station wire, and 2) inside (sometimes called “IC”) cable. Station wire is usually 2 to 4 pair, 22 or 24 AWG wire and is typically installed in residences. While station wire is one type of “inside” wire, it is usually designed for both indoor and outdoor use since it often extends to the exterior of the building. True inside cable, on the other hand, is typically larger (25 to 600 pair) 22 or 24 AWG cable which is installed exclusively indoors in larger public and commercial buildings. Station wire and inside cables are usually used in plenum, riser, and general purpose versions. The plenum version is a highly flame retardant construction that is capable of passing the Steiner Tunnel Flame Test (NFPA-262 or UL 910).

©Anixter Inc. 1996

76

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Article 800 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires that telephone wire and cable be plenum rated when installed indoors in plenums (air handling spaces) without conduit, i.e., it must carry the marking “CMP” (CM for communication and P for plenum). When installed in vertical risers in multistory buildings, a riser rating, i.e., Type CMR, is required. General purpose communication cables must be labeled Type CM. Cables installed in one- and two-family dwellings must be identified as Type CMX.

6.8.3 Insulation and Jacket Materials Two thermoplastic polymers are generally used to insulate the conductors of outdoor telephone wire and cable: polypropylene (PP) or polyethylene (PE). These polymers are used primarily because of their low dielectric constant, high dielectric strength (to withstand lightning induced overvoltages), excellent moisture resistance, mechanical toughness, extrudability in thin walls, and low cost. Indoor dielectrics include PP and PE but, in addition, include FEP (fluorinated ethylene-propylene or Teflon), ECTFE (ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene or Halar and PVC (polyvinyl chloride). FEP and ECTFE are used in plenum cables to provide the necessary flame retardancy and are extruded on the wire in either solid or foamed (expanded) versions. The most important telephone wire and cable electrical characteristics and their usual units of measurement include capacitance (microfarads per mile), conductor resistance (ohms per loop-mile), crosstalk (decibel isolation between pairs), and attenuation (decibels per mile). When used for high speed digital applications, characteristic impedance (ohms) and structural return loss (decibels) also become important. The mechanical and chemical characteristics of telephone cable insulation are as important as the electrical characteristics. Several important mechanical and chemical characteristics include compression cut resistance, low temperature brittleness, resistance to the base oils used in filling gels, adequate tensile and elongation properties, and acceptable long-term aging characteristics.

77

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

6.9 Military The U.S. Military has developed extensive specifications for many wire and cable types used in military applications. This includes hookup and lead wire, airframe wire, control cable and coax. A mil-spec wire or cable must meet rigorous performance requirements. Tests which prove the wire or cable meets the specified requirements must be conducted by the manufacturer and must be carefully documented. Following is a partial list of military wire and cable types: Type

Description

MIL-W-76

General purpose hookup wire, PVC insulated

MIL-W-5845

Thermocouple wire, iron and constantan

MIL-W-5846

Thermocouple wire, chromel and alumel

MIL-W-8777

Aircraft wire, silicone insulated

MIL-W-16878

General purpose hookup and lead wire

MIL-W-25038

Aircraft wire, inorganic fibrous/teflon insulation, high temperature and fire resistant, engine zone wire

MIL-W-81822

Solderless wrap (wire wrap), for use around terminal pins, Kynar, TFE, TEFZEL, TFE/Polyimide, PVC, FEP or Mylar insulated, also available uninsulated

MIL-C-915

Shipboard cable, inactive for new design except outboard types

MIL-C-3432

Power and special purpose cables used for ground support systems (“CO” types)

MIL-C-5756

Cable and wire, portable power, rubber insulated

MIL-C-7078

Cable, aerospace vehicle, Irradiated Polyalkene/Kynar, PVC, Kapton, Teflon insulated

MIL-C-13294

Field wire, WD-1/TT

MIL-C-13486

Cable, special purpose, low tension, single and multiconductor ordinance, neoprene or Hypalon

MIL-C-13777

Cable, ground support, polyethylene insulation, neoprene jacket

MIL-C-24640

Shipboard cable, lightweight

MIL-C-24643

Shipboard cable, low smoke

MIL-C-27072

Cable, special purpose, multiconductor ground support, for electronic circuits, PVC or Teflon insulated

MIL-C-27500

Aerospace and other general application wire Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

78

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Continued Type

Description

MIL-C-47206

Cable, single conductor, twisted pairs, and multiconductor, high temperature; PVC and Teflon insulated

MIL-C-49055

Cable, power, flat, PVC, Tefzel, TFE and FEP insulated

MIL-C-55021

Cable, twisted pairs and triples, internal hookup, PVC and Teflon insulated

MIL-I-23053

Tubing, heat shrink

MIL-I-22129

Tubing, nonshrink

6.10 Shipboard Cables (MIL-C-24643, MIL-C-24640 and MIL-C-915) Due to concern about flammability, smoke, and toxicity, the U.S. Navy introduced the MIL-C-24643 cable specification. Generally, this document provides low smoke, flame retardant cables that are approximately equivalent in size, weight, and electricals to many of the older MIL-C-915 constructions. It has been mandated that these cables must be used on all new constructions and major Navy ship modernization projects. In consideration of circuit density, weight, and size, the U.S. Navy produced the MIL-C-24640 cable document. The cables covered by this specification are also low smoke, flame resistant constructions, but they are significantly lighter in weight and smaller in diameter. MIL-C-24640 cables are used to interconnect systems where weight and space savings are critical; however, they are not direct replacements. Since the overall diameters have been reduced and electrical characteristics may have been changed, they should not be used to replace existing MIL-C-915 or MIL-C-24643 constructions unless a comprehensive electrical and physical system evaluation or redesign has been completed. For many years most of the shipboard power and lighting cables for fixed installation had silicone-glass insulation, polyvinyl chloride jacket, and aluminum armor and were of watertight construction. It was determined that cables with all of these features were not necessary for many applications, especially for applications within watertight compartments and noncritical areas above the watertightness level. Therefore, for applications within watertight compartments and noncritical areas a new family of nonwatertight lower cost cables was designed. This family of cables is electrically and dimensionally interchangeable with silicone-glass insulated cables of equivalent sizes and is covered by Military Specification MIL-C-915. Additionally, cables jacketed with polyvinyl chloride presented the dangers of toxic fumes and dense, impenetrable smoke when undergoing combustion. These hazards became increasingly evident when an electrical fire smoldered through the cableways aboard the DDG 19 (USS Tattnall ). Due to the overwhelming amount of smoke and fumes, firefighters were unable to effectively control the fire and a large amount of damage resulted. A family of low smoke, low toxicity cable, constructed with a polyolefin jacket rather than a polyvinyl chloride jacket, conforms to rigid toxic and smoke indexes to effectively reduce the hazards associated with PVC jacketed cables. The low smoke cable is covered by military specification MIL-C-24643. 79

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA A family of lightweight cables was also introduced to aid in the elimination of excessive weight from the fleet. Considering the substantial amount of cable present on a ship or submarine, a reduction in cable weight will have a considerable impact on the overall load, thus improving performance and increasing efficiency. This new family of lightweight cables is constructed from cross-linked polyalkene and micapolyimide insulation and a cross-linked polyolefin jacket. The lightweight cable is covered by military specification MIL-C-24640.

6.11 Optical Fiber Cables In all types of optical fiber cables, the individual optical fibers are the signal transmission media which act as individual optical wave guides. The fibers consist of a central transparent core region which propagates the optical radiation and an outer cladding layer that completes the guiding structure. The core and the cladding are typically made of pure silica glass, though other materials can be used. PCS (plastic clad silica) fiber, with a glass core and plastic cladding, and all-plastic fibers are available for special applications. To achieve high signal bandwidth capabilities, the core region sometimes has a varying (or graded) refractive index.

6.11.1 Fiber Types

Figure 6.13 –Optical fiber types ©Anixter Inc. 1996

80

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA There are two basic fiber types—single mode and multimode. Single mode has a core diameter of 8 to 10 microns and is normally used for long distance requirements (i.e., interstate) and high bandwidth (information carrying capacity) applications. Multimode, on the other hand, has a core diameter of 50, 62.5 or 100 microns (62.5 being the most common) and is usually used intrabuilding.

6.11.2 Fiber Selection The three major fiber parameters used in selecting the proper fiber for an application are bandwidth, attenuation, and core diameter. Bandwidth The bandwidth at a specified optical radiation wavelength represents the highest sinusoidal light modulation frequency which can be transmitted through a length of fiber with an optical signal power loss equal to 50 percent (23dB) of the zero modulation frequency component. The bandwidth is expressed in megahertz over a kilometer length (MHz2km). Attenuation The optical attenuation denotes the amount of optical power lost due to absorption and scattering of optical radiation at a specified wavelength in a length of fiber. It is expressed as an attenuation in decibels of optical power per kilometer (dB/km). The attenuation is determined by launching a narrow spectral band of light into the full length of fiber and measuring the transmitted intensity. This measure is then repeated for the first 1.5 to 2.5 meters of the same fiber cable without disturbing the input end of the fiber. The dB/km attenuation is then calculated and normalized to 1 km. Core Diameter The fiber core is the central region of an optical fiber whose refractive index is higher than that of the fiber cladding. Various core diameters are available to permit the most efficient coupling of light from commercially available light sources, such as LEDs or laser diodes.

Figure 6.14 –Optical fiber attenuation

81

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA 6.11.3 Optical Fiber Cable Selection Another important consideration when specifying fiber optic cable is the cable construction. Proper selection depends on the environment in which the cable will be installed. Loose Buffer Two different types of cable construction are generally employed to contain the optical fibers. The first is a loose buffer tube construction where the fiber is contained in a gel-filled polymer tube that has an inner diameter considerably larger than the fiber itself. This provides a high level of isolation for the fiber from external mechanical forces that might be present on the cable. For multifiber cables a number of these tubes, each containing one or more fibers, are combined with the necessary longitudinal strength member. Loose buffer is used in outdoor applications and can accommodate the changes in external conditions (i.e., contraction in cold weather and elongation in warm weather). Tight Buffer The second cable construction is a tight buffer design, usually used in indoor applications. Here, a thick buffer coating is placed directly on the fiber. This type of buffer provides excellent protection against bending and offers better crush resistance than does a loose buffer. Both constructions have inherent advantages. The loose buffer tube construction offers lower cable attenuation from a given fiber, plus a high level of isolation from external forces. This means more stable transmission characteristics under continuous mechanical stress. The tight buffer construction permits smaller, lighter weight designs and generally yields a more flexible cable. A comparison of these two cable constructions is shown below.

Figure 6.15 –Optical fiber cable designs

©Anixter Inc. 1996

82

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Table 6.7–A comparison of loose tube and tight buffer optical fiber cable Cable Construction Cable Parameter

Loose Tube

Tight Buffer

Bend Radius Diameter Tensile Strength, Installation

Larger Larger Higher

Smaller Smaller Lower

Impact Resistance Crush Resistance Attenuation Change at Low Temperatures

Higher Higher Lower

Lower Lower Higher

Strength Members Once the optical fiber is surrounded with a buffer, either loose or tight, strength members are added to the cable structure to keep the fibers free from stress and minimize elongation and contraction. Such strength members provide tensile load properties similar to electronic cables and, in some cases, are used as temperature stabilization elements. Jacket As with conventional metallic cables, the jacket protects the core from the external environment. With optical fibers, however, the selection of materials is influenced by the fact that the thermal coefficient of expansion of glass is significantly lower than that of the metal or plastic used in the cable structure. Installation Normal cable loads sustained during installation or environmental movements first stress the strength members without transferring the stress to the optical fibers. If the load is increased, the fiber may ultimately be placed in a tensile stress state. This level of stress may cause microbending losses which result in attenuation increase and possibly fatigue effects.

6.12 Tray Cables Tray cables are a special class of cables designed to meet stringent flame test requirements. A tray cable rating is given to a cable if it can meet the UL or CSA Standard for the rating. To obtain the rating, a cable must pass the 70,000 BTU, UL 1581 Vertical Tray Flame test or the Vertical Flame Test described in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3 (see Section 11.2 Fire Safety Tests for additional information). A cable does not have a tray cable rating unless it is so marked, for example, “for CT use” or Type “TC.” Electrical inspectors will usually reject a cable even if it is capable of passing the tray cable fire test unless it is clearly marked on the cable as being a tray rated cable. A summary of applicable UL Standards, listings and markings is shown in Table 6.8. Note that, in some cases, the tray rating is an optional marking and is not an inherent part of the listing. Other UL and CSA Types that can be installed in tray in accordance with the NEC include CL2, CL2R, CL2P, CL3, CL3R, CL3P, CM, CMR, CMP, CMG, FPL, FPLR, FPLP, OFN, OFNR, and OFNP.

83

©Anixter Inc. 1996

6. CABLE TYPES AND SELECTION CRITERIA Table 6.8 –Tray cable listings and markings Standard

UL Listings (Types)

Optional Markings

UL 4

AC

“for CT use”

UL 13

PLTC

“Direct burial” “Sunlight resistant”

UL 44

XHHW-2 RHW-2, RHH, RH SIS, SA

“For CT use” “Sunlight resistant” “Oil resistant” “Pump Cable”

UL 1072

MV

“for CT use” “Direct burial” “Sunlight resistant” “Oil resistant”

UL 1277

TC

“Direct burial” “Sunlight resistant” “Oil resistant”

UL 1569

MC

“for CT use” “Direct burial” “Sunlight resistant” “Oil resistant”

©Anixter Inc. 1996

84

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

7.1 DC Resistance of Plated Copper Conductors 7.1 DC Resistance of Plated Copper Conductors

87

7.2 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Copper Conductors 7.2 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Copper Conductors

90

7.3 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Aluminum Conductors 7.3 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Aluminum Conductors

92

7.4 Reactance and Impedance at 60 Hertz 7.4 Reactance and Impedance at 60 Hertz

93

7.5 AC/DC Resistance Ratio at 60 Hertz 7.5 AC/DC Resistance Ratio at 60 Hertz

95

7.6 Temperature Correction Factors for Resistance 7.6 Temperature Correction Factors for Resistance

96

7.7 Voltage Drop 7.7 Voltage Drop

97

7.8 Maximum Conductor Short Circuit Current 7.8 Maximum Conductor Short Circuit Current

98

7.9 Maximum Shield Short Circuit Current 7.9 Maximum Shield Short Circuit Current

101

7.10 Resistance and Ampacity at 400 & 800 Hz 7.10 Resistance and Ampacity at 400 & 800 Hz

102

7.11 Current Ratings for Electronic Cables 7.11 Current Ratings for Electronic Cables

103

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (CONTINUED)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

7.12 Ampacity of Power Cables 7.12 Ampacity of Power Cables

104

7.13 Basic Impulse Level (BIL) Ratings 7.13 Basic Impulse Level (BIL) Ratings

104

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS For a wire or cable to perform its intended function reliably, safely and efficiently, the wire or cable must be selected so that its many electrical, physical, chemical and thermal properties match those of the application. The following sections provide information on some of the most frequently requested electrical parameters.

7.1 DC Resistance of Plated Copper Conductors Table 7.1–DC resistance of plated copper conductors Nominal DC Resistance Ohms/1000 ft @ 20°C (68°F) Wire Size

Number of Wires/Size

Strand Class

Nominal Area

AWG/kcmil

AWG or inches

777 750 750

1952/24 703/.0327 1862/24

AAR H I

788,728 751,711 752,267

– – –

– – –

0.0139 0.0146 0.0146

750 700 700

7448/30 703/.0316 1729/24

K H I

744,800 701,988 698,533

– – –

– – –

0.0148 0.0157 0.0158

700 650 650

6916/30 703/.0304 1596/24

K H I

691,600 649,684 644,800

– – –

– – –

0.0165 0.0169 0.0171

650 646 600

6517/30 1647/24 703/.0292

K AAR H

651,700 665,404 599,406

– – –

– – –

0.0169 0.0165 0.0183

600 600 550

1470/24 5985/30 703/.028

I K H

593,895 598,500 551,152

– – –

– – –

0.0185 0.0184 0.0200

550 550 535

1372/24 5453/30 1332/24

I K AAR

554,302 545,300 538,141

– – –

– – –

0.0200 0.0200 0.0204

500 500 500

427/.0342 1125/24 5054/30

H I K

449,436 494,912 505,400

– – –

– – –

0.0220 0.0222 0.0218

450 450 450

427/.0325 1127/24 4522/30

H I K

451,019 455,319 452,200

– – –

– – –

0.0244 0.0241 0.0243

Silver Plated

Nickel Plated

Tin Plated

cmils

Continued

87

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.1–DC resistance of plated copper conductors Continued Nominal DC Resistance Ohms/1000 ft @ 20°C (68°F) Wire Size

Number of Wires/Size

Strand Class

Nominal Area

AWG/kcmil

AWG or inches

444 400 400

1110/24 427/.0306 980/24

AAR H I

448,451 399,826 395,930

– – –

– – –

0.025 0.028 0.028

400 373 350

3990/30 925/24 427/.0286

K AAR H

399,000 373,709 349,269

– – –

– – –

0.028 0.029 0.031

350 350 313

882/24 3458/30 777/24

I K AAR

356,337 345,800 313,916

– – –

– – –

0.031 0.032 0.035

300 300 300

427/.0265 735/24 2989/30

H I K

299,861 296,947 298,900

– – –

– – –

0.037 0.037 0.037

262 250 250

646/24 427/.0242 637/24

AAR H I

260,990 250,068 257,354

– – –

– – –

0.042 0.043 0.043

250 4/0 4/0

2499/30 2109/30 427/.0223

K K H

249,900 210,900 212,343

– 0.052 0.052

– 0.053 0.053

0.044 0.052 0.052

3/0 3/0 2/0

1665/30 427/.0198 1330/30

K H K

166,500 167,401 133,000

0.066 0.066 0.083

0.067 0.067 0.084

0.069 0.066 0.088

2/0 1/0 1/0

427/.0177 1045/30 259/.0202

H K H

133,775 104,500 105,682

0.083 0.105 0.105

0.084 0.107 0.107

0.082 0.116 0.103

1 1 2

817/30 259/.018 665/30

K H K

81,700 83,916 66,500

0.134 0.134 0.165

0.137 0.137 0.168

0.144 0.129 0.177

2 2 3

259/.016 133/.0223 133/.0199

H H H

66,304 66,140 52,669

0.165 0.165 0.165

0.168 0.168 0.168

0.164 0.164 0.205

4 5 6

133/25 133/.0158 133/27

H H H

42,615 33,202 26,818

0.249 0.249 0.393

0.259 0.259 0.409

0.264 0.325 0.417

8 8 8

19/.0295 37/.0211 133/29

C D H

16,535 16,473 16,983

0.628 0.630 0.616

0.689 0.692 0.642

0.640 0.655 0.654

Silver Plated

Nickel Plated

Tin Plated

cmils

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

88

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.1–DC resistance of plated copper conductors Continued Nominal DC Resistance Ohms/1000 ft @ 20°C (68°F) Wire Size

Number of Wires/Size

AWG/kcmil

AWG or inches

Strand Class

Nominal Area

Silver Plated

Nickel Plated

Tin Plated

cmils

10 10 10

7/.0385 19/.0234 37/26

B C D

10,376 10,404 9,354

1.00 1.00 1.13

1.10 1.10 1.18

1.02 1.03 1.20

12 12 12

7/.0305 19/25 19/.0185

B C C

6,512 6,088 6,503

1.59 1.71 1.60

1.75 1.78 1.75

1.65 1.81 1.70

12 12 14

37/28 65/30 7/.0242

D K B

5,874 6,500 4,099

1.80 1.80 2.53

1.87 1.87 2.69

1.91 1.61 2.63

14 14 14

19/27 19/.0147 37/.0105

C C D

3,831 4,105 4,079

2.70 2.62 2.62

2.81 2.65 2.65

2.86 2.78 2.59

14 16 16

41/30 7/.0192 19/29

K B C

4,100 2,580 2,426

2.62 4.02 4.23

2.65 4.28 4.41

2.58 4.27 4.49

16 16 18

19/.0117 26/30 7/.0152

C K B

2,600 2,600 1,617

4.14 4.14 6.58

4.20 4.20 6.67

4.39 4.07 6.99

18 18 18

7/26 16/30 19/30

B K C

1,769 1,600 1,900

5.86 5.86 5.38

6.10 6.10 5.60

6.22 6.61 5.77

18 20 20

19/.0092 7/.28 10/30

C B K

1,608 1,111 1,000

6.69 9.27 –

6.82 9.65 –

7.18 9.84 10.58

20 22 22

19/32 7/30 19/34

C B C

1,216 700 754

8.53 14.60 13.70

9.07 15.20 14.60

9.15 15.60 14.70

24 24 25

7/34 19/36 7/.0067

B C B

448 475 314

23.10 21.50 33.00

24.60 22.90 34.80

24.80 23.10 36.40

26 26 28

7/34 19/38 7/36

B C B

277 304 175

37.10 33.30 58.40

39.50 36.60 62.10

39.80 35.70 66.50

28 30 30

19/40 7/38 19/42

C B C

182 112 118

54.60 90.30 82.70

60.00 99.20 94.00

58.60 96.20 88.80 Continued

89

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.1–DC resistance of plated copper conductors Continued Nominal DC Resistance Ohms/1000 ft @ 20°C (68°F) Wire Size

Number of Wires/Size

AWG/kcmil

AWG or inches

32 34 36

Strand Class

Nominal Area

Silver Plated

Nickel Plated

Tin Plated

cmils

7/40 7/42 7/44

B B B

67 43 28

148.0 225.0 244.0

163.0 256.0 391.0

159.0 241.5 369.2

Note: AAR—American Association of Railroads Strand classes B, C, D, H, I and K per ASTM

7.2 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Copper Conductors Table 7.2 –DC and AC resistance of class B copper conductors, ohms per 1,000 feet 60°C Conductor Temp. Size AWG/ kcmil

75°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

90°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

14 12 10

2.98 1.88 1.18

2.98 1.88 1.18

2.98 1.88 1.18

3.14 1.97 1.24

3.14 1.97 1.24

3.14 1.97 1.24

3.29 2.07 1.31

3.29 2.07 1.31

3.29 2.07 1.31

8 6 4

0.744 0.466 0.295

0.744 0.466 0.295

0.744 0.466 0.295

0.783 0.491 0.310

0.783 0.491 0.310

0.783 0.491 0.310

0.822 0.515 0.325

0.822 0.515 0.325

0.822 0.515 0.325

2 1 1/0

0.184 0.147 0.116

0.184 0.147 0.116

0.185 0.148 0.118

0.195 0.154 0.122

0.194 0.154 0.122

0.196 0.155 0.124

0.203 0.162 0.128

0.203 0.162 0.128

0.205 0.163 0.130 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

90

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.2 –DC and AC resistance of class B copper conductors, ohms per 1,000 feet Continued 60°C Conductor Temp. Size

75°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz

AWG/ kcmil

DC

90°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

2/0 3/0 4/0

0.0923 0.0730 0.0579

0.0923 0.0730 0.0579

0.0950 0.0971 0.0759 0.0769 0.0608 0.0610

0.0971 0.0769 0.0610

0.100 0.0799 0.0640

0.102 0.0807 0.0639

0.102 0.0807 0.0639

0.105 0.0839 0.0671

250 300 350

0.0490 0.0409 0.0350

0.0492 0.0411 0.0353

0.0519 0.0516 0.0437 0.0431 0.0378 0.0369

0.0518 0.0433 0.0372

0.0547 0.0461 0.0398

0.0541 0.0452 0.0387

0.0543 0.0454 0.0390

0.0573 0.0483 0.0418

400 500 600

0.0307 0.0246 0.0205

0.0310 0.0250 0.0210

0.0338 0.0323 0.0278 0.0258 0.0238 0.0215

0.0326 0.0262 0.0220

0.0355 0.0291 0.0249

0.0339 0.0271 0.0226

0.0342 0.0275 0.0231

0.0373 0.0306 0.0262

700 750 1,000

0.0175 0.0164 0.0123

0.0181 0.0170 0.0131

0.0208 0.0184 0.0198 0.0172 0.0160 0.0129

0.0190 0.0178 0.0137

0.0219 0.0208 0.0167

0.0193 0.0181 0.0135

0.0199 0.0188 0.0144

0.0229 0.0219 0.0175

1,250 1,500 1,750

0.00982 0.0108 0.0138 0.0103 0.00818 0.00934 0.0125 0.00861 0.00701 0.00830 0.0117 0.00738

0.0113 0.00983 0.00874

0.0145 0.0132 0.0123

0.0108 0.00904 0.00774

0.0119 0.0152 0.01030 0.0138 0.00917 0.0129

2,000

0.00613 0.00755 0.0111 0.00645

0.00795

0.0117

0.00677

0.00835 0.0123

*One single conductor in air, buried, or in nonmetallic conduit. †Multiconductor cable or 2 or 3 single conductors in one metallic conduit. Table 7.3 –Temperature correction factors for Table 7.2 Multiplying Factors for Correction to Temperature Degrees C

60 75 90

20°C

25°C

0.864 0.822 0.784

0.881 0.838 0.800

91

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.3 DC and AC Resistance of Class B Aluminum Conductors Table 7.4 –DC and AC resistance of class B aluminum conductors, ohms per 1000 feet 60°C Conductor Temp. Size AWG/ kcmil

75°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

90°C Conductor Temp.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

60 Hz DC

*Single Cond.

†MultiCond.

12 10 8

3.08 1.93 1.21

3.08 1.93 1.21

3.08 1.93 1.21

3.24 2.03 1.28

3.24 2.03 1.28

3.24 2.03 1.28

3.40 2.13 1.34

3.40 2.13 1.34

3.40 2.13 1.34

6 4 3

0.765 0.483 0.382

0.765 0.483 0.382

0.765 0.483 0.382

0.080 0.507 0.402

0.808 0.507 0.402

0.808 0.507 0.402

0.848 0.533 0.422

0.848 0.533 0.422

0.848 0.533 0.422

2 1 1/0

0.303 0.240 0.191

0.303 0.240 0.191

0.303 0.240 0.191

0.319 0.253 0.201

0.319 0.253 0.201

0.319 0.253 0.201

0.335 0.266 0.211

0.335 0.266 0.211

0.335 0.266 0.211

2/0 3/0 4/0

0.151 0.119 0.0953

0.151 0.119 0.0954

0.151 0.120 0.0963

0.159 0.126 0.101

0.159 0.126 0.101

0.159 0.127 0.102

0.167 0.132 0.106

0.167 0.132 0.106

0.167 0.133 0.107

250 300 350

0.0806 0.0672 0.0575

0.0808 0.0674 0.0578

0.0822 0.0686 0.0593

0.0848 0.0706 0.0605

0.0850 0.0708 0.0608

0.0865 0.0720 0.0623

0.0890 0.0741 0.0635

0.0892 0.0744 0.0638

0.0908 0.0756 0.0654

400 500 600

0.0504 0.0403 0.0336

0.0507 0.0406 0.0340

0.0525 0.0428 0.0370

0.0500 0.0424 0.0353

0.0533 0.0427 0.0357

0.0552 0.0450 0.0381

0.0557 0.0445 0.0370

0.0560 0.0448 0.0374

0.0580 0.0472 0.0400

700 750 1,000

0.0288 0.0269 0.0201

0.0292 0.0273 0.0207

0.0320 0.0302 0.0239

0.0303 0.0283 0.0212

0.0307 0.0288 0.0218

0.0337 0.0317 0.0253

0.0318 0.0297 0.0222

0.0322 0.0302 0.0228

0.0353 0.0333 0.0265

1,250 1,500 1,750

0.0162 0.0135 0.0115

0.0176 0.0143 0.0124

0.0215 0.0184 0.0168

0.0170 0.0142 0.0121

0.0177 0.0150 0.0131

0.0216 0.0193 0.0177

0.0179 0.0149 0.0127

0.0186 0.0158 0.0137

0.0228 0.0203 0.0186

2,000

0.0101

0.0111

0.0158

0.0106

0.0117

0.0186

0.0111

0.0122

0.0173

*One single conductor in air, buried, or in nonmetallic conduit. †Multiconductor cable or 2 or 3 single conductors in one metallic conduit.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

92

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.5 –Temperature correction factors for Table 7.4 Multiplying Factors for Correction to Temperature Degrees C

60 75 90

20°C

25°C

0.861 0.818 0.780

0.878 0.835 0.796

7.4 Reactance and Impedance at 60 Hertz Table 7.6 –Reactance and impedance at 60 Hz for single copper conductor cables installed in air, buried or in separate nonmetallic conduits Distance Between Centers of Conductors—Inches Conductor Size

2

4

6

8

Approximate Ohms per 1000 Feet per Conductor at 25°C (77°F) AWG/ kcmil

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

8 6 4

0.0816 0.0764 0.0710

0.659 0.417 0.255

0.0976 0.0922 0.0868

0.661 0.420 0.261

0.1070 0.1016 0.0962

0.662 0.422 0.264

0.1135 0.1082 0.1025

0.664 0.424 0.267

3 2 1

0.0682 0.0656 0.0627

0.216 0.175 0.143

0.0842 0.0815 0.0787

0.221 0.181 0.151

0.0934 0.0908 0.0880

0.225 0.186 0.156

0.1000 0.0974 0.0945

0.228 0.189 0.160

1/0 2/0 3/0

0.0600 0.0598 0.0573

0.118 0.0993 0.0884

0.0760 0.0732 0.0706

0.127 0.109 0.0954

0.0853 0.0826 0.0799

0.133 0.116 0.103

0.0918 0.0892 0.0866

0.137 0.121 0.108

4/0 250 300

0.0520 0.0500 0.0481

0.0728 0.0661 0.0602

0.0680 0.0660 0.0640

0.0850 0.0789 0.0734

0.0773 0.0753 0.0732

0.0926 0.0869 0.0816

0.0840 0.0819 0.0798

0.0982 0.0926 0.0876 Continued

93

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.6 –Reactance and impedance at 60 Hz for single copper conductor cables installed in air, buried or in separate nonmetallic conduits Continued Distance Between Centers of Conductors—Inches Conductor Size

2

4

6

8

Approximate Ohms per 1000 Feet per Conductor at 25°C (77°F) AWG/ kcmil

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

Reactance

Impedance

350 400 500

0.0462 0.0445 0.0422

0.0557 0.0522 0.0476

0.0622 0.0606 0.0581

0.0695 0.0664 0.0621

0.0715 0.0700 0.0674

0.0779 0.0750 0.0709

0.0780 0.0766 0.0740

0.0840 0.0814 0.0772

600 700 750

0.0400 0.0380 0.0376

0.0441 0.0412 0.0404

0.0559 0.0539 0.0534

0.0588 0.0561 0.0554

0.0652 0.0633 0.0628

0.0678 0.0652 0.0645

0.0718 0.0700 0.0694

0.0741 0.0718 0.0710

800 900 1,000

0.0370 0.0354 0.0342

0.0396 0.0376 0.0360

0.0527 0.0512 0.0500

0.0546 0.0527 0.0512

0.0621 0.0606 0.0594

0.0636 0.0619 0.0605

0.0687 0.0673 0.0660

0.0701 0.0685 0.0670

1,250 1,500 1,750

0.0314 0.0296 0.0276

0.0328 0.0307 0.0285

0.0472 0.0453 0.0434

0.0481 0.0460 0.0440

0.0566 0.0548 0.0527

0.0574 0.0554 0.0532

0.0632 0.0614 0.0593

0.0639 0.0619 0.0597

2,000

0.0264

0.0272

0.0422

0.0427

0.0514

0.0518

0.0582

0.0585

©Anixter Inc. 1996

94

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.5 AC/DC Resistance Ratio at 60 Hertz Table 7.7–AC/DC resistance ratio at 60 hertz To determine effective 60 Hertz AC resistance, multiply DC resistance values corrected for proper temperature, by the AC/DC resistance ratio given below. Single Copper Conductors in Air, or in Individual Nonmetallic Conduits

Multiple Copper Conductor Cable or 2 or 3 Single Conductor Cables in Same Metallic Conduit

Up to 3 2&1 1/0

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.01 1.02

2/0 3/0 4/0

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.03 1.04 1.05

250 300 350

1.005 1.006 1.009

1.06 1.07 1.08

400 500 600

1.011 1.018 1.025

1.10 1.13 1.16

700 750 800

1.034 1.039 1.044

1.19 1.21 –

1,000 1,250 1,500

1.067 1.102 1.142

– – –

1,750 2,000

1.185 1.233

– –

Conductor Size AWG/kcmils

The single conductor column in the table above covers single conductor nonshielded cable including all conditions of use except when two or more cables are pulled into the same metallic or nonmetallic conduit. The multiple conductor column in the table above covers the following conditions: (a) Single conductor cable; two or three cables in the same metallic conduit. (b) Single conductor shielded cable; two or three cables in the same metallic or nonmetallic duct or conduit, but only with conductor sizes up to 250 kcmils. For larger conductor sizes the shortcircuited sheath losses increase rapidly and the table above does not apply. (Continued) 95

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (c) Three conductor nonshielded cable; one cable in metal conduit. (d) Three conductor shielded cable; all conditions of use in air, in ducts and in conduit. The table represents maximum AC losses for the conditions outlined.

7.6 Temperature Correction Factors for Resistance Table 7.8 – Temperature correction factors for the resistance of copper conductors Temp °C

Multiplying Factor

25 40 50

1.000 1.058 1.096

55 60 65

1.116 1.135 1.154

70 75 80

1.173 1.193 1.212

85 90 100

1.231 1.250 1.289

105 125 130

1.308 1.385 1.404

150 200

1.482 1.674

The DC resistance of copper wire increases with increasing temperature in accordance with the formula:

Rt 5 Ro [1 1 a (T 2 To )] where R 5 Resistance at temperature T t

Ro 5 Resistance at temperature To a 5 Temperature Coefficient of Resistance at To [At 20°C (68°F) the temperature coefficient of copper is 0.00393 per degree Centigrade]

©Anixter Inc. 1996

96

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.7 Voltage Drop The values in Tables 7.9 and 7.10 are calculated at 60°C, the estimated average temperature which may be anticipated in service. They may be used without significant error for conductor temperatures up to and including 75°C. For 90°C multiply by 1.102 for copper, by 1.105 for aluminum. To obtain values for other circuits, multiply by 1.155 for single-phase line-to-line and by 0.577 for single- or three-phase line-toneutral. Voltage Drop in volts 5 Voltage Drop in % 5

Table Value 3 Current in amps 3 Length of Circuit in feet 100 Voltage Drop in volts 3 100 Circuit Voltage in volts

Table 7.9 –Phase-to-phase voltage drop per amp per 100 ft of circuit for a 3-phase, 60 Hz system operating at 60° C with copper conductors In Non-Magnetic Conduit

In Magnetic Conduit

% Power Factor

% Power Factor

Size AWG/ kcmil

80

90

100

12 10 8

0.2710 0.1710 0.1090

0.3030 0.1910 0.1200

0.3330 0.2080 0.1300

0.2720 0.1720 0.1100

0.3030 0.1910 0.1210

0.3320 0.2080 0.1300

6 4 2

0.0720 0.0470 0.0310

0.0790 0.0510 0.0330

0.0840 0.0530 0.0330

0.0730 0.0480 0.0320

0.0800 0.0520 0.0340

0.0840 0.0530 0.0340

1 1/0 2/0

0.0260 0.0210 0.0170

0.0270 0.0220 0.0180

0.0260 0.0210 0.0160

0.0260 0.0220 0.0190

0.0280 0.0230 0.0190

0.0260 0.0210 0.0170

3/0 4/0 250

0.0140 0.0120 0.0110

0.0150 0.0120 0.0110

0.0130 0.0100 0.0088

0.0160 0.0140 0.0120

0.0160 0.0130 0.0120

0.0140 0.0110 0.0093

300 350 400

0.0097 0.0088 0.0081

0.0095 0.0085 0.0076

0.0073 0.0062 0.0055

0.0110 0.0100 0.0095

0.0110 0.0095 0.0088

0.0078 0.0067 0.0061

500 600 700

0.0073 0.0066 0.0062

0.0067 0.0059 0.0055

0.0045 0.0038 0.0033

0.0085 0.0080 0.0074

0.0078 0.0071 0.0066

0.0050 0.0042 0.0037

750 1,000

0.0059 0.0050

0.0054 0.0043

0.0029 0.0023

0.0073 0.0066

0.0064 0.0055

0.0035 0.0023

97

80

90

100

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 7.10 –Phase-to-phase voltage drop per amp per 100 ft of circuit for a 3-phase, 60 Hz system operating at 60° C with aluminum conductors In Nonmagnetic Conduit

In Magnetic Conduit

% Power Factor

% Power Factor

Size AWG or kcmil

80

90

100

80

90

100

12 10 8

0.4240 0.2680 0.1700

0.4750 0.2990 0.1890

0.5230 0.3290 0.2070

0.4260 0.2690 0.1720

0.4760 0.2140 0.1910

0.5230 0.3290 0.2070

6 4 2

0.1110 0.0710 0.0460

0.1230 0.0780 0.0500

0.1330 0.0830 0.0520

0.1120 0.0730 0.0470

0.1230 0.0790 0.0510

0.1320 0.0840 0.0520

1 1/0 2/0

0.0380 0.0310 0.0250

0.0400 0.0330 0.0260

0.0420 0.0330 0.0260

0.0390 0.0320 0.0260

0.0410 0.0340 0.0270

0.0420 0.0330 0.0260

3/0 4/0 250

0.0210 0.0170 0.0150

0.0220 0.0180 0.0150

0.0210 0.0170 0.0140

0.0220 0.0180 0.0160

0.0230 0.0180 0.0160

0.0210 0.0170 0.0140

300 350 400

0.0130 0.0120 0.0110

0.0130 0.0120 0.0110

0.0120 0.0099 0.0087

0.0140 0.0130 0.0120

0.0140 0.0130 0.0120

0.0120 0.0100 0.0091

500 600 700

0.0092 0.0083 0.0076

0.0089 0.0079 0.0071

0.0070 0.0059 0.0050

0.0100 0.0095 0.0088

0.0099 0.0088 0.0082

0.0074 0.0062 0.0055

750 1,000

0.0073 0.0068

0.0068 0.0063

0.0048 0.0042

0.0085 0.0077

0.0079 0.0069

0.0052 0.0042

7.8 Maximum Conductor Short Circuit Current Because of the large KVA capacity of many power systems, the high short circuit current that is possible should be considered in power system design. The short circuit current is the maximum allowable current that the cable can withstand without damage. The maximum allowable short circuit current for copper and aluminum conductors can be determined with the aid of Figures 7.1 and 7.2, respectively.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

98

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Source: ICEA P-32-382 Figure 7.1–Maximum conductor short circuit current for copper cables

99

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Source: ICEA P-32-382 Figure 7.2 –Maximum conductor short circuit current for aluminum cables ©Anixter Inc. 1996

100

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.9 Maximum Shield Short Circuit Current Table 7.11–Maximum short circuit current for copper shielding tape (amperes) Short Circuit Time in Number of Cycles (60 Hz) Shield Diam.

Effective Shield Area

Inches

Circular Mils

1

2

4

8

16

3

⁄2 ⁄4 1

7,484 11,264 15,044

4,016 6,044 8,073

2,840 4,274 5,708

2,008 3,022 4,036

1,420 2,137 2,854

1,004 1,511 2,018

733 1,104 1,474

518 780 1,042

11⁄4 11⁄2 13⁄4

18,824 22,604 26,384

10,101 12,130 14,158

7,143 8,577 10,011

5,051 6,065 7,079

3,571 4,289 5,006

2,525 3,032 3,540

1,844 2,215 2,585

1,304 1,566 1,828

2 21⁄4 21⁄2

30,164 33,944 37,724

16,187 18,215 20,243

11,446 12,880 14,314

8,093 9,107 10,122

5,723 6,440 7,157

4,047 4,554 5,061

2,955 3,326 3,696

2,090 2,352 2,613

23⁄4 3

41,504 45,284

22,272 24,300

15,749 17,183

11,136 12,150

7,874 8,591

5,568 6,075

4,066 4,437

2,875 3,137

1

30

60

Source: ICEA P-45-482 Based on initial temperature of 65°C, final temperature of 200°C, 5 mil copper tape with 12.5% overlap.

101

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.10 Resistance and Ampacity At 400 & 800 Hz Table 7.12 – 400 & 800 Hz ampacity factors for 600 volt cables with Class B strand, installed with minimum triangular spacing in air or in nonmetallic conduit

Conductor Size AWG/ kcmil

Conductor Diameter

Cable Diameter

DC Resistance 75°C

400 Hertz AC/DC Resistance Ratio

Ampacity Derating Factor*

800 Hertz AC/DC Resistance Ratio

Ampacity Derating Factor*

Inches

Inches

14 12 10

0.073 0.092 0.116

0.21 0.23 0.25

3.14 1.97 1.24

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

8 6 4

0.146 0.184 0.232

0.32 0.39 0.44

0.780 0.490 0.310

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.05

1.00 1.00 0.98

2 1 1/0

0.292 0.332 0.372

0.50 0.61 0.65

0.194 0.154 0.122

1.03 1.05 1.08

0.98 0.98 0.96

1.12 1.16 1.25

0.94 0.93 0.89

2/0 3/0 4/0

0.418 0.470 0.528

0.69 0.75 0.81

0.097 0.0767 0.0608

1.15 1.22 1.33

0.93 0.90 0.87

1.40 1.53 1.70

0.84 0.81 0.77

250 350 500

0.575 0.681 0.813

0.92 1.08 1.16

0.0515 0.0368 0.0258

1.40 1.56 1.90

0.84 0.80 0.72

1.82 2.05 2.54

0.74 0.70 0.63

750 1,000

0.998 1.152

1.38 1.54

0.0172 0.0129

2.30 2.60

0.66 0.62

3.06 3.44

0.57 0.54

* These derating factors do not apply to cables with metallic sheath or armor, nor to cables installed in conduit or adjacent to steel structures. Ampacity equals the 60 Hertz ampacity multiplied by the derating factor. Source: ICEA P-43-457

©Anixter Inc. 1996

102

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.11 Current Ratings for Electronic Cables The maximum continuous current rating for an electronic cable is limited by conductor size, number of conductors contained within the cable, maximum temperature rating of the cable, and environmental conditions such as ambient temperature and air flow. To use the current capacity chart (Figure 7.3), first determine conductor gauge, temperature rating, and number of conductors for the cable of interest. Next, find the current value on the chart for the proper temperature rise (temperature rating minus ambient temperature) and conductor size. To calculate the maximum current rating per conductor, multiply the chart value by the appropriate conductor factor. The chart assumes cable is surrounded by still air at an ambient temperature of 25°C. Current values are in RMS amperes and are valid for copper conductors only. Note: Current ratings are intended as general guidelines for low power, electronic communications and control applications. Current ratings for power applications generally are set by regulatory agencies such as UL, CSA, NEC, and others.

Figure 7.3 –Current ratings for electronic cables

103

©Anixter Inc. 1996

7. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7.12 Ampacity of Power Cables The ampacity of a power cable depends primarily on its conductor size, conductor material (e.g., copper or aluminum), temperature rating, ambient temperature, installed cable configuration and other factors. Because so many external conditions affect ampacity, tables covering all situations are not possible. However, tables covering many common situations are available. The most frequently used ampacity tables are contained in the following publications: NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code CSA Standard C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code IEEE Standard 835, Power Cable Ampacity Tables ICEA P-53-426 (NEMA WC 50), Ampacities Including Shield Losses for 15 Through 69 kV Cables ICEA P-54-440 (NEMA WC 51), Ampacities of Cables in Open-top Cable Trays

7.13 Basic Impulse Level (BIL) Ratings Electrical equipment, including wire and cable, is designed to withstand short-term, but very high voltage pulses such as those sometimes caused by lightning and switching surges. These “spikes,” as they are sometimes called, typically have a risetime in the range of 1.5 microseconds and a falltime around 40 microseconds. The Basic Impulse Level (BIL) is the maximum pulse voltage that a cable is designed to withstand. BIL ratings for various system voltage ratings are shown below: Table 7.13 –Basic impulse level (BIL) ratings System Voltage Rating (kV)

Basic Impulse Level (kV)

5 15 25

95 110 150

35 69 138

200 350 650

©Anixter Inc. 1996

104

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

8.1 Receiving, Handling and Storage 8.1.1 Receiving 8.1.2 Handling 8.1.3 Storage

107 107 107

8.2 Conduit Fill 8.2 Conduit Fill

108

8.3 Pulling 8.3.1 Methods of Gripping Cables 8.3.2 Tension Limitations 8.3.3 Helpful Hints 8.3.4 Pulling Tension Calculations 8.3.5 Pulling Lubricants 8.3.6 Sidewall Pressure (SWP) 8.3.7 Minimum Bending Radii

113 113 114 115 117 117 118

8.4 Installation Methods 8.4 Installation Methods

120

8.5 Overhead Messengers 8.5 Overhead Messengers

123

8.6 Vertical Suspension 8.6.1 Supended by Clamping Around Cable 8.6.2 Suspended by Conductor

125 125

8.7 Hipot Testing 8.7.1 Test Equipment 8.7.2 Test Procedure 8.7.3 Test Voltage

126 126 128

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING (CONT)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

8.8 Fault Locating 8.8 Fault Locating

129

8.9 Megger Testing 8.9 Megger Testing

130

8.10 Moisture Removal 8.10.1 Purging Water from Conductor Strand or Shield 131 8.11 Fiber Optic Testing 8.11 Fiber Optic Testing

133

8.12 LAN Cable Testing 8.12 LAN Cable Testing

133

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING This section is intended as a guide for the installer’s use in the field. The information has been obtained from many sources and covers some of the major considerations when installing and testing power, control, instrumentation, fiber and communication cable.

8.1 Receiving, Handling and Storage The following guidelines are recommended to prevent possible deterioration or damage of cable during handling or storage prior to installation:

8.1.1 Receiving Before accepting any shipment, all reels should be visually inspected for both hidden and obvious damage. Be especially alert if: • A reel is lying flat on its side. • Reels are poorly stacked. • Cable covering is removed or damaged. • Cable end seals are removed or damaged. • Reel flanges are broken. • A reel has been dropped. • Cable ties are loose.

8.1.2 Handling Cable reels should always be rolled in the direction of the “roll this way” stenciled on the flanges. This prevents loosening of the cable turns which may cause problems during installation. If the roll direction is not indicated, roll the reel in the same direction it was turned when the cable was wound onto the reel. Cable reels should only be lifted by forklift trucks from the sides and only if forks are long enough to cradle both flanges. Steel lifting bars of a suitable diameter and length should be used when lifting cable reels by crane or other overhead lifting devices. With heavy reels or reels that may be unbalanced the use of a lifting yoke is recommended to prevent reels from slipping or tipping during lifting.

8.1.3 Storage Where possible, reels should be stored indoors on a hard, dry surface. If reels must be stored outside they should be supported off the ground and covered with a suitable weatherproof material. • Align reels flange to flange. • Each reel should be chocked. • Reels should be stored to allow easy access for lifting and moving. When cable lengths are cut from a master cable reel, all exposed cable ends should be resealed with plastic weatherproof caps or tape to prevent the entrance of moisture.

107

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.2 Conduit Fill Below is a table of the maximum number of conductors that can be installed in electrical metallic tubing (EMT). The table is based on Table1, Chapter 9 of the National Electrical Code. For installation in other types of conduits or for installation of compact stranded conductors, refer to Tables C1 through C12 in Appendix C of the 1996 NEC. Table 8.1–Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing Conduit or Tubing Trade Size (inches) Type Letters

⁄2

1

3

⁄4

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

3

31⁄2

4

Conductor Size AWG/kcmil

RH

14 12

6 4

10 8

16 13

28 23

39 31

64 112 169 51 90 136

221 282 177 227

RHH, RHW, RHW-2

14 12

4 3

7 6

11 9

20 17

27 23

46 38

80 120 66 100

157 201 131 167

RH, RHH, RHW, RHW-2

10 8 6

2 1 1

5 2 1

8 4 3

13 7 5

18 9 8

30 16 13

53 28 22

81 42 34

105 135 55 70 44 56

4 3 2

1 1 1

1 1 1

2 1 1

4 4 3

6 5 4

10 9 7

17 15 13

26 23 20

34 30 26

44 38 33

1 1/0 2/0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 2

5 4 4

9 7 6

13 11 10

17 15 13

22 19 17

3/0 4/0 250

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 1

5 5 3

8 7 5

11 9 7

14 12 9

300 350 400

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 2

5 4 4

6 6 5

8 7 7

500 600 700

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

2 1 1

3 3 2

4 4 3

6 5 4

750 800 900

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

2 2 1

3 3 3

4 4 3

1,000

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

2

3

14

6

10

16

28

39

THHW, THW, THW-2*

* This row is also valid for single layer insulated RHH, RHW, and RHW-2

©Anixter Inc. 1996

108

64 112 169

221 282 Continued

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.1–Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing Continued Conduit or Tubing Trade Size (inches) Type Letters

⁄2

3

⁄4

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

1

3

31⁄2

4

Conductor Size AWG/kcmil

THHW, THW THW-2*

12 10

4 3

8 6

13 10

23 18

31 24

51 40

90 136 70 106

THHW, THW, THW-2*

8

1

4

6

10

14

24

42

63

83 106

TW, THW, THHW, THW-2*

6 4 3

1 1 1

3 1 1

4 3 3

8 6 5

11 8 7

18 13 12

32 24 20

48 36 31

63 47 40

81 60 52

2 1 1/0

1 1 0

1 1 1

2 1 1

4 3 2

6 4 3

10 7 6

17 12 10

26 18 16

34 24 20

44 31 26

2/0 3/0 4/0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 1

5 4 3

9 7 6

13 11 9

17 15 12

22 19 16

250 300 350

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 1

5 4 4

7 6 6

10 8 7

13 11 10

400 500 600

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 2

5 4 3

7 6 4

9 7 6

700 750 800

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 3

4 4 3

5 5 5

900 1,000

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

1 1

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

14 12 10

12 9 5

22 16 10

35 26 16

61 45 28

84 138 241 364 61 101 176 266 38 63 111 167

476 608 347 443 219 279

8 6 4

3 2 1

6 4 2

9 7 4

16 12 7

22 16 10

36 26 16

64 46 28

96 69 43

126 161 91 116 56 71

3 2 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 1

6 5 4

8 7 5

13 11 8

24 20 15

36 30 22

47 40 29

60 51 37

1/0 2/0 3/0

1 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 1

4 3 3

7 6 5

12 10 8

19 16 13

25 20 17

32 26 22

THHN, THWN, THWN-2

* This row is also valid for single layer insulated RHH, RHW, and RHW-2 109

177 227 138 177

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.1–Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing Continued Conduit or Tubing Trade Size (inches) Type Letters

THHN, THWN, THWN-2

XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2

XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2

⁄2

3

⁄4

1

3

31⁄2

4

4/0 250 300

0 0 0

1 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

2 1 1

4 3 3

7 6 5

11 9 7

14 11 10

18 15 13

350 400 500

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

2 1 1

4 4 3

6 6 5

9 8 6

11 10 8

600 700 750

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

2 2 1

4 3 3

5 4 4

7 6 5

800 900 1,000

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 2

4 3 3

5 4 4

14 12 10

8 6 5

15 11 8

25 19 14

43 33 24

58 45 33

96 168 254 74 129 195 55 96 145

332 424 255 326 190 243

8 6 4

2 1 1

5 3 2

8 6 4

13 10 7

18 14 10

30 22 16

53 39 28

81 60 43

105 135 78 100 56 72

3 2

1 1

1 1

3 3

6 5

8 7

14 11

24 20

36 31

48 40

61 51

1 1/0 2/0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

4 3 2

5 4 3

8 7 6

15 13 10

23 19 16

30 25 21

38 32 27

3/0 4/0 250

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 1

5 4 3

9 7 6

13 11 9

17 14 12

22 18 15

300 350 400

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 1

5 4 4

8 7 6

10 9 8

13 11 10

500 600 700

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 2 2

5 4 3

6 5 4

8 6 6

750 800 900

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

3 3 3

4 4 3

5 5 4

1,000

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

2

3

4

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

Conductor Size AWG/kcmil

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

110

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.1–Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing Continued Conduit or Tubing Trade Size (inches)

1

⁄2

3

⁄4

1

11⁄4

22 17

38 29

63 48

108 83

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

3

31⁄2

4

Conductor Size AWG/kcmil

Type Letters

TFN, TFFN

18 16

148 244 113 186

Source: 1996 NEC, Appendix C1 Table 8.2 –Maximum cable diameters for permissible conduit fill Nominal Conduit Size (in.) ⁄2

1

⁄4

3

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

3

31⁄2

4

2.47

3.07

3.55

4.03

Actual ID of Conduit (in.) 0.622

0.824

No. of Wires or Cables

1.05

1.38

1.61

2.07

Max. Diam. of Wires or Cables in Conduit (in.)

1 2 3

0.462 0.249 0.231

0.610 0.380 0.305

0.778 0.420 0.390

1.02 0.552 0.511

1.19 0.644 0.596

1.53 0.828 0.767

1.83 0.988 0.914

2.27 1.23 1.14

2.63 1.42 1.31

3.00 1.61 1.49

4 5 6

0.201 0.178 0.164

0.266 0.235 0.216

0.339 0.300 0.276

0.445 0.395 0.364

0.519 0.460 0.424

0.668 0.591 0.545

0.796 0.706 0.650

0.999 0.876 0.807

1.14 1.01 0.935

1.30 1.15 1.06

7 8 9

0.152 0.141 0.133

0.201 0.187 0.175

0.256 0.239 0.224

0.337 0.314 0.294

0.392 0.366 0.342

0.505 0.470 0.441

0.603 0.562 0.525

0.749 0.698 0.653

0.868 0.806 0.755

0.984 0.916 0.858

10 11 12

0.125 0.119 0.114

0.165 0.157 0.151

0.210 0.200 0.193

0.276 0.263 0.254

0.322 0.307 0.296

0.414 0.394 0.380

0.494 0.471 0.453

0.614 0.584 0.563

0.710 0.676 0.651

0.807 0.768 0.740

13 14 15

0.109 0.106 0.102

0.144 0.139 0.135

0.184 0.178 0.172

0.242 0.234 0.226

0.283 0.273 0.264

0.363 0.351 0.339

0.435 0.418 0.405

0.538 0.520 0.503

0.623 0.601 0.583

0.707 0.683 0.661

Source: Based on NEC Table 1, Chapter 9

111

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.3 –Dimensions and maximum allowable percent fill of electrical metallic tubing (EMT) Allowable Fill—Square In. 1 2 Over 2 Cond. Cond. Cond. 53% Fill 31% Fill 40% Fill

Trade Size

Internal Diameter

Total Area

In.

In.

Sq. In.

3

⁄2 ⁄4 1

0.622 0.824 1.049

0.30 0.53 0.86

0.16 0.28 0.46

0.09 0.16 0.27

0.12 0.21 0.34

11⁄4 11⁄2 2

1.380 1.610 2.067

1.50 2.04 3.36

0.80 1.08 1.78

0.47 0.63 1.04

0.60 0.82 1.34

21⁄2 3 4

2.469 3.068 4.026

4.79 7.38 12.72

2.54 3.91 6.74

1.48 2.26 3.94

1.92 2.95 5.09

5 6

5.047 6.065

20.00 28.89

10.60 15.31

6.20 8.96

8.00 11.56

1

Source: National Electrical Code, Chapter 9, Table 4 For other conduit types, please refer to Table 4 in Chapter 9 of the NEC. Area In Square Inches 5

p 3 OD2 3 n 4

Example: Pulling (3) 2/0 15 kV cables, each cable has an overall diameter of 1.20 inches. 2 Using the formula, solve as follows: 3.14 3 1.2 3 3 5 3.39 square inches. Referring to 4 the table, minimum conduit size would be 4 inches.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

112

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.3 Pulling 8.3.1 Methods of Gripping Cables In general, insulated cables may be gripped either directly by the conductors or by a basket-weave pulling grip applied over the cables. The method used depends on the anticipated maximum pulling tension in each case. When pulls are relatively light a basket-weave grip is often used. Heavier pulls usually require connecting directly to the conductor either by means of pulling eyes or by forming a loop with the conductor itself. In some instances it is desirable to use a grip over the outer covering in addition to the conductor connection to prevent any slippage of one with respect to the other. Nonmetallic Sheathed Cables The smaller sizes of nonmetallic sheathed cables are usually gripped directly by the conductors by forming them into a loop to which the pull wire or rope can be attached. The insulation on each conductor is removed before the loop is formed. Larger sizes are more easily handled by applying a pulling grip over the cable or cables provided the pull is not too severe. If more than one cable is involved the ends should be bound together with electrical tape before applying the grip overall. Long, hard pulls will necessitate the use of pulling eyes. Lead-Sheathed Cables Pulling eyes for lead-sheathed cables can be applied either at the factory or in the field. They often must be wiped to the lead sheath to prevent the entrance of moisture. For shorter pulls a basket-weave grip may be applied over the lead sheath or over the jacket if one is present over the lead sheath. Interlocked Armor Cables When pulling interlocked armor cable it is necessary to grip both the armor and the conductors. This can be accomplished in a number of ways. One method requires that a portion of the armor be removed. Electrical tape is then applied over the armor and down over the conductors and a long basket-weave grip is applied such that it grips both the armor and the conductors. Another method requires that two holes be drilled through the cable (armor and conductors) at right angles to each other and a loop formed by passing steel wires through the holes and out over the end of the cable. A third approach is to use a pulling eye and a grip together, the grip being applied over the armor to prevent it from slipping back. This latter approach provides the greatest strength. Preassembled Aerial Cable This type of cable should always be gripped by the messenger which is usually attached to a pulling swivel. In addition, a basket grip should be applied over the conductors to prevent any slippage and to facilitate guiding the conductors through the pulleys.

8.3.2 Tension Limitations When the pulling force is applied directly to the conductor (i.e., when pulling eyes are used or when the conductor is formed into a loop) it should be limited to 0.008 lb per circular mil area of cross-section for copper and 0.006 lb per circular mil for aluminum. When a grip is applied over nonmetallic sheathed cables, the pulling force should be limited to 1,000 pounds provided this is not in excess of the force calculated above using the 0.008 or 0.006 factors.

113

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING To limit the sidewall pressure to a safe value at bends in duct and conduit runs, the pulling force in pounds should not exceed 300 times the radius of the bend in feet. The above limits are maximum values which should not be exceeded. However, it is possible to damage cables while applying lower tensions if, for example, there are sharp projections in a poorly constructed duct bank, or if an interlocked armor cable is pulled around too small a sheave. Every installation detail cannot be covered here but staying within the above tension limits will help assure a successful installation.

8.3.3 Helpful Hints The following suggestions—though not all-inclusive—will give greater assurance of success. (1) Be sure there is adequate clearance between conduit and cable. Clearance refers to the distance between the uppermost cable in the conduit and the inner top of the conduit. Clearance should be 1/4 inch at minimum and up to one inch for large cable installations or installations involving numerous bends. It is calculated as follows: # of Conductors/Cables

Configuration

Formula

D ]d 1

3

D ] 1.366d 1 D ] d 1 ]  d    2 2  (D ] d)

2

 D ] d 1 D ]d 1] d   2 2 2  2(D ] d)

2

CRADLED

3 TRIPLEXED

Figure 8.1–How to calculate clearance Where “D” is the inner diameter of the conduit and “d” is the outer diameter of the cable. When calculating clearance, ensure all cable diameters are equal. Use the triplexed configuration formula if you are in doubt. The cables may be of single or multiple conductor construction. Do not exceed recommended “percent fill” requirements. ©Anixter Inc. 1996

114

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING (2) Jamming is the wedging of three cables lying side by side in a conduit. This usually occurs when cables are being pulled around bends or when cables twist. Jam Ratio is calculated by slightly modifying the ratio D/d. A value of 1.05D is used for the inner diameter of the conduit because bending a cylinder creates an oval cross-section in the bend. • If 1.05D/d is larger than 3.0, jamming is impossible. • If 1.05D/d is between 2.8 and 3.0, serious jamming is probable. • If 1.05D/d is less than 2.5, jamming is impossible but clearance should be checked. Since there are manufacturing tolerances on cable, the actual overall diameter should be measured prior to computing jam ratio. (3) Use adequate lubrication of the proper type to reduce friction in conduit and duct pulls. The grease and oil type lubricants used on lead sheathed cables should not be used on nonmetallic sheathed cables. There are a number of commercially available wire pulling compounds (many of which are UL Listed) that are suitable for use with polymer jacketed cables. They usually consist of soap, talc, mica or the like, and are designed to have no deleterious effect on the cable. Graphite and other electrically conducting lubricants should not be used on nonshielded cables rated 2kV and above. These materials can lead to tracking of the cable jacket. (4) Avoid sharp bending of the cable at the first pulley in overhead installations by locating the pay-off reel far enough away from the first pulley that the lead-in angle is kept relatively flat. (5) After installation check that end seals are still intact and have not been damaged to the point where water could enter. Apply plastic or rubber tape to help protect against invisible damage if the cable will be subjected to immersion or rain. This is particularly important if there will be a delay of some time between the pulling operation and splicing and terminating. (6) When installing interlocked armor cables in cable tray, use sufficient rollers to prevent the cable from dragging on the tray which might result in excessive tension. Avoid sharp bends in the cable by using one 3-sheave pulley at 45-degree bends and two 3-sheave pulleys at 90-degree bends. (7) Keep adequate tension on the messenger in aerial cable installations to prevent sharp bends at pulleys. Do not release the tension on the messenger until it is secured to poles on both ends.

8.3.4 Pulling Tension Calculations The following recommendations are based on a study sponsored by ICEA. These recommendations may be modified if experience and more exact information so indicate. (1) Maximum Pulling Tension a. With pulling eye attached to copper conductors, the maximum pulling tension in pounds should not exceed 0.008 times the circular mil area. b. With pulling eye attached to aluminum conductors, the maximum pulling tension in pounds should not exceed 0.006 times the circular mil area.

115

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Example: For copper T

M

5 0.008 3 n 3 CM

where T

5 maximum tension, lb.

n

5 number of conductors

M

CM 5 circular mil area of each conductor (2) Maximum Permissible Pulling Length: LM 5

TM

C3W

where L 5 maximum pulling length, feet (valid only for straight sections) M T 5 maximum tension, lb. M W 5 weight of cable per foot, lb. C 5 coefficient of friction (typically 0.5 but can vary from 0.2 to 1.0 depending on condition of the duct and the amount of lubricant used) (3) Bend Multipliers For a curved section, the multipliers given below are applied to the tension calculated for the straight section preceding the bend. Table 8.4 –Bend multipliers for pulling tension calculations Bend Angle

Bend Angle

Degrees

Multiplier

Degrees

Multiplier

15 30 45 60

1.14 1.30 1.48 1.70

75 90 105 120

1.94 2.20 2.50 2.86

Note: These multipliers are based on a coefficient of friction of 0.5. If the coefficient of friction were 1.0 instead of 0.5 the multipliers would have to be squared. If the coefficient of friction were 0.75, the multipliers would be raised to the one and one-half power.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

116

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING 8.3.5 Pulling Lubricants Many commercial lubricants are available and may be employed to reduce pulling tensions provided they do not affect electrical or mechanical characteristics of the cable. The primary function of a pulling lubricant is to reduce the tension on the cable as it is installed in a duct. This is accomplished by reducing the friction (technically the “coefficient of friction”) between the cable and the inside surface of the conduit, i.e., it makes the cable more “slippery.” Cable pulling lubricants should be formulated for the conditions of the pull, be safe for the environment, not degrade the cable jacket, and be easy to work with. The quantity of lubricant required depends on various factors: The pull length, the condition and size of the conduit, and the difficulty of the pull. The recommended average quantity of lubricant per pull is equal to: Q 5 0.0015 3 L 3 D Where Q is the quantity of lubricant needed in gallons, L is the length of the pull in feet, and D is the inner diameter (ID) of the conduit in inches. The appropriate quantity to use can vary by 6 50% from the average depending on installation conditions. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the conditions affecting each pull.

8.3.6 Sidewall Pressure (SWP) To prevent damage to a cable from pressure which develops when a cable is pulled around a bend under tension, the pressure must be kept as low as possible and should not exceed the following values. Sidewall pressure 5 Tension out of the bend divided by bend radius. Note: Many cable manufacturers recommend a maximum SWP of 500 pounds/foot. Table 8.5 –Maximum sidewall pressure (SWP) for power cables Cable Type

Maximum SWP (lbs/ft) ①

XLPE Insulation/Jacket – 600V Cable EPR, Neoprene – 600V Cable

1,200 1,000

PE & XLPE insulation, concentric wire shield: without jacket with encapsulating jacket

1,200 ② 2,000

PE & XLPE insulation, LC shield LDPE jacket

1,500

PE, XLPE, EPR insulation, concentric wire or tape shield, LDPE & PVC sleeved jackets

2,000 ③

Lead sheathed cable, with & without jackets: XLPE insulation EPR insulation

2,000

XLPE insulation, copper ribbon shield, MDPE sleeved jacket

2,000

Continued 117

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.5 –Maximum sidewall pressure (SWP) for power cables Continued NOTES ① When considering the use of the above sidewall pressures the stress on the cable conductor should not exceed the following values: 16,000 psi for copper conductor (annealed) 14,000 psi for stranded aluminum conductors (1/2 thru Full Hard) 10,000 psi for solid aluminum conductors (3/4 & Full Hard) For three conductor cables in parallel configuration, the allowable conductor stress should be based on two cables sharing the load. ② For a three cable pull, a maximum SWP limit of 750 lb/ft is recommended. ③ The recommended SWP limit should be reduced to 1500 lb/ft when the jacket is not applied tightly to the cable core. Source: EPRI Report EL-3333-CCM, Volume 2

8.3.7 Minimum Bending Radii Power Cables without Metallic Shielding The minimum bending radii for both single and multiple-conductor cable without metallic shielding are as follows: Table 8.6 –Minimum bending radii for cables without metallic shielding Thickness of Conductor Insulation in Mils

155 and Less 170 – 310 325 and over

©Anixter Inc. 1996

Minimum Bending Radius as a Multiple of Cable Diameter Overall Diameter of Cable in Inches 1.00 and less

1.01 to 2.00

2.01 and Over

4 5 –

5 6 7

6 7 8

118

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Example: If minimum bending radius is 6 times cable O.D. and cable O.D. is 2.0 inches, the minimum bending radius is 12 inches (minimum bending diameter is 24 inches). 0°

RADIUS

270°

90°

12" 2.0" 2.0" O.D. CABLE

180°

Figure 8.2 –Calculating minimum bending radius

Power Cables with Metallic Shielding The minimum bending radius for all cables with metallic shielding is twelve times the overall diameter of the cable. Portable Cables The minimum bending radius for portable cables during installation and handling in service is six times the cable diameter for cables rated 5000 volts and less. For cables rated over 5000 volts use eight times the cable diameter. For flat twin cables, the minor diameter is used to determine the bending radius. Fiber Optic Cables Minimum bending radius for fiber optic cable is ten times the cable diameter for multimode and 20 times the cable diameter for single mode. Interlocked Armor or Corrugated Sheath (Type MC) Cables The minimum bending radius for Type MC cable is seven times the external diameter of the metallic sheath. Sources: NEC Articles 300-34, 334-11(b), and 336-16 ICEA S-66-524 (NEMA WC7) and S-68-516 (NEMA WC8), Appendix H

119

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.4 Installation Methods

The feed-in setup should unreel the cable with the natural curvature (a) as opposed to a reverse “S” curvature (b).

Figure 8.3 –Cable feed-in setups Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

120

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Continued

A setup with timbers because pulling eyes were not available.

Figure 8.3 –Cable feed-in setups Continued

121

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Continued

Single sheaves should be used only for guiding cables. Arrange multiple blocks if necessary to maintain minimum bending radii whenever cable is deflected.

For pulling around bends, use conveyor sheave assemblies of the appropriate radius.

The pulleys must be positioned to ensure that the effective curvature is smooth and deflected evenly at each pulley. Never allow a polygon curvature to occur as shown.

The fit of the pulley around the cable is also important when the pulling tension is high (for example, pulleys at the top of a vertical drop). Remember to use the radius of the surface over which the cable is bent, not the outside flange diameter of the pulley. A “10 inch” cable sheave typically has an inside (bending) radius of 3 inches!

Figure 8.3 –Cable feed-in setups

©Anixter Inc. 1996

122

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.5 Overhead Messengers Table 8.7–Messenger breaking strength in lbs. Nominal Messenger Size

30% EHS* Copper-Clad Steel

Aluminum Clad Steel

1 ⁄4 inch (7312 AWG) 5 ⁄16 inch (7310 AWG) 3 ⁄8 inch (738 AWG)

6,282

6,301

9,196

⁄16 inch (737 AWG) 1 ⁄2 inch (736 AWG) 7

EHS* Galvanized Steel

High-Strength Galvanized Steel

Type 316 Stainless Steel

Type 302 Stainless Steel

6,650

4,750

7,650

8,500

10,020

11,200

8,000

11,900

13,200

13,890

15,930

15,400

10,800

16,200

18,000

16,890

19,060

20,800

14,500

23,400

26,000

20,460

22,730

26,900

18,800

30,300

33,700

* Extra-High Strength Table 8.8 –Messenger weight in lbs./1000ft Nominal Messenger Size

30% EHS Copper-Clad Steel

Aluminum Clad Steel

EHS Galvanized Steel

High-Strength Galvanized Steel

Type 316 Stainless Steel

Type 302 Stainless Steel

⁄4 inch ⁄16 inch 3 ⁄8 inch

139 204 324

104 165 262

121 205 273

121 205 273

136 208 278

132 208 278

⁄16 inch 1 ⁄2 inch

408 515

330 416

399 517

399 517

405 525

405 525

1

5

7

Table 8.9 –Maximum core weight in lbs./ft (Based on final sag of 30 inches at 60°F in a 150ft span, 30% of ultimate strength) Nominal Messenger Size

30% EHS Copper-Clad Steel

Aluminum Clad Steel

EHS Galvanized Steel

High-Strength Galvanized Steel

Type 316 Stainless Steel

Type 302 Stainless Steel

1 ⁄4 inch ⁄16 inch 3 ⁄8 inch

1.5 2.2 3.3

1.5 2.4 3.9

1.6 2.7 3.8

1.1 1.9 2.6

1.8 2.9 3.9

2.1 3.3 4.5

⁄16 inch 1 ⁄2 inch

4 4.9

4.7 5.6

5.1 6.6

3.4 4.4

5.8 7.5

6.5 8.4

5

7

123

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Table 8.10 –Galvanized steel strand/physical specifications Nominal Messenger Size

Weight

Minimum Strength

inch

Grade

lbs. per 1000 ft

lbs.

⁄16 ⁄16 1 ⁄4

Common Utility 2.2M Common

73 73 121

1,150 2,400 1,900

1

⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4

Siemens Martin High Strength Ex. High Strength

121 121 121

3,150 4,750 6,650

⁄16 ⁄16 5 ⁄16

Common Siemens Martin Utilities Grade 6M

205 205 225

3,200 5,350 6,000

⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄8

High Strength Ex. High Strength Common

205 205 273

8,000 11,200 4,250

3

⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8

Siemens Martin Utility 10M High Strength

273 273 273

6,950 11,500 10,800

⁄8 ⁄16 7 ⁄16

Ex. High Strength Siemens Martin High Strength

273 399 399

15,400 9,350 14,500

⁄16 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2

Utility 16M Siemens Martin High Strength

399 517 517

18,000 12,100 18,800

⁄2

Utility 25M

517

25,000

3 3

1

5 5

5 5

3

3

7

7

1

Class A: Minimum amount of zinc coating. Class B: Twice the amount of zinc coating as “A.” Class C: Three times the amount of zinc coating as “A.”

©Anixter Inc. 1996

124

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.6 Vertical Suspension 8.6.1 Suspended By Clamping Around Cable Table 8.11–Spacings for conductor supports Maximum Support Spacing for Conductors in Vertical Raceways AWG or Circular Mil Size of Wire

Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum

Copper

18 AWG through 8 AWG 6 AWG through 1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG through 4/0 AWG

100 feet 200 feet 180 feet

100 feet 100 feet 80 feet

over 4/0 AWG through 350 kcmil over 350 kcmil through 500 kcmil over 500 kcmil through 750 kcmil

135 feet 120 feet 95 feet

60 feet 50 feet 40 feet

85 feet

35 feet

over 750 kcmil Source: NEC, Article 300-19

8.6.2 Suspended by Conductor Source: NEMA WC3 (ICEA S-19-81) Section 7.2.2.1 F 5 A 3 T Where A 5 conductor area in sq. in. W3L T 5 conductor tensile strength in lbs./sq. in. W 5 cable weight in lbs./ft L 5 length in feet F 5 minimum safety factor (7 unless otherwise required by appropriate authority) Example: Suspend 470 ft of cable having three 4/0 AWG (211,600 circular mils each) soft-drawn copper conductors, total cable weight is 3,240 lbs./1,000ft or 1,080 lbs./1,000ft per conductor, each conductor is supported at the top with a full tension terminal: F5

[(211, 600) ( p / 4 ) / 1, 000, 000 ] 36, 000 5 11.8 (OK) (1, 080 / 1, 000)470

If the suspended cable is installed in a conduit elbow at the top, check sidewall loading.

125

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.7 Hipot Testing Overview This procedure is intended to provide general guidelines for high potential DC testing of power cables. For more details see IEEE Standard 400. All tests made after cable installation and during the guarantee period should be made in accordance with applicable specifications. All safety precautions must be observed during testing at high voltage. Read and understand and follow the Operator’s Manual for the particular test set being used!

8.7.1 Test Equipment Direct current test equipment is commercially available with a wide range of voltages. Accessory equipment is necessary to safely conduct high voltage tests such as safety barriers, rubber gloves and nonconducting hard hats. Consult appropriate safety officer.

8.7.2 Test Procedure Refer to IEEE Standard 400. Acceptable procedures, although varying slightly in technique, have more or less been standardized as either a “withstand test” or a “time-leakage current test.” Before performing any DC overpotential tests: • All equipment must be disconnected from the cable circuit, i.e., disconnect transformers, switch taps, motors, circuit breakers, surge arrestors, etc. This will preclude damage to such equipment and will prevent test interruptions due to flashovers and/or trip-outs resulting from excessive leakage current. • Establish adequate clearance between the circuit test ends and any grounded object, and to other equipment not under test (about 2.5 feet). • Ground all circuit conductors not under test and all cable shields as well as nearby equipment. • Consult termination manufacturer for maximum test voltage recommendations and time limitations. The direct current test may be applied either continuously or in predetermined steps to the maximum value in accordance with applicable specifications: • Continuous Method—Apply test voltage at an approximate rise rate of 1 kV per second or 75% of the rated current input of the equipment, whichever is less. Some equipment will take longer to reach the maximum test voltage because of the amount of charging current. • Step Method—Apply test voltage slowly in 5 to 7 increments of equal value, to the maximum specified. Allow sufficient time at each step for the leakage current to stabilize. Normally this requires only a few seconds unless cable circuits of high capacitance are involved. Record leakage current at each step. • Maintain the test voltage at the prescribed value for the time designated in applicable specifications. • At the end of the test period, set the test set voltage control to zero. Allow the residual voltage on the circuit to decay then ground the conductor just tested. • Caution—It should be recognized that DC charges on cable can build up to potentially dangerous levels if grounds are removed too quickly. Maintain solid grounds after the test on the cable for at least 4 times the duration of the test. It is a good safety practice to maintain these grounds longer and while reconnecting circuit components.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

126

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING Acceptance Testing—After installation and before the cable is placed in regular service the specified test voltage is applied for 15 consecutive minutes. Proof Testing—At any time during the period of guarantee the cable circuit may be removed from service and tested at a reduced voltage (normally 65 percent of the original acceptance value) for 5 consecutive minutes. Record the leakage current at one minute intervals for the duration of the test. A constant or decreasing leakage current with respect to time at maximum test voltage is the usual acceptance criterion for DC hipot testing. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS High potential testing of medium voltage power cables is usually performed with negative polarity connected to the conductor. High potential testing is a tool for determining insulation resistance at high voltages. Effective insulation resistance of the cable system may be calculated by means of Ohm’s Law: R 5 V/I. Restated another way the relation is: Megohms 5

Kilovolts 3 1000 Microamperes

Insulation resistance may also be measured with instruments which give a direct reading at 500 volts (or higher, depending on the model). IR in general has little or no direct relationship to breakdown strength. The significance of conducting DC High Voltage tests on nonshielded, nonmetallic-sheathed cable is dependent upon the environment in which it is installed because the characteristics of the return circuits are unknown. The environment must be carefully considered or test results may not be significant. In fact these tests can result in damage to the cable insulation. Humidity, condensation or actual precipitation on the surface of a cable termination can increase the leakage current by several orders of magnitude. Humidity also increases the termination leakage current, which is included in the total leakage current. Wind prevents the accumulation of space charges at all bare energized terminals. This results in an increase of corona. It is desirable to reduce or eliminate corona current at the bare metal extremities of cable or terminations. This may be accomplished by covering these areas with plastic envelopes, plastic or glass containers, plastic wrap (e.g., “Saran”® or “Handiwrap”®) or suitable electrical putty. Routine periodic DC maintenance testing of cable for the evaluation of the insulation strength is not a common practice. Some power cable users have adopted a program of testing circuits during planned outages, preferring possible breakdowns during testing rather than experiencing a service outage. It is nearly impossible to recommend test voltage values for maintenance. An arbitrary test voltage level could break down a cable circuit that would otherwise render long trouble-free service at normal operating AC voltage. One advantage of DC high voltage testing is that it can detect conducting particles left on the creepage surface during splicing or termination. Test equipment should be supplied from a stable, constant voltage source. Do not use the same source which is supplying arc welders or other equipment causing line voltage fluctuations. The output voltage of the test set must be filtered and regulated. Consider using a portable motor driven alternator to energize the test set.

127

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING COMMON TESTING PROBLEMS High leakage current can be caused by: • Failure to guard against corona • Failure to clean insulation surface • Failure to keep cable ends dry (high relative humidity, dampness, dew, fog, wind, snow) • Failure to provide adequate clearance to ground • Improper shield termination Erratic readings can be caused by: • Fluctuating voltage to test set • Improper test leads

8.7.3 Test Voltage Table 8.12 –Maximum DC test voltages for shielded power cables Acceptance Rated Circuit Voltage Phase to Phase

100% (Grounded)

133% (Ungrounded)

Volts

kV

kV

2,001– 5,000 5,001– 8,000 8,001–15,000

25 35 55

25 35 65

80 85 100

100 – –

15,001– 25,000 25,001– 28,000 28,001– 35,000

Sources: IEEE Standard 400 NEMA WC-8 (ICEA S-68-516) NEMA WC-7 (ICEA S-66-524) NEMA WC-5 (ICEA S-61-402) The acceptance test is to be made immediately after installation. A proof test can be made during the guarantee period. Maintenance testing is not recommended. However, if tests must be conducted use 40% of the above value for 5 minutes.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

128

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING DC hipot test voltages are also specified by AEIC for tests conducted during and after installation as follows: • At any time during installation, a DC proof test may be made at a voltage not exceeding the test voltage specified below, applied for 5 consecutive minutes. • After the cable has been completely installed and placed in service, a DC proof test may be made at any time within the first 5 years at the test voltage specified below, applied for 5 consecutive minutes. After that time, DC testing is not recommended. Table 8.13 –AEIC hipot test voltages Maximum DC Field Test Voltages in kV Rated Voltage Phase-to-Phase kV

During Installation

First 5 Years

100% (Grounded) 133% (Ungrounded) 100% (Grounded) 133% (Ungrounded)

5 8 15

28 36 56

36 44 64

9 11 18

11 14 20

25 28 35

80 84 100

96 100 124

25 26 31

30 31 39

46

132

172

41

54

Source: AEIC CS5 & CS6

8.8 Fault Locating One of the many types of fault locating equipment is the Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR). These units are portable, commercially available devices which can be used in the field to locate some types of conductor breaks or shorts. Connected to the end of a cable, the device functions much like radar, sending out low voltage pulses which travel the length of the cable and echo back when an open, short, or tap is encountered. The device can usually locate faults within 6 2% of the cable length. However, TDRs are only capable of locating breaks or shorts having an impedance different than that of the cable. For most cables, this includes shorts having a resistance of less than a few ohms and opens having a resistance greater than several hundred ohms. Splices, taps, etc., sometimes distort the echo and can mask the fault. Nevertheless, the method is nondestructive and is used successfully on faults having characteristics within the capabilities of the method.

129

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.9 Megger Testing If the DC voltage applied during an insulation resistance (IR) test on power cables is relatively low (0.6 to 2.5 kV) the test is often referred to as a “Megger” test. Low voltage IR tests are particularly useful in detecting shorts and indicating grossly deteriorated insulation on 600 volt rated cables. An inherent limitation of low voltage IR tests is their interpretation. The readings obtained from such testing on nonshielded, nonmetallic-sheathed cable is very dependent upon the environment because the environment determines the characteristics of the return circuit. Low resistance readings may be caused by contaminated or moist cable ends, high humidity, etc. Failure to clean water based cable pulling lubricants from the cable test ends has caused erroneous rejection of good cable. Refer to the figures below for suggested hookup. Reminders: • Safety—Follow the test equipment supplier’s instructions. Stay clear of energized cable. Operators must know the equipment. Be sure shields are grounded! Remember that insulated conductors are capacitors. • Voltages—Check cable and termination manufacturer’s guidelines. • Records—Keep detailed records and provide a copy to the owner.

Figure 8.4 –Connections for testing insulation resistance between one wire and ground, without being affected by leakage to other wires. Note use of the Guard (G) connection

©Anixter Inc. 1996

130

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

Figure 8.5 –Connections for testing insulation resistance between one wire and all other wires, without being affected by leakage to ground

8.10 Moisture Removal 8.10.1 Purging Water from Conductor Strand or Shield All Cables: Purge the shield separately from the insulated strands; otherwise the nitrogen gas will only flow through the path offering the least resistance. Cables Not Installed: Remove end seals. Position one cable end to its lowest possible elevation. At the cable end having the highest elevation apply two layers of half-lapped HV insulating tape to act as a sealing cushion. Connect the cable ends to a dry nitrogen or dry air supply using hoses, valves, fittings, and flow regulators as shown in Figure 8.6. Attach a one-gallon plastic bag to the exhaust end of the cable. Secure the bag with tape or clamps. Make a small vent hole by clipping one bag corner. As shown, several cables may be connected to the gas supply. Dry nitrogen is available from welding gas suppliers. Apply 15 – 25 psi (gauge). Maintain pressure for at least eight hours after all indications of moisture have stopped. Water vapor may be readily detected by sprinkling one tablespoon of anhydrous cupric sulfate in the plastic bag, which turns blue instead of “off” white when wet. The sulfate is available from scientific laboratory supply houses. A hardware store humidity gauge may also be used. Installed Cables: The splices and terminations must be removed if they interfere with the flow of air or nitrogen. The cable can then be purged as described above.

131

©Anixter Inc. 1996

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

Figure 8.6 –Moisture removal equipment

©Anixter Inc. 1996

132

8. INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.11 Fiber Optic Testing Testing a newly installed fiber optic system can increase the overall performance of a system, decrease the amount of downtime and reduce costs for the system owner. Attenuation is the parameter most frequently measured and includes the attenuation of the cable as well as that of attached connectors. Cable attenuation can be caused by “microbending” of the fiber, impurities in the fiber, excessive mechanical force on the cable or, of course, a broken fiber. Handheld optical power meters and light sources (normally LED types for multimode and laser types for single mode fibers) are used to determine the total attenuation of the fiber and any splices or connectors. These devices can be considered the optical equivalent of the handheld “multimeters” used to troubleshoot electrical equipment. Optical Time Domain Reflectometers (OTDRs) are used to locate faults and to measure attenuation of cables and connectors. A light pulse is sent down the fiber and as it encounters a fault, connector, splice, etc., a portion of the optical pulse is reflected back to the source. An OTDR is able to determine the distance to the reflection and the amount of signal loss at that point. OTDRs work on a radar-like principle. Small optical microscopes are used to visually inspect the workmanship of installed fiber optic connectors.

8.12 LAN Cable Testing As more and more users depend on data networks around the world, the ability to maintain proper system operation becomes increasingly important. There are several types of test equipment that are commonly used to evaluate LAN unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling. Low cost handheld LAN cable testers are available that are used to certify the electrical performance, e.g., Category III, IV or V, of newly installed LAN cable. This characterizes the installed system with regard to near-end crosstalk, attenuation and impedance. Time Domain Reflectometers (TDRs) are devices used to locate faults, determine length, and measure attenuation of the cable. The TDR sends a low voltage pulse along the cable and then “looks” for reflections that result from impedance mismatches that are caused by shorts, opens or severely deformed cable. TDRs analyze the reflections and report the amount of impedance mismatch and the location of faults.

133

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

9.1 Coaxial Connectors 9.1.1 Selection 9.1.2 BNC 9.1.3 TNC 9.1.4 SHV 9.1.5 SMA 9.1.6 UHF 9.1.7 N Series 9.1.8 F Series

136 136 137 137 137 138 138 138

9.2 Telecommunication Connectors 9.2 Telecommunication Connectors

139

9.3 Power Connectors 9.3.1 3M 9.3.2 Stud Sizes

141 145

9.4 Fiber Optic Connectors 9.4.1 Selection 9.4.2 ST 9.4.3 SC 9.4.4 FDDI 9.4.5 SMA 9.4.6 Mini BNC 9.4.7 FC 9.4.8 Biconic

146 147 147 148 148 149 149 149

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

9.1 Coaxial Connectors Coaxial connectors should appear electrically as extensions to the cable; in other words, they should connect to the cable with as little disruption of the electrical signal as possible. Thus a connector is usually specified by its nominal impedance and its allowable Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR). The nominal impedance of the connector indicates its basic match to the nominal impedance of the cable. The VSWR indicates the quality of the match.

9.1.1 Selection Just as MIL-C-17 covers the main types of coaxial cables, MIL-C-39012 covers many popular types of coaxial connectors. It includes mating and overall dimensions, materials, performance, and testing procedures for each type of connector covered. In selecting a connector, users generally consider cable size, frequency range, and coupling method. Cable Size determines the connector series as subminiature, miniature, medium, or large. Frequency Range determines the upper frequency limit of the application. The connectors can be used at lower frequencies but are not recommended at higher frequencies where performance (especially VSWR) becomes degraded. Both BNC and TNC series connectors, for instance, can be used with miniature cable. The TNC connector, however, is usable to 11 GHz, while the BNC is limited to 4 GHz. (This is due to the difference between bayonet and screw couplings.) If the highest frequency of the application is 2 GHz, either connector can be used. If the highest frequency is 8 GHz, the TNC is the obvious choice. Coupling Method determines the procedure for joining two mating connectors. The three common types are bayonet, screw, and snap-on. Often the coupling method is the main difference between two series of connectors. For example, the BNC connector uses bayonet coupling; the TNC connector is essentially the same, but with a threaded coupling.

9.1.2 BNC By far, BNC connectors are the most common for miniature cables because of the easy connection/ disconnection offered by their bayonet coupling. In most versions, BNC connectors are 50-ohm connectors rated to 4 GHz. 75-ohm, 4 GHz connectors are now available to meet the demand and usage of 75-ohm coax cable.

Figure 9.1–BNC connectors

©Anixter Inc. 1996

136

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS 9.1.3 TNC The TNC connector is essentially identical to the BNC connector, except it replaces the bayonet coupling with a threaded coupling. The tight interface of the threads, especially when subjected to vibrations, allows the connector to maintain a low VSWR up to 11 GHz with flexible cable and up to 15 GHz with semirigid cable.

9.1.4 SHV For medium size cables, SHV connectors are high voltage connectors rated to 5,000 volts (rms) and featuring bayonet coupling and a nonconstant impedance. They were originally designed for high energy physics applications.

9.1.5 SMA Widely used in avionics, radar, military, and high performance test equipment applications, SMA connectors are the most popular type for subminiature cable and offer the highest performance in their class. They meet MIL-C-39012 requirements up to 12.4 GHz when used on flexible cable and up to 18 GHz on semirigid cable.

Figure 9.2 –SMA series coax connectors for semirigid cable

Figure 9.3 –SMA series coax connectors for flexible cable 137

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS 9.1.6 UHF The first coaxial connectors, designed in the 1930s, UHF connectors exhibit nonconstant impedance and a low upper-frequency limit of 500 MHz, 2 GHz for the miniature version. Their main application is in cost sensitive consumer applications.

Figure 9.4 –UHF series coax connectors

9.1.7 N Series These screw thread connectors were the first true RF connectors, developed during World War II to handle microwave frequencies up to 11 GHz. Despite the connector’s age, it still is widely used, offering dual-crimp, low cost commercial, and 75-ohm versions in a variety of styles and materials. It is the standard coaxial connector for many coaxial cable based local area networks, including Ethernet and other IEEE 802 networks using medium size coaxial cable.

Figure 9.5 –N series coax connectors

9.1.8 F Series The F type connectors are 75-ohm, screw threaded couplers for RG59, RG6, and RG11 type coaxial cables and are the standard for CATV/MATV systems. The F Connector is simple to install, economical, and meets the specifications of CATV systems. Most connectors are terminated to the cable by a single crimp on the attached ferrule.

Figure 9.6 –F series coax connector

©Anixter Inc. 1996

138

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

9.2 Telecommunication Connectors Specifications for 100 ohm UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair) connectors are contained in the document ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-A Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. The first four pairs of Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable are connected as follows: Table 9.1–Connections for the first four pairs of UTP cable Pair

Color Code

Connection

one

white/blue blue/white

T1 (Tip side of a Voice line) R1 (Ring side of a Voice line)

two

white/orange orange/white

T2 (Tip side of a Voice line) R2 (Ring side of a Voice line)

three

white/green green/white

T3 (Tip side of a Voice line) R3 (Ring side of a Voice line)

four

white/brown brown/white

T4 (Tip side of a Voice line) R4 (Ring side of a Voice line)

139

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS RJ-11 and RJ-45 modular plugs and jacks are widely used in telecommuncation applications. They are designed to meet FCC (Federal Communication Commission) specifications and dimensions, including wire gauge and conductor insulation diameter. Some are designed for use with wires with solid conductors, others for stranded wire. The wiring configuration varies, depending on the wiring method selected for the system. The most used standards are ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-A (wiring methods “A” and “B”) and U.S.O.C. (FCC Universal Service Order Code). With the locking tab down, the conductors are inserted into the rear of the plug in a specific pattern. The pins of the plug are numbered 1 through 8 from left to right as shown in Figure 9.7.

Rear View

Front View

Side View

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12345678

Figure 9.7–RJ-45 (8 pin) modular plug

Figure 9.8 –Wiring methods A (left) and B (right) on an RJ-45 modular jack

©Anixter Inc. 1996

140

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

9.3 Power Connectors 9.3.1 3M

Figure 9.9 – 3M Scotchlok connector

Table 9.2 – 3M Scotchlok connector dimensions Scotchlok Connector No.

Wire Size

Length

Inside Diameter

Outside Diameter

AWG/ kcmil

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

10001 10002 10003

6 4 2

1.75 (44.4) 1.75 (44.4) 1.88 (47.7)

0.196 (5.0) 0.247 (6.2) 0.307 (7.8)

0.290 (7.3) 0.340 (8.6) 0.416 (10.6)

Blue Grey Brown

10004 10005 10006

1 1/0 2/0

1.88 (47.7) 1.88 (47.7) 2.00 (50.8)

0.358 (9.1) 0.394 (10.0) 0.439 (11.2)

0.462 (11.7) 0.512 (13.0) 0.560 (14.2)

Green Pink Black

11006 10007 11007

2/0 3/0 3/0

3.13 (79.4) 2.13 (54.0) 3.13 (79.4)

0.439 (11.2) 0.490 (12.4) 0.490 (12.4)

0.560 (14.2) 0.617 (15.7) 0.617 (15.7)

Black Orange Orange

10008 11008 10009

4/0 4/0 250

2.13 (54.0) 3.38 (85.8) 2.25 (57.2)

0.548 (13.9) 0.548 (13.9) 0.595 (15.1)

0.687 (17.4) 0.687 (17.4) 0.750 (19.0)

Purple Purple Yellow

11009 10010 11010

250 300 300

3.38 (85.8) 2.25 (57.2) 4.13 (104.8)

0.595 (15.1) 0.650 (16.5) 0.650 (16.5)

0.750 (19.0) 0.813 (20.7) 0.813 (20.7)

Yellow White White

10011 11011 10014

350 350 500

2.38 (60.4) 4.13 (104.8) 2.88 (73.1)

0.700 (17.8) 0.700 (17.8) 0.836 (21.2)

0.875 (22.2) 0.875 (22.2) 1.060 (27.0)

Red Red Brown

11014 10019 11019

500 750 750

4.63 (117.5) 3.38 (85.8) 5.88 (149.3)

0.836 (21.2) 1.031 (26.2) 1.031 (26.2)

1.060 (27.0) 1.299 (33.0) 1.299 (33.0)

Brown Black Black

10024 11024

1,000 1,000

3.88 (98.5) 6.13 (155.6)

1.173 (29.8) 1.173 (29.8)

1.500 (38.1) 1.500 (38.1)

– –

141

Color Code

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

O.D. L.D.

O.D. L.D.

B

B L

L C' P

P C

C

W

W

Figure 9.10 – 3M Scotchlok lugs

Table 9.3 – 3M Scotchlok lug dimensions Scotchlok Lug No.

O.D.

B Barrel Length

P Pad Length

W Pad Width

L Length

C One Hole

C Two Hole

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Wire Size

I.D.

AWG/ kcmil

Stud Color Size Code*

30014

6

0.196 (5.0)

0.290 (7.4)

0.750 (19.1)

0.750 (19.1)

0.435 (11.0)

1.780 (45.2)

0.375 (9.5)

–

#10

Bl

30015

6

0.196 (5.0)

0.290 (7.4)

0.750 (19.1)

0.750 (19.1)

0.435 (11.0)

1.780 (45.2)

0.375 (9.5)

–

1

⁄4"

Bl

30016

6

0.196 (5.0)

0.290 (7.4)

0.750 (19.1)

0.750 (19.1)

0.435 (11.0)

1.780 (45.2)

0.375 (9.5)

–

⁄16"

Bl

30018

4

0.247 (6.2)

0.340 (8.6)

0.750 (19.1)

0.890 (22.6)

0.485 (12.3)

1.940 (49.3)

0.375 (9.5)

–

#10

Gy

30019

4

0.247 (6.2)

0.340 (8.6)

0.750 (19.1)

0.890 (22.6)

0.485 (12.3)

1.940 (49.3)

0.375 (9.5)

–

1

⁄4"

Gy

30021

4

0.247 (6.2)

0.340 (8.6)

0.750 (19.1)

0.890 (22.6)

0.590 (15.1)

1.940 (49.3)

0.375 (9.5)

–

3

⁄8"

Gy

30022

2

0.307 (7.8)

0.416 (10.5)

0.810 (20.7)

0.890 (22.6)

0.630 (15.9)

1.970 (50.0)

0.375 (9.5)

–

1

⁄4"

Bn

30023

2

0.307 (7.8)

0.416 (10.5)

0.810 (20.7)

0.890 (22.6)

0.630 (15.9)

1.970 (50.0)

0.375 (9.5)

–

⁄16"

Bn

30024

2

0.307 (7.8)

0.416 (10.5)

0.810 (20.7)

0.890 (22.6)

0.630 (15.9)

1.970 (50.0)

0.375 (9.5)

–

3

⁄8"

Bn

30027

1

0.358 (9.1)

0.460 (11.7)

0.810 (20.7)

0.750 (19.1)

0.690 (17.4)

1.970 (50.0)

0.375 (9.5)

–

⁄16"

Gn

30028

1

0.358 (9.1)

0.460 (11.7)

0.810 (20.7)

0.750 (19.1)

0.690 (17.4)

1.970 (50.0)

0.375 (9.5)

–

⁄8"

Gn

5

5

5

3

Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

142

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS Table 9.3 – 3M Scotchlok lug dimensions Continued Scotchlok Lug No.

O.D.

B Barrel Length

P Pad Length

W Pad Width

L Length

C One Hole

C Two Hole

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Wire Size

I.D.

AWG/ kcmil

Stud Color Size Code*

30031

1/0

0.394 (10.0)

0.510 (13.0)

0.810 (20.7)

0.890 (22.6)

0.750 (19.0)

2.160 (54.8)

0.375 (9.5)

–

⁄16"

Pk

30032

1/0

0.394 (10.0)

0.510 (13.0)

0.810 (20.7)

0.890 (22.6)

0.750 (19.0)

2.160 (54.8)

0.375 (9.5)

–

3

⁄8"

Pk

30036

2/0

0.439 (11.2)

0.560 (14.2)

0.870 (22.2)

1.110 (28.2)

0.810 (20.6)

2.370 (60.2)

0.375 (9.5)

–

3

⁄8"

Bk

31036

2/0

0.439 (11.2)

0.560 (14.2)

1.440 (36.5)

0.890 (22.6)

0.812 (20.6)

2.840 (72.2)

0.375 (9.5)

–

3

⁄8"

Bk

30041

3/0

0.490 (12.4)

0.620 (15.8)

0.940 (23.8)

1.110 (28.2)

0.910 (23.0)

2.630 (66.8)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Or

31041

3/0

0.490 (12.4)

0.620 (15.8)

1.440 (36.5)

1.110 (28.2)

0.910 (23.0)

3.130 (79.5)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Or

30045

4/0

0.548 (13.9)

0.687 (17.4)

0.970 (24.6)

1.110 (28.2)

1.000 (25.4)

2.600 (65.9)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Pu

31045

4/0

0.548 (13.9)

0.687 (17.4)

1.560 (39.7)

1.110 (28.2)

1.000 (25.4)

3.320 (84.4)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Pu

31145

4/0

0.548 (13.9)

0.687 (17.4)

1.560 (39.7)

3.000 (76.2)

1.000 5.160 (25.4) (131.0)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

⁄2"

Pu

31049

250

0.595 (15.1)

0.750 (19.0)

1.500 (38.0)

1.110 (28.2)

1.130 (28.6)

3.380 (85.8)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Ye

31149

250

0.595 (15.1)

0.750 (19.0)

1.560 (39.7)

3.000 (76.2)

1.130 5.310 (28.6) (134.9)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

⁄2"

Ye

31053

300

0.650 (16.5)

0.812 (20.6)

2.000 (50.8)

1.090 (27.8)

1.220 (30.9)

3.780 (96.0)

0.530 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Wh

31153

300

0.650 (16.5)

0.812 (20.6)

1.940 (49.2)

3.000 (76.2)

1.220 5.750 (30.9) (146.0)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

⁄2"

Wh

31056

350

0.700 (17.8)

0.880 (22.4)

2.000 (50.8)

1.090 (27.8)

1.310 (33.4)

3.850 (97.6)

0.528 (13.4)

–

1

⁄2"

Rd

31156

350

0.700 (17.8)

0.875 (22.2)

1.940 (49.2)

3.000 (76.2)

1.310 5.750 (33.4) (146.0)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

⁄2"

Rd

31060

400

0.762 (19.3)

0.950 (24.1)

2.000 (50.8)

1.340 (34.2)

1.410 4.160 (35.8) (105.7)

0.630 (15.9)

–

1

⁄2"

Bl

5

Continued

143

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS Table 9.3 – 3M Scotchlok lug dimensions Continued Scotchlok Lug No.

O.D.

B Barrel Length

P Pad Length

W Pad Width

L Length

C One Hole

C Two Hole

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Inch (mm)

Wire Size

I.D.

AWG/ kcmil

Stud Color Size Code*

31160

400

0.762 (19.3)

0.950 (24.1)

2.120 (53.8)

3.000 (76.2)

1.410 6.000 (35.8) (152.4)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

31066

500

0.836 (21.2)

1.060 (27.0)

2.250 (57.2)

1.340 (34.2)

1.530 4.500 (38.9) (114.3)

0.660 (16.8)

–

1

31067

500

0.836 (21.2)

1.060 (27.0)

2.190 (55.6)

1.340 (34.2)

1.530 4.500 (38.9) (114.3)

0.660 (16.8)

–

5

31166

500

0.836 (21.2)

1.060 (27.0)

2.190 (55.6)

3.000 (76.2)

1.530 6.160 (38.9) (156.4)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

31068

600

0.923 (23.4)

1.188 (30.1)

2.690 (68.2)

1.750 (44.4)

1.690 5.120 (42.9) (130.0)

0.630 (15.9)

–

1

31168

600

0.923 (23.4)

1.188 (30.1)

2.620 (66.5)

3.000 (76.2)

1.690 6.720 (42.9) (170.6)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

31172

750

1.031 (26.2)

1.299 (33.0)

2.810 (71.5)

3.000 (76.2)

1.720 7.000 (43.7) (177.8)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

31178

1,000

1.173 (29.8)

1.500 (38.1)

3.000 (76.2)

2.940 (74.6)

1.720 7.280 (43.7) (184.9)

0.630 (15.9)

1.750 (44.4)

1

*Bl 5 Blue Or 5 Orange

©Anixter Inc. 1996

Gy 5 Grey Pu 5 Purple

Bn 5 Brown Ye 5 Yellow

Gn 5 Green Wh 5 White

144

Pk 5 Pink Rd 5 Red

⁄2"

Bl

⁄2"

Bn

⁄8"

Bn

⁄2"

Bn

⁄2"

Gn

⁄2"

Gn

⁄2"

Bk

⁄2"

–

Bk 5 Black

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS 9.3.2 Stud Sizes Hole diameter

English Bolt Size #2 #4 #5 #6 #8 #10 1/4"

Metric

Bolt Diameter

Hole Diameter

Inch

Inch

.086

.095

.112

.120

.125

.148

.138

.148

.164

.174

.190

.200

.250

.265

.3125

.328

.375

.397

.4375

.450

.500

.515

.625

.656

Bolt Size M2 M2.5 M3 M3.5 M4 M5 M6

Bolt Diameter

Hole Diameter

mm

mm

2.0

2.4

2.5

3.0

3.0

3.8

3.5

3.8

4.0

4.4

5.0

5.1

6.0

6.7

8.0

8.3

10.0

10.1

10.0

11.4

12.0

13.1

16.0

16.7

18.0

19.8

M8

5/16"

M10

3/8"

M10

7/16"

M12

1/2"

M16

5/8"

M18

3/4" .750

.781

Source: ISO 263 for English stud sizes and ISO 262 for metric stud sizes. Note: Bolt illustrations not drawn to scale. Figure 9.11–Terminal stud size chart in English and metric units 145

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS

9.4 Fiber Optic Connectors 9.4.1 Selection Below are the steps required to select a fiber optic connector: Step 1: Determine the connector type. There are a variety of types available. ST and SC connectors are the most common types. The opto-electronic equipment used will have an optical interface of a specific connector type. Therefore, this type must be used at the equipment interface. It is suggested, though, to use ST or SC type connectors in all of the distribution cabinets and to use custom cable assembly jumpers from the cabinets to the opto-electronic equipment. Step 2: Determine the mode type and fiber OD. Fibers are either multimode or single mode. • Multimode The fiber OD is the second number of the fiber size; e.g., 62.5/125 indicates a core diameter of 62.5 µm and a fiber (cladding) diameter of 125 µm. • Single mode Single mode fibers are also 125 µm in overall diameter. Core diameter is approximately 8 µm. Step 3: Determine the cable construction type. There are four basic construction types to choose from. They are jumper cordage, multifiber tight buffered building cable, multifiber-fanout (breakout) building cable, and outdoor loose buffer cable. • Jumper Cordage Jumper cordage is divided into four construction types: simplex, zipcord duplex, dual subunit duplex, and round duplex. Simplex, zipcord, and dual subunit cordages can be connectorized with no additional apparatus. Round duplex requires a breakout kit if: a) the cordage is being used to make an assembly, and b) connectors other than duplex (such as FDDI) are to be used. • Multifiber Tight Buffered Building Cable Multifiber building cable has multiple 900 µm (diameter over the tight buffer) tight buffered fibers under a common jacket with a shared strength member. As a result, a crimping procedure is not used during the installation of a connector. The connector can be installed directly onto a tight buffered fiber. • Fanout/Breakout Cable Fanout/Breakout cable has individually jacketed and strength membered fiber subunits. Thus, each subunit is effectively a simplex cable. A connector can be installed directly onto these subunits with no additional hardware required. • Outdoor Loose Buffer Cable Outdoor loose buffer cable contains the fibers in a buffer tube(s) surrounded by a series of sheathing layers. Virtually all outdoor cables require a breakout kit in order to connectorize the fibers. Choose a connector which matches the breakout kit subunit type for a proper fit.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

146

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS Fiber Optic Connectors Below are some of the most common fiber optic connector types:

9.4.2 ST ST is a trade name of AT&T for a connector developed by Bell Laboratories. The ST type connector is spring-loaded, which keeps the fibers and connector tips in physical contact (PC) inside the coupling sleeve. These connectors, because they are PC type, have a key to lock the contacting position and prevent tip rotation, protecting the fibers from scratches and chips. The key also ensures performance repeatability from reconnection to reconnection. The bayonet latching offers easier connection and disconnection. There are several versions available. The variations are mainly the tip material. Materials used are alumina ceramic, zirconia ceramic, ceramic/glass composite, stainless steel, plastic, and plastic/glass composite. Ceramic is the preferred material because it closely matches the thermal characteristics of glass, and ceramic is a hard, durable material which won’t wear after multiple reconnections. Ceramic/glass composite tips offer easier polishing. The glass insert protrudes slightly from the ceramic, so if the fiber end still needs more polishing even after the fiber end becomes level with the glass insert, the connector tip can be further polished, thus polishing both the fiber end and the glass insert simultaneously. With all ceramic tips, once the fiber end becomes flush with the ceramic tip end and the fiber still has scratches and/or chips, the installer must start all over to obtain a finely polished termination. Ceramic/glass composite tips also allow the installer to use UV adhesive, which is much faster to cure than epoxy. Stainless steel tips offer durability. The stainless steel ST type connector remains durable from reconnection to reconnection. Plastic tip connectors offer a low cost solution when loss is not critical. Be alert, though, that all plastics are NOT alike. Mating different plastics could lead to intermolecular migration, which means material from one tip will, over time, embed itself in the opposing tip and vice versa. This will cause an increase in attenuation.

Figure 9.12 –SC (top) and ST (bottom) type connectors

9.4.3 SC The SC connector has many positive attributes to compete with other connectors such as the ST type. These attributes include a 2.5 mm spring-loaded ferrule tip, a keying channel, and a push-pull latching mechanism. Because of its square design and latching, the SC (subscriber connector) can be arranged in very high density patching systems. Another feature (and possibly the most important) is the standard non-optical disconnect incorporated into the design. A pulling force applied on the cable will not separate the physically contacting tips within a coupler; a feature very attractive to securing a successful transmission of information.

147

©Anixter Inc. 1996

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS 9.4.4 FDDI The connector used for FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface) is a duplex connector housing both a transmit and receive fiber within a single plug. The ANSI (American National Standards Institute) standard X3T9.5 refers to this connector as the MIC (Media Interface Connector). The PMD document within X3T9.5 defines the receptacle geometry and tolerances into which the connector must fit. This allows the connector manufacturers flexibility to design their own style into a compliant connector. The FDDI connector also has a keying system to prevent connections of incompatible network nodes. There are four receptable keys: A, B, M, and S. The A and B keys are used for dual attach network devices. The A key accepts the primary ring IN/secondary ring OUT while the B key accepts the primary ring OUT/secondary ring IN. The M and S keys are used off of the main ring for single attach network connections.

Figure 9.13 –FDDI connector

9.4.5 SMA This connector, before the ST, was the dominant connector in data and closed-circuit video applications. Originally designed for the military, this connector is small in size and easy to work with. Because it has been in existence for a long time, many manufacturers produce SMA connectors. Though there are a few variations in tip material, this connector is most often an epoxy (oven or 24 hour) cure type installation. Tip materials include stainless steel, nickel-plated brass, ceramic, plastic, and aluminum.

Figure 9.14 –SMA connector

©Anixter Inc. 1996

148

9. CONNECTORS, LUGS & TERMINATIONS 9.4.6 Mini BNC Not to be confused with the coaxial connector, this connector originated in Japan and is popular there. In this country, the only application (with maybe one or two exceptions) is with the IBM 8219, 8220 and 8230 token ring products. They are stainless steel (tip and body) and are virtually all multimode only.

9.4.7 FC The FC connector has a 2.5 mm ferrule tip with a threaded latching mechanism. The FC is a physical contacting connector within its coupler as well as being keyed to prevent tip rotation and subsequent damage. Most FC connectors have a ceramic tip and are an oven or 24 hour cure epoxy type installation system. These connectors are typically used for single mode applications but multimode connectors are available.

9.4.8 Biconic Biconic connectors were one of the first types to be used in the fiber optic arena. Since the telephone industry was the first to use fiber optics, the telephone industry has been the primary user of the biconic connector. It offers high performance though it is large in size and cumbersome to handle.

Figure 9.15 –Biconic connector

149

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

10.1 Reel Size 10.1.1 Reel Terminology 152 10.1.2 Minimum Drum Diameter 152 10.1.3 Capacities and Dimensions of Shipping Reels 154 10.2 Reel Handling 10.2.1 Winding Cable onto Reels 10.2.2 Moving and Lifting

159 162

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE

10.1 Reel Size Selection of proper reel (spool) size depends on the length and overall diameter (OD) of the cable or wire to be rewound. A reel not matched to the weight of the cable wound on it may be damaged during shipment. All wire and cable has a minimum safe bending radius. If cable is subjected to bends sharper than the minimum radius, damage to the material is likely. The minimum drum (hub) diameters given in Section 10.1.2 should be observed.

10.1.1 Reel Terminology

Figure 10.1–Reel terminology

10.1.2 Minimum Drum Diameter Table 10.1–Minimum drum diameter for wire and cable Minimum Drum Diameter as a Multiple of Outside Diameter of Cable*

Type of Cable

A. Single- and multiple-conductor nonmetallic-covered cable 1. Nonshielded and wire shielded, including cable with concentric wires a. 0-2,000 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Over 2,000 Volts (1) Nonjacketed with concentric wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) All others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tape Shielded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 14 12 14 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

152

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Table 10.1 Minimum drum diameter for wire and cable Continued Minimum Drum Diameter as a Multiple of Outside Diameter of Cable*

Type of Cable

B. Single- and multiple-conductor metallic-covered cable 1. Tubular metallic sheathed a. Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Aluminum (1) Outside diameter—1.750" and less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Outside diameter—1.751" and larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Wire armored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Flat tape armored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Corrugated metallic sheath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Interlocked armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14 25 30 16 16 14 14

C. Multiple single conductors cabled together without common covering, including self-supporting cables—the circumscribing overall diameter shall be multiplied by the factor given in item A or B and then by the reduction factor of 0.75. D. Combinations—For combinations of the types described in items A, B and C, the highest factor for any component type shall be used. E. Single- and multiple-conductor cable in coilable nonmetallic duct Outside diameter of duct, inches—0.0 – 0.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.51–1.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.01–1.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 –1.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over 1.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

26 24 22 21 20

F. Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 * 1. When metallic-sheathed cables are covered only by a thermosetting or thermoplastic jacket, the “outside diameter” is the diameter over the metallic sheath itself. In all other cases, the outside diameter is the diameter outside of all the material on the cable in the state in which it is to be wound upon the reel. 2. For “flat-twin” cables (where the cable is placed upon the reel with its flat side against the drum), the minor outside diameter shall be multiplied by the appropriate factor to determine the minimum drum diameter. 3. The multiplying factors given for item E refer to the outside diameter of the duct. Sources: ICEA A-9-428 NEMA WC 26

153

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE 10.1.3 Capacities and Dimensions of Shipping Reels Table 10.2 –Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 22"– 66" in diameter Reel Dimensions-Inches

Diam. of Side Diam. of Drum Traverse

22 13 13

30 16 12

36 16 18

42 16 24

48 24 24

54 30 25

62 42 32

66 40 36

16.0 500 40

16.6 800 70

22.6 1500 100

30.0 3,000 175

30.0 3,000 220

32.6 4,500 360

39.5 4,500 535

43.0 10,000 710

35 75

47 117

98 198

132 307

152 372

179 539

252 787

260 970

Reel Code No.

22-W

30A-W

36B-W

42-W

48A-W

54-W

62-W

66-W

Cable Diam. In.

Maximum Capacity—Feet

Width Overall Wt. Capacity Max Wt. of Reel Wt. of Lags Total Wt.

0.10 0.15 0.20

15,959 7,120 3,958

37,149 16,210 9,118

– – 24,245

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

0.25 0.30 0.35

2,563 1,759 1,206

5,943 4,052 2,870

15,701 10,775 7,850

23,750 16,493 11,776

– 25,289 18,245

– – 22,902

– – –

– – –

0.40 0.45 0.50

908 703 628

2,195 1,756 1,485

6,061 4,618 3,925

8,906 6,993 5,937

14,090 11,010 9,104

17,367 13,656 11,133

22,211 16,896 14,384

– 26,965 22,327

0.55 0.60 0.65

481 439 318

1,182 1,013 810

3,078 2,693 2,251

4,609 3,958 3,265

7,379 6,141 5,202

9,266 7,570 6,616

11,502 9,809 8,421

17,527 15,370 12,606

0.70 0.75 0.80

301 284 188

669 630 506

1,924 1,693 1,411

2,803 2,638 2,226

4,606 4,046 3,522

5,725 4,898 4,272

7,139 6,108 5,288

11,001 9,707 8,494

0.85 0.90 0.95

– – –

472 439 337

1,346 1,154 923

1,847 1,715 1,443

3,034 2,583 2,483

3,689 3,265 3,032

4,891 4,164 3,490

7,361 6,471 5,986

1.00 1.05 1.10

– – –

337 – –

923 – –

1,385 1,071 1,022

2,167 1,762 1,682

2,650 2,261 2,167

3,384 2,748 2,657

5,339 4,539 4,272

1.15 1.20 1.25

– – –

– – –

– – –

973 811 771

1,424 1,424 1,352

1,843 1,759 1,675

2,120 2,042 1,963

3,725 3,604 2,990

1.30 1.35 1.40

– – –

– – –

– – –

730 689 689

1,121 1,059 1,059

1,392 1,319 1,319

1,884 1,505 1,439

2,883 2,777 2,336

1.45 1.50 1.55

– – -

– – -

– – -

519 519 -

854 854 -

1,068 1,005 942

1,439 1,374 1,308

2,243 2,243 2,149 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

154

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Table 10.2 –Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 22"– 66" in diameter Continued Reel Dimensions-Inches

Diam. of Side Diam. of Drum Traverse

22 13 13

30 16 12

36 16 18

42 16 24

48 24 24

54 30 25

62 42 32

66 40 36

16.0 500 40

16.6 800 70

22.6 1,500 100

30.0 3,000 175

30.0 3,000 220

32.6 4,500 360

39.5 4,500 535

43.0 10,000 710

35 75

47 117

98 198

132 307

152 372

179 539

252 787

260 970

Reel Code No.

22-W

30A-W

36B-W

42-W

48A-W

54-W

62-W

66-W

Cable Diam. In.

Maximum Capacity—Feet

Width Overall Wt. Capacity Max Wt. of Reel Wt. of Lags Total Wt.

1.60 1.65 1.70

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

942 733 733

1,308 994 942

1,762 1,682 1,682

1.75 1.80 1.85

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

733 680 –

942 890 890

1,602 1,602 1,268

1.90 1.95 2.00

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

837 837 837

1,201 1,201 1,201

2.05 2.10 2.20

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

589 589 549

1,134 1,134 1,068

2.30 2.40 2.50

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

510 510 471

801 801 747

Notes: Clearance 1.5" on cable diameters up to 1.0" inclusive. Clearance 2.0" on cable diameters larger than 1.0". All capacity figures are based on minimum drum diameter of 16 times cable diameter. All dimensions in inches, all weights in pounds.

155

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Table 10.3 –Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 78"–108" in diameter Reel Dimensions-Inches

Diam. of Side Diam. of Drum Traverse

78 48 36

80 42 32

84 48 36

92 56 42

96 56 42

104 56 40

108 60 64

Width Overall 43.0 Wt. Capacity Max 10,000 Wt. of Reel 850

41.0 8,000 880

43.0 10,000 1,013

50.3 12,000 1,540

50.3 12,000 1,640

50.5 15,000 2,370

76.0 15,000 3,300

Wt. of Lags Total Wt.

305 1,155

331 1,211

363 1376

432 1,972

450 2,090

507 2,877

– –

Reel Code No.

78-W

80A-W

84-W

92-W

96-W

104-W

108-W

Cable Diam. In.

Maximum Capacity—Feet

0.60 0.65 0.70

21,252 17,710 15,601

23,942 19,845 17,524

– 23,218 19,807

– – 26,193

– – –

– – –

– – –

0.75 0.80 0.85

13,910 11,592 10,143

15,047 13,084 11,527

17,831 15,197 13,475

23,383 19,739 17,670

26,213 23,326 20,069

– – 25,113

– – –

0.90 0.95 1.00

9,660 8,340 7,535

10,358 9,252 8,473

12,157 10,621 9,726

15,715 14,197 12,754

17,943 16,305 14,745

22,606 19,852 18,085

– – 26,808

1.05 1.10 1.15

6,515 5,621 5,445

7,414 6,719 5,838

8,545 7,506 6,752

11,309 10,027 8,821

13,173 11,778 10,461

15,519 14,702 13,191

23,876 21,865 19,582

1.20 1.25 1.30

4,790 4,471 4,311

5,622 5,020 4,819

6,534 5,629 5,428

8,576 7,464 7,238

10,170 8,950 8,059

12,129 11,108 9,801

17,760 17,090 15,393

1.35 1.40 1.45

3,736 3,593 3,066

4,263 4,077 3,737

4,791 4,607 4,423

6,427 6,220 5,805

7,807 6,974 6,509

9,475 8,576 8,270

13,781 13,194 11,979

1.50 1.55 1.60

3,066 2,938 2,810

3,568 3,089 3,089

4,021 3,853 3,068

5,277 5,089 4,900

6,509 5,753 5,540

7,433 7,147 6,636

11,435 10,304 10,053

1.65 1.70 1.75

2,347 2,347 2,235

2,934 2,780 2,502

3,166 3,166 3,015

4,241 4,071 4,071

4,843 4,649 4,647

6,371 5,636 5,390

9,550 8,542 8,293

1.80 1.85 1.90

2,235 2,123 1,724

2,363 2,363 1,977

2,680 2,546 2,412

3,468 3,317 3,317

4,455 3,835 3,835

5,390 4,717 4,717

8,063 7,120 6,911

1.95 2.00 2.05

1,724 1,724 1,628

1,977 1,977 1,853

2,412 2,412 1,993

3,166 3,166 2,638

3,661 3,661 3,099

4,492 4,492 3,879

6,702 6,702 5,843 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

156

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Table 10.3 –Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 78"–108" in diameter Continued Reel Dimensions-Inches

Diam. of Side Diam. of Drum Traverse

78 48 36

80 42 32

84 48 36

92 56 42

96 56 42

104 56 40

108 60 64

Width Overall 43.0 Wt. Capacity Max 10,000 Wt. of Reel 850

41.0 8,000 880

43.0 10,000 1,013

50.3 12,000 1,540

50.3 12,000 1,640

50.5 15,000 2,370

76.0 15,000 3,300

Wt. of Lags Total Wt.

305 1,155

331 1,211

363 1376

432 1,972

450 2,090

507 2,877

– –

Reel Code No.

78-W

80A-W

84-W

92-W

96-W

104-W

108-W

Cable Diam. In.

Maximum Capacity—Feet

2.10 2.20 2.30

1,628 1,277 1,197

1,853 1,513 1,405

1,993 1,876 1,507

2,638 2,506 2,035

3,099 2,944 2,441

3,879 3,675 3,124

5,654 5,466 4,523

2.40 2.50 2.60

1,197 1,117 1,038

1,405 1,112 1,112

1,507 1,407 1,306

1,922 1,809 1,809

2,035 2,169 1,859

2,940 2,613 2,450

4,356 4,188 3,518

2.70 2.80 3.00

830 766 766

1,019 1,019 772

1,089 1,005 1,005

1,413 1,413 1,319

1,743 1,743 1,627

2,287 2,001 1,858

3,371 3,225 2,638

3.10 3.20 3.30

– – –

772 772 695

– – –

1,225 1,225 904

1,259 1,259 1,162

1,715 1,470 1,470

2,513 2,513 2,387

3.40 3.50

– –

– –

– –

904 904

1,162 1,162

1,347 1,347

1,884 1,884

Notes: Clearance 1.5" on cable diameters up to 1.0" inclusive. Clearance 2.0" on cable diameters larger than 1.0". Capacities for the 108-W Reel are based on a mimimum clearance of 4.0". All capacity figures are based on minimum drum diameter of 16 times cable diameter. All dimensions in inches, all weights in pounds.

157

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Table 10.4 –Typical small reel dimensions

Reel

A

B

D

T

W

Flange Diameter

Arbor Hole

Drum Diameter

Traverse

Overall Width

Approx. Reel Weight

(In.)

(In.)

(In.)

(In.)

(In.)

(Lb.)

Material

1 2 3

12 13 16

11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2

6 5 5

6 123⁄4 12

63⁄4 123⁄4 123⁄4

21⁄2 33⁄4 41⁄2

Plywood Plywood Plywood

4 5 6

24 30 115⁄8

2 2 2

12 12 8

14 14 35⁄8

15 15 4

11 21 2

Plywood Plywood Plastic

7 8 9

16 61⁄2 61⁄2

3

2 ⁄4 3 ⁄4

12 115⁄16 115⁄16

31⁄4 11⁄2 2

33⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄4

41⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2

Fiberboard Metal Metal

10 11 12

61⁄2 61⁄2 101⁄2

⁄4 ⁄4 15⁄8

115⁄16 115⁄16 31⁄2

31⁄4 71⁄2 23⁄4

31⁄2 73⁄4 3

3

⁄2 ⁄4 11⁄4

Metal Metal Metal

13

101⁄2

15⁄8

31⁄2

8

81⁄4

13⁄4

Metal

3 3

The following formula can be used to calculate approximate footage per reel: .262 3 T 3 (H 2 C) 3 (D 1 H 2 C) FOOTAGE 5 (WIRE OD)2

©Anixter Inc. 1996

158

1

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE

10.2 Reel Handling 10.2.1 Winding Cable onto Reels Leading (Start) End Locate the hole in the flange just above the drum. The hole size should be approximately 1⁄2 inch larger than the diameter of the cable. When starting the rewind operation, the leading end of the cable should be inserted through this hole (often referred to as the “start hole”) and allowed to extend approximately 6 to 10 inches through the hole. Larger diameter cables or those requiring on-the-reel tests may necessitate a longer lead. Cables smaller than 1⁄2" in diameter should be stapled to the outside of the flange per Figure 10.2. Cables larger than 1⁄2" in diameter should be secured to a staple with a short length of 1⁄8" to 1⁄4" rope as shown in Figure 10.3

Figure 10.2 –Winding cables smaller than 1⁄2" in diameter

Figure 10.3 –Winding cables larger than 1⁄2" in diameter CAUTION: Make sure staples are shorter than flange thickness so that they cannot extend through the flange and damage the cable. Caution must also be used to prevent damage to the cable end as it is frequently utilized for hipot, continuity, or other tests. Be sure all staples and nails that might damage the cable are removed. 159

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Trailing (Finish) End After all cable is fully wound onto the take-up reel, the same staple (or rope and staple) tie-down method should be used to fasten the trailing end of the cable to the inside of the flange. This will assure that the material on the reel will not unwind or slip during shipping and handling operations. The cable should be stapled or tied with rope to a staple in the upper portion of the inside of the flange as shown in the diagram below.

Figure 10.4 –Fastening the trailing end of the cable CAUTION: Cable should not be wound closer than approximately 2" from the outer diameter of the flange. Greater cable loading than this greatly increases the likelihood of forklift and other damage. Feeding Cable onto Reel Care must be used when feeding cable onto the take-up reel. A uniform tight pattern must be maintained all through the rewind operation until the end of the cable is secured to the flange. Sealing of Cable Ends Both cable ends should be sealed against the entrance of moisture. Cables larger than 1⁄2 inch in diameter should be sealed with tight-fitting heat-shrinkable or hot-dipped (Peel Coat) end caps designed for the purpose. Smaller diameter cables should be sealed with PVC tape such as 3M Scotch 33 or with end caps (end caps preferred).

©Anixter Inc. 1996

160

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE Rewinding of Interlocked Armor Cable When interlocked armor is not tight-fitting on the core, such as with Teck cable, the following procedure should be used: 1. At the start of each length, secure the conductors to the outside of the interlocked armor or outer covering over the interlocked armor with a light gauge (10 to 16 AWG) lashing wire. 2. As an added precaution, check the finish end of each cable after rewinding to insure that the cable and interlocked armor are still lined up with each other.

Figure 10.5 –Rewinding of interlocked armor cable

Storage and Shipment Except for reels less than 2 feet in diameter and weighing less than 200 pounds, reels should be stored and shipped upright, i.e., resting on both flanges. Do not store or ship reels on their side. Storage or shipment of the reel while lying on its side greatly increases the likelihood of tangling and damage to the cable.

161

©Anixter Inc. 1996

10. PACKAGING OF WIRE AND CABLE 10.2.2 Moving and Lifting

Figure 10.6 –Proper handling of cable reels ©Anixter Inc. 1996

162

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

11.1 Standards Organizations 11.1.1 AAR 11.1.2 AEIC 11.1.3 ANSI 11.1.4 ASTM 11.1.5 Bellcore 11.1.6 CANENA 11.1.7 EIA 11.1.8 FAA 11.1.9 ICEA 11.1.10 IEC 11.1.11 IEEE 11.1.12 ISA 11.1.13 ISO 11.1.14 ITU 11.1.15 MSHA 11.1.16 NEMA 11.1.17 NFPA 11.1.18 NIST 11.1.19 REA 11.1.20 SAE 11.1.21 UL 11.1.22 U.S. Government Specifications 11.1.23 U.S. Military Specifications

165 166 167 168 172 174 175 177 178 179 182 184 184 184 185 185 187 187 188 188 189 190 191

11.2 Fire Safety Tests 11.2.1 Fire Safety Test Methods 11.2.2 NEC Fire Test Summary 11.2.3 Comparison of Vertical Cable Tray Tests 11.2.4 UL 910 Steiner Tunnel Test for Plenum Rated Cable 11.2.5 UL 1666 Riser Flame Test 11.2.6 UL 1581 Vertical Tray Flame Test (IEEE 383)

193 194 195 196 197 197

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

11.2.7 ICEA T-29-520 11.2.8 CSA FT-4 11.2.9 IEEE 1202 11.2.10 UL 1685 11.2.11 UL 1581 VW-1 Flame Test

198 198 198 198 199

11.3 Regulatory and Approval Agencies 11.3.1 Underwriters Laboratories 11.3.2 National Electrical Code (NEC) 11.3.3 International

200 201 203

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

11.1 Standards Organizations 11.1.1 AAR Association of American Railroads 50 F., N.W. Washington, DC 20001 (202) 639-2100 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

168

Copper-Covered Steel Wire with or without Weather-Resistant Covering

168

Copper Alloy Wire with or without Weather-Resistant Covering

168

Hard-Drawn Copper Wire with or without Weather-Resistant Covering

168

Copper-Bearing Steel Wire with or without Weather-Resistant Covering

575.2

Specification for Single Conductor No. 18 AWG to 400,000 CM, Clean Stripping, Rubber Insulated, 0 – 3,000 Volt Braided Cable for Train Lighting and Air Conditioning Service

581.3

Specification for Single Conductor, Clean Stripping Rubber Insulated, 0 – 600 Volt, Neoprene Jacketed Cable for Locomotive and Car Equipment

582.2

Specification for Train Line Control Cable for Multiple Unit Cars and Electric Locomotives, 0 – 600 Volt, Clean Stripping, Rubber Insulated, Braided

589

Specification for Single Conductor, Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Integral Insulated-Jacketed, 0 – 300 Volt, 0 – 600 Volt Cable for Locomotive and Car Equipment

590

Specification for Single Conductor, Silicone Rubber Insulation, 0 – 300 Volt, 0 – 600 Volt, Glass Polyester Braided, 125°C Cable for High Temperature Use on Locomotive and Car Equipment

591

Specification for Single Conductor, Clean Stripping Ethylene Rubber Insulated, 0 – 600 Volt, Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Jacketed Cable for Locomotive and Car Equipment

165

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.2 AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 600 N. 18th St., PO Box 2641 Birmingham, AL 35291-0992 (205) 250-2530 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

CS1

Impregnated-Paper-Insulated, Lead-Covered Cable, Solid Type

CS2

Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cable, High-Pressure Pipe Type

CS3

Impregnated-Paper-Insulated, Lead-Covered

CS4

Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Low and Medium-Pressure, Self-Contained, Liquid-Filled Cable

CS5

Thermoplastic and Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulated Shielded Power Cables Rated 5 through 46 kV

CS6

Ethylene Propylene Rubber, Insulated Shielded Power Cables, Rated 5 through 69 kV

CS7

Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulated Shielded Power Cables, 46 through 138 kV

CS31

Electrically Insulating Low Viscosity Pipe Filling Liquids for High-Pressure Pipe-Type Cables

G1

Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables

G2

Electrical Tests of Cables, Joints 138 kV and above

G3

Installation of Pipe Type Cable Systems

G4

Installation of Extruded Dielectric Insulated Power Cable Systems Rated 69 kV through 138 kV

G5

Underground Extruded Cable Pulling Guide

G7

Guide for Replacement and Life Extension of Extruded Dielectric 5 – 35 kV Underground Distribution Cables

©Anixter Inc. 1996

166

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.3 ANSI American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street New York, NY 10036 (212) 642-4900 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

0337-D

Local Distributed Data Interface (LDDI) Network Layer Protocol

0338-D

Data-Link Layer Protocol for Local Distributed Data Interfaces

0382-D

Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Network Layer Protocol

0503-D

Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Station Management Standard

0684-D

FDDI—Media Access Control

719

Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cables

C8.16

Rubber-Insulated Tree Wire

C8.18

Weather-Resistant (Weatherproof) Wire and Cable-URD Type

C8.19

Weather-Resistant Saturants and Finishes

C8.34

Weather-Resistant Wire and Cable, Neoprene Type

C8.35

Weather-Resistant Wire and Cable, Polyethylene Type

C8.9

Slow-Burning Wire and Cable

S-87-640

Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable

X3.129

Intelligent Peripheral Interface (IPI) Enhanced Physical Interface

X3.148

Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer

X3.184

Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent

X3T9.5

Fiber Distributed Data Interface

167

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.4 ASTM American Society for Testing and Material 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

B1

Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

B2

Medium-Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

B3

Soft or Annealed Copper Wire

B5

Electrolytic Tough-Pitch Copper Refinery Shapes

B8

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft

B29

Pig Lead

B33

Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire

B47

Copper Trolley Wire

B49

Hot-Rolled Copper Rods

B105

Hard-Drawn Copper Alloy Wires for Electrical Conductors

B172

Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors (Bunch Stranded Members)

B173

Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors (Concentric Stranded Members)

B174

Bunch-Stranded Copper Conductors

B189

Lead-Alloy-Coated Soft Copper Wire

B193

Resistivity of Electrical Conductor Materials

B227

Hard-Drawn Copper Clad Steel Wire

B228

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper-Clad Steel Conductors

B229

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper and Copper-Clad Steel Composite Conductors

B230

Aluminum 1350-H19 Wire, for Electrical Purposes

B231

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Conductors

B232

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Conductors, Coated, Steel-Reinforced (ACSR)

B233

Aluminum 1350 Drawing Stock for Electrical Purposes

B246

Tinned Hard-Drawn and Medium-Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

B258

Standard Nominal Diameters and Cross-Sectional Areas of AWG Sizes of Solid Round Wire Used as Electrical Conductors

B263

Determination of Cross-Sectional Area of Stranded Conductors

B298

Silver-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

168

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.4 ASTM American Society for Testing and Material 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

B314

Aluminum 1350 Wire for Communication Cable

B324

Aluminum Rectangular and Square Wire

B397

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Alloy 5005-H19 Conductors

B399

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Alloy 6201-T81 Conductors

B401

Compact-Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Conductors, Steel Reinforced (ASCR/COMP)

B410

Bonded Copper Conductors for Use in Hookup Wire for Electronic Equipment

B452

Copper-Clad Steel Wire for Electronic Application

B496

Compact Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors

B500

Galvanized and Aluminized Stranded Steel Core for Aluminum Conductors, Steel Reinforced (ACSR)

B549

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum Conductors, Aluminum Clad Steel Reinforced (ACASR/AW)

B566

Copper-Clad Aluminum Wire

B609

Aluminum 1350 Round Wire, Annealed and Intermediate Tempers

B624

High Strength, High Ductility, Copper Alloy Wire

B694

Copper, Copper Alloy, Copper-Clad Stainless Steel and Strip for Electrical Cable Shielding

B736

Aluminum; Aluminum Alloy, Aluminum Clad Steel Cable Shielding Stock

D353

Natural Rubber Performance Insulation for Wire and Cable, 60°C

D373

Varnished Cloth for Electrical Insulation

D469

Natural Rubber Heat Resisting Insulation for Wire and Cable, 75°C

D470

Test Methods for Testing Cross-Linked Insulations and Jackets for Wire and Cable

D532

Natural Rubber Sheath for Wire and Cable

D574

Ozone-Resisting Insulation for Wire and Cable

D752

Heavy-Duty Black Neoprene Sheath for Wire and Cable

D753

General-Purpose Neoprene Sheath for Wire and Cable Continued 169

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.4 ASTM American Society for Testing and Material 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

D754

Synthetic Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable, 75°C Operation

D755

Synthetic Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable, 60°C Operation

D866

Styrene-Butadiene (SBR) Synthetic Rubber Jacket for Wire and Cable

D1047

Polyvinyl Chloride Jacket for Wire and Cable

D1351

Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable

D1352

Ozone-Resisting Butyl Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable

D1523

Synthetic Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable, 90°C Operation

D1679

Synthetic Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable, 75°C Operation

D1929

Setchkin Furnace Fire Test

D2219

Polyvinyl Chloride Insulation for Wire and Cable, 60°C Operation

D2220

Polyvinyl Chloride Insulation for Wire and Cable, 75°C Operation

D2308

Polyethylene Jacket for Electrical Insulated Wire and Cable

D2655

Cross-linked Polyethylene Insulation for Wire and Cable Rated 0 to 2,000 Volts

D2656

Cross-linked Polyethylene Insulation for Wire and Cable Rated 2,001 Volts to 35 kV

D2708

Extra-Heavy-Duty Acrylonitrile-Butadiene/Polyvinyl Chloride (NBR/PVC) Jacket for Wire and Cable

D2768

General-Purpose Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Jacket for Wire and Cable

D2770

Ozone-Resisting Ethylene Propylene Rubber Integral Insulation and Jacket for Wire

D2802

Ozone Resistant Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable

D2819

Extra-Heavy Duty Black Polychloroprene Jacket for Wire and Cable

D2863

Test Method for Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index)

D3554

Track-Resistant Black Thermoplastic High Density Polyethylene Insulation for Wire and Cable Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

170

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.4 ASTM American Society for Testing and Material 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

D3555

Track-Resistant Black Cross-linked Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulation for Wire and Cable

D4244

General Purpose, Heavy-Duty and Extra-Heavy-Duty NBR/PVC Jackets for Wire and Cable

D4245

Ozone-Resistant Thermoplastic Elastomer Insulation for Wire and Cable, 90°C Dry–75°C Wet Operation

D4246

Ozone-Resistant Thermoplastic Elastomer Insulation for Wire and Cable, 90°C Operation

D4247

Specification for General-Purpose Black Heavy-Duty and Black ExtraHeavy-Duty Polychloroprene Jackets for Wire and Cable

D4314

Specification for General Purpose Heavy-Duty and Extra-Heavy-Duty Cross-linked Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Jackets for Wire and Cable

D4565

Test Methods for Physical and Environmental Performance Properties of Insulations and Jackets for Telecommunications Wire and Cable

D4566

Testing Electrical Performance Properties of Insulations and Jackets for Telecommunications Wire and Cable

D5537

Heat Release, Flame Spread and Mass Loss Testing of Insulating Materials Contained in Electrical or Optical Fiber Cables When Burning in a Vertical Cable Tray Configuration

E574

Duplex, Base Metal Thermocouple Wire with Glass Fiber or Silica Fiber Insulation

E662

Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials

E1223

Type N Thermocouple Wire

E1354

Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter

171

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.5 Bell Communications Research Corporation (Bellcore) Customer Service Piscataway, NJ 08854-4196 (800) 521-2673 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

TA-NWT-000063

Revisions to Network Equipment-Building System. Generic Equipment Requirements

TA-NWT-000078

Generic Physical Design Requirements for Telecommunication Products and Equipment

TA-NWT-000347

Generic Requirements for Central Office Power Cables

TA-NWT-001398

Generic Requirements for Broadband Coaxial Drop Cable

TA-NWT-001399

Generic Requirements for Broadband Coaxial Distribution Cable

TA-TSY-000120

Customer Premises or Network Ground Wire

TA-TSY-000121

One Pair Aerial Service Wire

TA-TSY-000122

Multiple Pair Aerial Service Wire

TA-TSY-000123

Single Pair Buried Wire

TA-TSY-000124

Multiple Pair Buried Wire

TA-TSY-000125

Rural Aerial Distribution Wire

TA-TSY-000126

Network Cross-Connecting Wire

TA-TSY-000127

Network Aerial Block Wire

TA-TSY-000128

Bridle Wire

TA-TSY-000129

Tree Wire

TA-TSY-000130

Customer Premises Cross-Connecting Wire

TA-TSY-000131

Customer Premises Plenum Cable/Wire

TA-TSY-000132

Customer Premises Shielded Station Wire

TA-TSY-000133

Inside Wiring Cable (3 to 125 Pair Sizes)

TA-TSY-000134

Two Pair Station Wire

TA-TSY-000135

Miniature Ribbon Connector and Cable Assembly

TA-TSY-000136

Distributing Frame Wire

TA-TSY-000137

Standard PVC Switchboard Cable

TA-TSY-000138

Cross-linked PVC Switchboard Cable

TA-TSY-000139

Central Office Coaxial Cable

TA-TSY-000140

Standard Shielded Polyethylene Insulated Twisted Pair Cable

TA-TSY-000141

Terminating Cable Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

172

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.5 Bell Communications Research Corporation (Bellcore) Customer Service Piscataway, NJ 08854-4196 (800) 521-2673 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

TA-TSY-000142

Central Office Hookup Wire

TR-NWT-000020

Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Fiber Cable

TR-NWT-000492

Generic Requirements for Metallic Telecommunication Wire

TR-TSY-000100

PIC Filled ASP Cable

TR-TSY-000101

Aircore PIC ALPETH Cable

TR-TSY-000102

PIC Self Support Cable

TR-TSY-000103

Pulp Bonded STALPETH Cable

TR-TSY-000104

Pulp Bonded PASP Cable

TR-TSY-000105

Pulp Bonded Steam Resistance Cable

TR-TSY-000106

Underground Foam-Skin PIC Bonded STALPETH Cable

TR-TSY-000107

PIC Bonded PASP Cable

TR-TSY-000108

PIC Reinforced Self-Support Cable

TR-TSY-000109

PIC Filled Screened ASP Cable

TR-TSY-000110

PIC Bonded Steam Resistant Cable

TR-TSY-000111

PIC Riser Cable

TR-TSY-000112

PIC Bonded Screened PASP Cable

TR-TSY-000113

PIC PAP Cable

TR-TSY-000114

PIC Screened PAP Cable

TR-TSY-000115

Inner-City PIC Filled Screened ASP Cable

TR-TSY-000116

Inner-City PIC Bonded Screened STALPETH Cable

TR-TSY-000117

Inner-City PIC Bonded Screened PASP Cable

TR-TSY-000119

PIC Filled Bonded ASP Cable

TR-TSY-000326

Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber Cables

TR-TSY-000356

Generic Requirements for Optical Cable Innerduct

TR-TSY-000409

Generic Requirements for Intrabuilding Optical Fiber Cables

TR-TSY-000442

Generic Requirements for Fiber Optic Couplers

L-780000

Filled Core, Duct and Direct Burial (Deactivated) Continued 173

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.5 Bell Communications Research Corporation (Bellcore) Customer Service Piscataway, NJ 08854-4196 (800) 521-2673 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

L-780001

Air Core, Aerial and Duct (Deactivated)

L-780002

Air Core, Self-Support Aerial Cable (Deactivated)

L-780007

Air Core, Direct Burial (Deactivated)

L-780008

Air Core, Reinforced Self-Support Aerial Cable (Deactivated)

L-780011

Riser Cable (Replaced by TR-TSY-000111)

PUB-48007

Inside Wiring Cable (Replaced by TA-TSY-000133)

PUB-48008

Two Pair Station Wire (Replaced by TA-TSY-000134)

PUB-48012

Miniature Ribbon Connector Cable (Deactivated)

11.1.6 CANENA Council for the Harmonization of Electrical Standards in North America c/o NEMA ` 1300 N. 17th Street Suite 1847 Rosslyn, VA 22209 (703) 841-3258

©Anixter Inc. 1996

174

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.7 EIA Electronic Industries Association 2500 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22201-3834 (703) 907-7500 EIA documents are available from Global Engineering Documents, Inc. (800) 854-7179 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

199A

Solid and Semisolid Dielectric Transmission Lines

215

Method for Calculation of Current Ratings on Hookup Wire

225

Rigid Coaxial Transmission Lines

230

Color Marking of Thermoplastic Covered Wire

232-D

Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange

259

Rigid Coaxial Transmission Lines and Connectors, 75 Ohms

280-B

Solderless Wrapped Electrical Connections

297-A

Cable Connectors for Audio Facilities for Radio Broadcasting

359-A

Munsell Color Chips for Color Coding of Wire and Cable

364-A

Electrical Connector Test Procedure

403

Precision Coaxial Connectors for CATV 75 Ohms

422-A

Electrical Characteristics of Balanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits

423-A

Electrical Characteristics of Unbalanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits

440-A

Fiber Optic Terminology

449-1

General Purpose 37-Position and 9-Position Interface for Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange

455

Standard Test Procedures for Fiber Optic Fibers, Cables, Transducers, Connecting and Termination

492AAAA

Detail Specification for 62.5 µm Core Diameter/125 µm Cladding Diameter Class 1a Multimode, Graded-Index Optical Waveguide Fibers

568

Commerical Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard

569

Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

570

Residential and Light Commerical Telecommunications Wiring Standard

606

Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings

471000A

Sectional Specification for Fiber Optic Communication Cables for Outside Aerial Use Continued 175

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.7 EIA Electronic Industries Association 2500 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22201-3834 (703) 907-7500 EIA documents are available from Global Engineering Documents, Inc. (800) 854-7179 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

471000B

Sectional Specification for Fiber Optic Communcations Cables for Underground and Buried Use

472000

Generic Specification for Fiber Optic Cables

472000C

Sectional Specification for Fiber Optic Communications Cables for Indoor Use

472000D

Sectional Specification for Fiber Optic Communications Cables for Outside Telephone Plant Use

475000B

Generic Specification for Fiber Optic Connectors

492000A

Generic Specification for Optical Wave Guide Fibers

515000

Generic Specification for Optical Fiber and Cable Splices

546000

Inspection Device

IS-43

Omnibus Specification–Local Area Network Twisted Pair Data Communication Cable

IS-43AA

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 1 Outdoor Cable

IS-43AB

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 1 Non-Plenum Cable

IS-43AC

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 1 Riser Cable

IS-43AD

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 1 Plenum Cable

IS-43AE

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 2 Non-Plenum Cable

IS-43AF

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 2 Plenum Cable

IS-43AG

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 6 Office Cable

IS-43AH

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 8 Undercarpet Cable Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

176

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.7 EIA Electronic Industries Association 2500 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22201-3834 (703) 907-7500 EIA documents are available from Global Engineering Documents, Inc. (800) 854-7179 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

IS-43AI

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Patch Cable

IS-43AJ

Cable for LAN Twisted Pair Data Communications–Detail Specification for Type 9 Plenum Cable

11.1.8 FAA Federal Aviation Agency 800 Independence Ave S.W. Washington, DC 20591 (202) 267-3826 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

FAA-701

Rubber-Insulated Cable (0 – 8,000 Volts)

L-824-A, B, C

Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits

177

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.9 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association PO Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 (508) 394-4424 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

P-32-382

Short Circuit Characteristics of Insulated Cable

P-43-457

Conductor Resistances and Ampacities at High Frequencies

P-45-482

Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shields and Sheaths of Insulated Cable

P-46-426

Ampacity Tables (Replaced by IEEE 835)

P-53-426

Ampacities, Including Effect of Shield Losses for Single-Conductor SolidDielectric Power Cable 15 kV Through 69 kV (NEMA WC 50)

P-54-440

Ampacities of Cables in Open-top Cable Trays (NEMA WC 51)

P-56-520

Cable Tray Flame Test

P-81-570

600 V Direct Burial Cable Single Electrical Conductors and Assemblies with Ruggedized Extruded Insulation

S-56-434

Polyolefin Insulated Communication Cables for Outdoor Use

S-61-402

Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC 5)

S-65-375

Varnished-Cloth-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC 4)

S-66-524

Cross-Linked-Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy for Wire and Cable (NEMA WC 7)

S-68-516

Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC 8)

S-69-530

Coaxial Communication Cable (CATV) (NEMA WC 41)

S-70-547

Weather-Resistant Polyolefin Covered Wire and Cable

S-73-532

Standard for Control Cables (NEMA WC 57)

S-75-381

Portable and Power Feeder Cables for Use in Mines and Similar Applications (NEMA WC 58)

S-80-576

Communications Wire and Cable for Wiring Premises

S-82-552

Instrumentation Cables and Thermocouple Wire (NEMA WC 55)

S-87-640

Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable

T-25-425

Guide for Establishing Stability of Volume Resistivity for Conducting Polymeric Components of Power Cables

T-26-465

Guide for Frequency of Sampling Extruded Dielectric Power, Control, Instrumentation and Portable Cables for Test (NEMA WC 54) Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

178

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.9 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association PO Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 (508) 394-4424 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

T-27-581

Standard Test Methods for Extruded Dielectric Power, Control, Instrumentation and Portable Cables (NEMA WC 53)

T-29-520

Guide for Conducting Vertical Cable Tray Flame Tests (210,000 BTU/Hour)

T-30-520

Guide for Conducting Vertical Cable Tray Flame Tests (70,000 BTU/Hour)

T-31-610

Water Penetration Resistance Test, Sealed Conductor

T-33-655

Low-Smoke, Halogen-Free (LSHF) Polymeric Cable Jackets

11.1.10 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 3 Rue de Varembe P.O. Box 131 1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland Tel: 41-22-734-01-50 Fax: 41-22-733-38-43 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

50

International electrotechnical vocabulary. Chapter 451. Electric cables.

55

Paper-insulated metal-sheathed cables for rated voltages up to 18/30 kV (with copper or aluminum conductors and excluding gas pressure and oilfilled cables)

78

Characteristic impedances and dimensions of radio-frequency coaxial cables

92

Electrical installations in ships

96

Radio-frequency cables

141

Tests on oil-filled and gas-pressure cables and their accessories

169

Radio-frequency connectors

173

Colors of the cores of flexible cables and cords

183

Guide to selection of high-voltage cables

189

Low-frequency cables and wires with PVC insulation and PVC sheath

204

Electrical equipment of industrial machines

208

Aluminum alloy stranded conductors Continued 179

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.10 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 3 Rue de Varembe P.O. Box 131 1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland Tel: 41-22-734-01-50 Fax: 41-22-733-38-43 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

212

Measurement of smoke density of electric cables burning under defined conditions

227

PVC insulated cables of rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V

228

Conductors of insulated cables

229

Tests on cable oversheaths which have a special protective function and are applied by extrusion

230

Impulse tests on cables and their accessories

245

Rubber insulated cables of rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V

287

Calculations of the continuous current rating of cables (100% load factor)

304

Standard colors for insulation for low-frequency cables and wires

331

Fire-resisting characteristics of electric cables

332

Tests on electric cables under fire conditions

339

General purpose rigid coaxial transmission lines and their associated flange connectors

344

Guide to the calculation of resistance of plain and coated copper conductors of low-frequency cables and wires

446

Identification of conductors by colors and numerals

457

Rigid precision coaxial lines and their associated precision connectors

465

Specification for unused insulating mineral oils for cables with oil ducts

488

Dimensions of copper conductors in local cables

502

Extruded solid dielectric insulated power cables for rated voltages from 1 kV to 30 kV

538/B

Electric cables, wires and cords: Method 5 of test for polyethylene insulation and sheath

540

Test methods for insulations and sheaths of electric cables and cords (elastomeric and thermoplastic compounds) Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

180

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.10 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 3 Rue de Varembe P.O. Box 131 1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland Tel: 41-22-734-01-50 Fax: 41-22-733-38-43 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

541

Comparative information on IEC and North American flexible cord types

649

Calculation of maximum external diameter of cables for indoor installations

693

Dimensions of optical fibres

695

Fire hazard tests

702

Mineral insulated cables with a rated voltage not exceeding 750 V

708

Low-frequency cables with polyolefin insulation and moisture barrier polyolefin sheath

719

Calculations of the lower and upper limits for the average outer dimensions of cables with circular copper conductors and of rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V

724

Guide to the short-circuit temperature limits of electric cables with a rated voltage not exceeding 0.6/1.0 kV

728

Cabled distribution systems Part I: Systems primarily intended for sound and television signals operating between 30 MHz and 1 GHz

754

Tests on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables

800

Heating cables with a rated voltage of 300/500 V for comfort heating and prevention of ice formation

811

Common tests methods for insulating and sheathing materials of electric wires

834

Performance and testing of teleprotection equipment of power systems

840

Tests for power cables with extruded insulation for rated voltages above 30 kV up to 150 kV

859

Cable connections for gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear for rated voltages of 72.5 kV and above

885

Electrical test methods for electric cables

966

Generic specification for radio-frequency and coaxial cable assemblies

1034

3 meter cube smoke apparatus

181

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.11 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. 445 Hoes Lane Piscataway, NJ 08854 (800) 678-4333 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

45

Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard

48

Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage AC Cable Terminations

82

Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors

83

Test Procedures for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in Paper-Insulated Power Cable

101

Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data

120

Master Test Code for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits

127

Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings

146

Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms

323

Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

383

Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

400

Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field

402

Guide for Measuring Resistivity of the Cable Insulation Materials at High Direct Voltages

404

Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5 through 138 kV

422

Guide for Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations

510

Recommended Practices for Safety in High Voltage and High Power Testing

524

Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors

525

Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations

532

Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables

539

Definitions and Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line Corona and Radio Noise

575

Guide for the Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in Cable Sheaths Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

182

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.11 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. 445 Hoes Lane Piscataway, NJ 08854 (800) 678-4333 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

576

Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry

610

Computer Dictionary

634

Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Test

635

Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Cables

690

Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations

789

Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments

802

Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture

812

Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics

816

Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Used for Insulations and Coverings of Electrical Wire and Cable

835

Power Cable Ampacity Tables

930

Analysis of Voltage Endurance Data for Electrical Insulation

972

Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors

1017

Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable

1018

Specifying Electric Submersible Cable-Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation

1019

Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-Polypropylene Insulation

1202

Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Trays in Industrial and Commerical Occupancies

C62.41

Surge Voltage in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits

C62.92

Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems

183

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.12 ISA Instrument Society of America 67 Alexander Drive PO Box 12277 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 (919) 549-8411 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

RP 12.6

Installation of Intrinsically Safe Systems for Hazardous (Classified) Locations

S50.02

Fieldbus Standard for Use in Industrial Control Systems

11.1.13 ISO International Standards Organization 1 Rue de Varembe 1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland Tel: 41-22-749-0111 Fax: 41-22-733-3430 (Publications also available from ANSI) DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

4589

Oxygen Index Test

5657

Radiant Cone Flame Test

DP9306

Flammability Test

TR9122

Toxicity Test

11.1.14 ITU International Telecommunication Union General Secretariat-Sales Section Place des Nations CH-1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland Tel: 42-22-730-5111 Fax: 41-22-730-5194 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

CCITT Blue Book, Vol. 3 Transmission Media Characteristics

©Anixter Inc. 1996

184

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.15 MSHA Mine Safety and Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor Industrial Park Boulevard R.R. 1, Box 201B Triadelphia, WV 26059 (304) 547-0400 11.1.16 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1300 N. 17th Street Suite 1847 Rosslyn, VA 22209 (703) 841-3200 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

HP 3

Electrical and Electronic PTFE Insulated High Temperature Hookup Wire; Types E (600 Volt), EE (1,000 Volt) and ET (250 Volt)

HP 4

Electrical and Electronic FEP Insulated High Temperature Hookup Wire, Types K, KK, and KT

HP 100

High Temperature Instrumentation and Control Cable

HP 100.1

High Temperature Instrumentation and Control Cables Insulated and Jacketed with FEP Fluorocarbons

HP 100.2

High Temperature Instrumentation and Control Cables Insulated and Jacketed with ETFE Fluoropolymers

HP 100.3

High Temperature Instrumentation and Control Cables Insulated and Jacketed with Cross-linked (Thermoset) Polyolefin (XLPO)

HP 100.4

High Temperature Instrumentation and Control Cables Insulated and Jacketed with ECTFE Fluoropolymers

WC 1

Asbestos, Asbestos-Varnished Cloth and Asbestos-Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cable (ICEA S-28-357)

WC 2

Steel Armor and Associated Coverings for Impregnated-paper-insulated Cables (ICEA S-67-401)

WC 3

Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (ICEA S-19-81)

WC 4

Varnished-Cloth-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (ICEA S-65-375)

WC 5

Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (ICEA S-61-402)

WC 7

Cross-Linked-Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy for Wire and Cable (ICEA S-66-524) Continued

185

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.16 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1300 N. 17th Street Suite 1847 Rosslyn, VA 22209 (703) 841-3200 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

WC 8

Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (ICEA S-68-516)

WC 26

Wire and Cable Packaging

WC 41

Coaxial Communication Cable (CATV) (ICEA S-69-530)

WC 50

Ampacities, Including Effect of Shield Losses for Single-Conductor SolidDielectric Power Cable 15 kV through 69 kV (ICEA P-53-426)

WC 51

Ampacities of Cables in Open-top Cable Trays (ICEA P-54-440)

WC 52

High Temperature and Electronic Insulated Wire-Impulse Dielectric Testing

WC 53

Standard Test Methods for Extruded Dielectric Power, Control, Instrumentation and Portable Cables (ICEA T-27-581)

WC 54

Guide for Frequency of Sampling Extruded Dielectric Power, Control, Instrumentation and Portable Cables for Test (ICEA T-26-465)

WC 55

Instrumentation Cables and Thermocouple Wire (ICEA S-82-552)

WC 56

3.0 kHz Insulation Continuity Proof Testing of Hookup Wire

WC 57

Standard for Control Cables (ICEA S-73-532)

WC 58

Portable and Power Feeder Cables for Use in Mines and Similar Applications (ICEA S-75-381)

WC 61

Transfer Impedance Testing

CC1

Electrical Power Connectors for Substations

CC3

Connectors for Use Between Aluminum or Aluminum Copper Overhead Conductors

©Anixter Inc. 1996

186

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.17 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park PO Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 (617) 770-3000 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

70

National Electrical Code

75

Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment

99

Health Care Facilities Handbook

11.1.18 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology Gaithersburg, MD 20899 (301) 975-2000

187

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.19 REA Rural Electrification Administration U.S. Department of Agriculture Washington, DC 20250 (202) 382-8674 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

PE-7

Aerial Drop Wire

PE-17

Rural Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-19

Polyethylene Insulated Bridle Wire (deactivated)

PE-20

Inside-Outside Station Wire (deactivated)

PE-21

Plastic Insulated Line Wire (deactivated)

PE-22

Aerial and Duct Telephone Cable

PE-23

Direct Burial Telephone Cable (deactivated)

PE-27

Figure 8 One Pair Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-28

Figure 8 Multipair Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-38

Figure 8 Telephone Cable

PE-39

Filled Telephone Cable

PE-44

Low-Loss Buried Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-50

Buried Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-54

Filled Buried Distribution Wire (deactivated)

PE-71

Inside Wiring Cable (deactivated)

PE-72

Switchboard Cable (deactivated)

PE-86

Filled Buried Service Wire

PE-89

Filled Telephone Cable With Expanded Insulation

11.1.20 SAE Society of Automotive Engineers 400 Commonwealth Dr. Warrendale, PA 15096 (412) 776-4970 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

J156

Fusible Links

J1127

Battery Cable

J1128

Low Tension Primary Cable

J1292

Automobile Truck, Truck-Tractor, Trailer, and Motor Coach Wiring

J1939

Serial Control and Communication for Vehicle Networks

©Anixter Inc. 1996

188

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.21 UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062 (708) 272-8800 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

4

Armored Cable (Type AC)

13

Power Limited Circuit Cable (Types CL3P, CL2P, CL3R, CL2R, CL3, CL3X, PLTC)

44

Rubber-Insulated Wires & Cables (Types XHHW, XHHW-2, RHH, RHW, RHW-2, RH, SA, SIS)

62

Flexible Cord & Fixture Wire (Types SO, SOW, SOW-A, SJ, SJO, SPT-1, etc.)

83

Thermoplastic Insulated Wires (Types TW, THW, THW-2, THWN, THWN-2, THHN, THHW, TA, TBS, TFE, FEP, FEPB)

133

Varnished-Cloth Wires & Cables (Type V)

183

Manufactured Wiring Systems

444

Communication Cables (Types CMX, CM, CMR, CMP)

486A

Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs

486B

Wire Connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors

486C

Splicing Wire Connectors

486D

Insulated Wire Connectors for Use with Underground Conductors

486E

Equipment Wiring Terminals for Use with Aluminum and/or Copper Conductors

493

Thermoplastic Insulated Underground Feeder & Branch Circuit Cables (Types UF, UF-B)

497

Protectors for Communication Circuits

719

Nonmetallic-Sheath Cables (Types NM-B, NMC-B)

723

Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

758

Appliance Wiring Material (Type AWM)

817

Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords

854

Service Entrance Cables (Types USE, SE, SE-U, SE-R, USE-2)

910

Test for Flame-Propagation and Smoke-Density Values for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air

1063

Machines Tool Wires & Cables (Type MTW) Continued

189

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.21 UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062 (708) 272-8800 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

1072

Medium Voltage Power Cable (Type MV)

1277

Type TC Power & Control Tray Cables (Type TC)

1309

Marine Shipboard Cable

1424

Cables for Power-Limited Fire-Protective-Signaling Circuits

1426

Electric Cables for Boats

1459

Telephone Equipment

1565

Wire Positioning Devices

1569

Metal Clad Cables (Type MC)

1581

Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords

1604

Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I and II, Division 2, and Class III Hazardous (Classified) Locations

1666

Standard Test for Flame Propagation Height of Electrical and Optical Fiber Cables Installed Vertically in Shafts

1685

Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables

1690

Data-Processing Cable

1740

Industrial Robots

1863

Communication Circuit Accessories

11.1.22 U.S. Government Specifications Superintendant of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (202) 783-3238 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

J-C-30

Wire & Cable Electrical Power

J-C-94

Nonmetallic Cable

J-C-103

Rubber-Insulated Wire & Cable

J-C-121

Rubber-Insulated Wire & Cable (0 – 8,000 Volts)

J-C-129

Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire & Cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

190

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS Continued

11.1.22 U.S. Government Specifications Superintendant of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (202) 783-3238 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

J-C-138

Varnished-Cloth-Insulated Wire & Cable (0 – 5,000 Volts)

J-C-145b

Weather-Resistant Electric Wire & Cable

J-C-580A

Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire

QQ-W-343

Electrical Copper Wire, Uninsulated

11.1.23 U.S. Military Specifications Commanding Officer Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Ave. Philadelphia, PA 19120 (215) 697-2667 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

DOD-C-84054C

General Specification for Cables, Fiber Optics (Metric)

MIL-C-17F

General Specifications for Cables, Radio Frequency, Flexible and Semirigid

MIL-C-915

General Specification for Cable and Cord, Electrical, for Shipboard Use

MIL-C-3432E

Cable (Power & Special Purpose) and Wire, Electrical (300 – 600 Volts)

MIL-C-4921

Airport Lighting Butyl and Neoprene

MIL-C-5756B

Cable and Wire, Power, Electric, Portable

MIL-C-5854C

Wire, Electrical, Iron and Constantan Thermocouple

MIL-C-8777C

Wire, Electrical, Silicone-Insulated, Copper, 600 V, 200°C

MIL-C-13777G

General Specifications for Cable, Special Purpose, Electrical

MIL-C-18959

Portable Power Cable

MIL-C-23806A

General Specification for Cable, Radio Frequency, Coaxial, Semirigid, Foam Dielectric

MIL-C-24640

General Specification for Cable, Electrical, Lightweight for Shipboard Use Continued 191

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.23 U.S. Military Specifications Commanding Officer Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Ave. Philadelphia, PA 19120 (215) 697-2667 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

MIL-C-24643

General Specification for Cable and Cord, Electrical, Low Smoke, for Shipboard Use

MIL-C-27072A

Special Purpose, Electrical, Multiconductor Cable

MIL-C-27500

Tefzel Aerospace Cable

MIL-C-28830B

General Specification for Cable, Radio Frequency, Coaxial, Semirigid, Corrugated Outer Conductor

MIL-C-31012C

General Specification for Connectors, Coaxial, Radio Frequency

MIL-C-38359A

Cable, Power, Electrical, Airport Lighting, Cross-Linked, Polyethylene XLP

MIL-C-49055B

General Specifications for Cables, Power, Electrical (Flexible, Flat, Unshielded). Round Conductor

MIL-C-49059A

General Specifications for Cable, Electrical (Flexible, Flat, Unshielded), Flat Conductor

MIL-C-55021A

General Specificaiton for Cables: Twisted Pairs and Triples, Internal Hookup

MIL-C-60220

Cables, Special Purpose, Electrical (Data Transmission Use)

MIL-C-83522A

General Specification for Connectors, Fiber Optic, Plug-ReceptacleAdapter Style, Fixed Single Terminus

MIL-C-83526

General Specifications for Connectors, Fiber Optic, Circular Environmental Resistant, Hermaphroditic

MIL-C-550213A

Cables: Twisted Pair Internal Hookup, Shielded and Jacketed, High Temperature

MIL-HDBK-299

Cable Comparison Handbook Data Pertaining to Electric Shipboard Cable

MIL-S-81824

Splices, Electric, Crimp Style, Copper, Insulated, Environment Resistant

MIL-W-76B

Wire and Cable, Hookup, Electrical, Insulated

MIL-W-5086

Wire, Electric, Polyvinyl Chloride Insulated, Copper or Copper Alloy

MIL-W-5846C

Wire, Electrical, Copper and Constantan Thermocouple

MIL-W-16878

General Specifications for Wire, Electrical, Insulated

MIL-W-22759D

Wire, Electric, Fluoropolymer-Insulated, Copper or Copper Alloy Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

192

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.1.23 U.S. Military Specifications Commanding Officer Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Ave. Philadelphia, PA 19120 (215) 697-2667 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

MIL-W-25038E

General Specification for Wire, Electrical, High Temperature and Fire Resistant

MIL-W-81044

Wire, Electric, Cross-linked Polyalkene, Cross-linked Alkane-Imide Polymer, or Polyarylene Insulated, Copper or Copper Alloy

MIL-W-81381

Wire-Electric, Polymide-Insulated Copper or Copper Alloy

11.2 Fire Safety Tests 11.2.1 Fire Safety Test Methods Some of the most common fire safety test methods used in the wire and cable industry are listed below: Table 11.1–Fire safety test methods Fire Hazard

North America

Europe

Ignitability

Oxygen Index (ASTM D2863)

IEC 332-3 Appendix A

Propagation

Vertical Tray UL 1581

IEC 332-3

Smoke

NBS Chamber (ASTM E662)

3 Meter Cube (IEC 20(CO) 178)

Toxicity

New York State (Univ. of Pittsburg)

ISO Guide TR 9122

Corrosivity

ASTM Copper Mirror Test

IEC 754-1

193

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.2.2 NEC Fire Test Summary Table 11.2 –NEC fire test summary

PLENUM (UL-910)

RISER (UL-1666)

GENERAL USE (UL-1581 VERTICAL TRAY)

–

–

DP

–

725, Class 2

CL2P

CL2R

CL2

CL2X

725, Class 3

CL3P

CL3R

CL3

CL3X

725 Power Limited Tray Cable

No Listing

No Listing

PLTC

No Listing

727 Instrumentation Tray Cable

No Listing

No Listing

ITC

No Listing

760 Fire Protective Power Limited

FPLP

FPLR

FPL

No Listing

760 Fire Protective Nonpower Limited

NPLFP

NPLFR

NPLF

No Listing

770 Optical Fiber Nonconductive

OFNP

OFNR

OFN or OFNG

No Listing

770 Optical Fiber Conductive

OFCP

OFCR

OFC or OFCG

No Listing

800 Communication

CMP

CMR

CM or CMG

CMX

800 Undercarpet Communication

No Listing

No Listing

No Listing

CMUC

820, Cable TV

CATVP

CATVR

CATV

CATVX

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE

645

CABLE APPLICATION

Plenum Space Riser Shaft General Use Restricted Use ©Anixter Inc. 1996

COMMON NAMES

UL UL UL UL

910, Steiner Tunnel (CSA FT-6) 1666, Riser Test (No CSA Equivalent) 1581 Vertical Tray, IEEE 383 (CSA FT-4) 1581 Vertical Wire, VW-1 (CSA FT-1) 194

RESTRICTED (UL-1581 VERTICAL WIRE)

FLAME ENERGY

300,000 527,000 70,000 3,000

BTU/Hr BTU/Hr BTU/Hr BTU/Hr

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.2.3 Comparison of Vertical Cable Tray Tests Table 11.3 –Comparison of vertical cable tray tests IEEE 383 UL 1581

ICEA T-29-520

CSA FT-4

IEEE 1202

UL 1685 /ULa

UL 1685 /IEEEb

IEC 332-3

Burner power (kW)

21

62

20

20

21

21

20

Time of flame (min)

20

20

20

20

20

20

20, 40g

Yes, oily ragd

no

no

no

no

no

no

600 mm 75 mm in back

e

300 mm 200 mm in back

300 mm 75 mm in front

300 mm 75 mm in front

457 mm 75 mm in back

457 mm 75 mm in front

600 mm 75 mm in front

Angle of burner

horiz.

horiz.

20° up

20° up

horiz.

20° up

horiz.

Tray length (m)

2.4

2.4

3.0

2.4

2.4

2.4

3.5

Tray width (m)

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.5

Sample length (m)

2.4

2.4

2.3

2.3

2.4

2.4

3.5

Width of tray used for cables (m)

0.15 front only

0.15

0.25 front only

full front only

0.15 front only

full front only

0.30 front or front 1 backi

Thin-size cables to be bundled

no

no

if D, 13 mm

if D, 13 mm

no

Test enclosure specified

no

no

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

Required air flow rate

N.A.

N.A

. 0.17 m3/s

0.65 m3/s

5 m3/s

5m3/s

h

Test runs needed

3

2

2

2 3 2f

1

1

1

Max. char length (m, from bottom)

2.4

2.4

1.786

1.786

2.4

1.786

3.1

Peak smoke release rate (m2 s-1)

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

0.25

0.40

N.A.

Total smoke released (m2)

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

95

150

N.A.

Alternate source Burner placementc

if D, mounted 13 mm flush, with no spaces

Continued

195

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS Table 11.3 –Comparison of vertical cable tray tests Continued a b c d e f g h i

Version with UL 1581 exposure. Version with CSA FT-4/IEEE 1202 exposure. Height above bottom, distance from specimen surface. Not applicable in the UL 1581 version. This dimension is 457 mm in the UL 1581 version. Two each on two different sizes of specimens. Time is 20 minutes for Category C, 40 minutes for Categories A and B. Not yet specified. Depends on amount of cable loading

Source: NIST Technical Note 1291

11.2.4 UL 910 Steiner Tunnel Test for Plenum Rated Cable The UL Standard 910 “Steiner Tunnel” Flame Test measures flame spread and smoke generation in a simulated air handling plenum. A 25 ft long Steiner Tunnel is used for the test, with intake and exhaust ducts and a means of regulating flow velocity of air through the tunnel. Windows at 1 ft intervals allow for flame spread measurements, and an optical device in the exhaust of the chamber measures smoke density. The cable samples are mounted in a cable tray in one layer in the tunnel and the tunnel is sealed. Two circular burners are mounted vertically at the intake end of the tunnel just in front of the cable tray. Methane is burned, along with a 240 ft/min forced draft through the tunnel for twenty minutes, and the flame is extinguished. Flame spread and smoke density are monitored throughout the test. A cable is listed for plenum use if flame spread is less than 5 ft from the end of the ignition flame, and optical density is less than 0.5 Maximum peak, and 0.15 Maximum average. The output of the burner is 300,000 BTU/hr and the energy consumed for the test is 100,000 BTUs. The Canadian version of this test is known as the CSA FT-6 fire test.

Figure 11.1–UL 910 Steiner tunnel test ©Anixter Inc. 1996

196

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.2.5 UL 1666 Riser Flame Test The Riser Flame Test, as described in Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1666, was developed to test cable flammability in riser applications. This test simulates a fire in a nonflame stopped riser within a high-rise building. The chamber for the test is a 3 story block construction design. Steel fire doors provide access to the 2nd and 3rd levels for installing cables, and 1 ft 3 2 ft rectangular holes in both the second and third level floors allow cable to be installed in racks extending between the first and third levels. A burner is made up of a 1⁄4 in. gas pipe with 90° elbow mounted below a 1 ft square drilled steel plate. The burner is mounted on the edge of the riser hole on the floor of the second level. A mixture of air and propane is burned for thirty minutes and then shut off, extinguishing the burner flame. A cable may be listed as riser cable if the flame does not propagate up to the floor of the third level. The energy output of the burner is 527,500 BTU/hr, or a consumed test energy of 263,750 BTUs.

Figure 11.2 –UL 1666 Riser flame test

11.2.6 UL 1581 Vertical Tray Flame Test (IEEE 383) The Vertical Tray Flame Test is used as a good approximation of flame spread in cables run in groups. A steel ladder type tray 12 in. wide 3 3 in. deep and 8 ft long with 1 in. 3 1⁄2 in. rungs spaced 9 in. apart is mounted vertically on the floor of the test chamber. The center 6 in. of the tray is filled with cable samples in one layer spaced 1⁄2 cable diameter apart. A 6 to 1 mixture of air to propane is burned using a 10 in. wide ribbon burner. The burner is placed horizontally 3 in. from the back of the tray, 2 ft from the floor, and midway between 2 rungs. The flame is applied for twenty minutes and then removed. A cable passes the vertical tray test if it does not propagate flame to the top of the tray (6 ft). A cable may continue to burn after the burner is shut off; however, the test is not complete until the cable stops burning. The energy output of the burner is 70,000 BTU/hr and the cable is subjected to 23,333 BTUs for the test.

197

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.2.7 ICEA T-29-520 A variation on the UL 1581 Vertical Tray Test (IEEE 383) is the 210,000 BTU flame test specified in ICEA Standard T-29-520. In the 210,000 BTU test, the setup is essentially the same as with the 70,000 BTU test except the gas flow is increased to generate 210,000 BTU/hr instead of 70,000 BTU/hr of flame energy and the burner-to-cable spacing is increased to 200 mm. See Section 11.2.3 for more details.

Figure 11.3 –UL 1581 Vertical tray flame test

11.2.8 CSA FT-4 Another flame test variation similar to the IEEE 383 test is CSA’s FT-4 test. This test is a later generation of the IEEE 383 test and is generally considered more stringent than the IEEE 383 test.

11.2.9 IEEE 1202 The IEEE 1202 flame test is the latest version of the original IEEE 383 Flame Test developed in the 1970s. The 1202 test is virtually identical in test severity to the Canadian FT-4 test which was the most recent version of the IEEE 383 test until publication of IEEE 1202 in 1991.

11.2.10 UL 1685 UL Standard 1685 is essentially the UL 1581 (IEEE 383) fire test with a smoke emission requirement added. A cable passing this test can be given an “LS” (Limited Smoke) listing. ©Anixter Inc. 1996

198

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.2.11 UL 1581 VW-1 Flame Test The VW-1 Flame Test was the first flame test developed for studying flame spread on wire and cable. The test measures relative flame propagation of a single wire or cable. The test procedure is detailed in Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1581, but a general overview of the test is as follows. The fixture used is a bench-mountable 12 in. wide, 14 in. deep, and 24 in. high steel box open at the front and top. Clamps hold a single specimen vertically in the center of the box. A Tirrill burner (similar to a Bunsen burner) is mounted on a 20° angle block and has a flame 4 to 5 inches high with a 1⁄2 in. inner blue cone. The burner is placed so the inner cone meets the test sample surface. Ten inches above this point a kraft paper “flag” is placed on the sample facing away from the burner, and cotton batting covers the floor of the chamber to a height 9 in. below the point. The flame is applied to the sample for 15 seconds 5 times (total 75 seconds) with a minimum 15 seconds between flame applications or until burning ceases, whichever is longer. A sample “Passes VW-1” if less than 25% of the flag is burned away, the cable doesn’t burn longer than 60 seconds after any flame application, and the cotton batting is not ignited by dripping particles. The energy output of the burner is less than 3,000 BTU/Hr and the test energy is less than 65 BTUs. The Canadian version of this test is the FT-1.

Figure 11.4 –UL 1581 VW-1 flame test

199

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

11.3 Regulatory and Approval Agencies 11.3.1 Underwriters Laboratories UL Standard

UL Listing(s) Covered in the Standard

4 Armored Cable

AC

13 Power Limited Circuit Cable

CL3P, CL2P, CL3R, CL2R, CL3, CL3X, PLTC

44 Rubber Insulated Wires & Cables

XHHW, RHH, RHW, RH, SIS, RHW-2, XHHW-2

62 Flexible Cord & Fixture Wire

XT, CXT, TFN, TFFN, TPT, TST, TS, S, SA, SE, SO, SEO, SOO, ST, STO, STOO

83 Thermoplastic Insulated Wires

T, TW, THW, THHN, THNN, FEP, FEPB, TFE, THW-2, THWN-2

133 Varnished Cloth Wires & Cables

V, VD, M, VL, VDL, VML

444 Communication Cables

MPP, CMP, MPR, CMR, MP, CM, CMX

493 Thermoplastic Insulated Underground Feeder & Branch Circuit Cables

UF

719 Nonmetallic-Sheath Cables

NM, NMC

854 Service Entrance Cables

USE, SE, USE-2

1063 Machine Tool Wires & Cables

MTW

1072 Medium Voltage Power Cable

MV

1277 Electrical Power & Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical Fiber Members

TC

1426 Standard for Electric Cables for Boats

–

1569 Metal Clad Cables

MC

1581 Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords

–

—

No published UL Standard. UL Listing is by contract with each manufacturer.

W, G

Typical examples of UL’s mark appear below:

®

Figure 11.5 –Typical UL marks

©Anixter Inc. 1996

200

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.3.2 National Electrical Code (NEC) History and Articles The first NEC document was written in 1897 at the insistence of various insurance, electrical, architectural, and other interested parties. Up to and including 1996, there have been a total of 47 editions. It is revised on a regular three year schedule. The National Electrical Code is divided into approximately 120 articles. The Code is published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as a “recommended standard” and does not become law until officially adopted by state or local governments. Enforcement and interpretation of the Code is ultimately the responsibility of “the authority having jurisdiction,” i.e., the local inspector. The intent of the Code is to insure the electrical and fire safety of electrical equipment. It does not attempt to insure the reliability, performance, proper operation or long life of equipment—these considerations are beyond its scope. National Electrical Code Articles especially pertinent to the wire and cable industry include: Article 100 Definitions Article 110 Requirements for Electrical Installations Article 200 Use and Identification of Grounded Conductors Article 210 Branch Circuits Article 215 Feeders Article 220 Branch-Circuit and Feeder Calculations Article 225 Outside Branch Circuit and Feeders Article 230 Services Article 250 Grounding Article 300 Wiring Methods Article 305 Temporary Wiring Article 310 Conductors for General Wiring Article 318 Cable Trays Article 321 Messenger Supported Wiring Article 326 Medium Voltage Cable Type MV Article 328 Flat Conductor Cable Type FCC Article 330 Mineral-Insulated, Metal-Sheathed Cable Article 333 Armored Cable Type AC Article 334 Metal-Clad Cable Article 336 Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable Types NM and NMC Article 337 Shielded Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable Type SNM Article 338 Service-Entrance Cable Types SE and USE Article 339 Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit CableType UF Article 340 Power and Control Tray Cable Type TC Continued

201

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS Article 346 Rigid Metal Conduit Article 348 Electrical Metallic Tubing Article 351 Liquid-Tight, Flexible Metal Conduit and Liquid-Tight, Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Article 362 Wireways Article 363 Flat Cable Assemblies Type FC Article 400 Flexible Cords and Cables Article 402 Fixture Wires Article 500 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Article 501 Class I Locations Article 502 Class II Locations Article 503 Class III Locations Article 504 Intrinsically Safe Systems Article 604 Manufactured Wiring Systems Article 610 Cranes and Hoists Article 645 Electronic Computer/Data Processing Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, Class 3, Remote-Control, Signaling and Power-Limited Circuits Article 727 Instrumentation Tray Cable Article 760 Fire Protective Signaling Systems Article 770 Optical Fiber Cables Article 800 Communication Circuits Article 820 Community Antenna Television (CATV) and Radio Distribution Systems Table 11.4 – NEC Article 725 — Summary of remote control, signaling and power-limited circuit types Circuit Voltage

Maximum Current

0 thru 600

Unlimited

Class 1 Power Limited

0 thru 30

33 Amps

Class 2 Power Limited (Fire & Shock Safe)

0 thru 30 30 thru 150

8 Amps 0.005 Amps

Class 3 Power Limited (Fire Safe Only)

30 thru 150

10 Amps

Class 1 Remote Control and Signaling (Not Power Limited)

Note: The above is an overview only. See Article 725 of the NEC for complete requirements. Class 2 and 3 cables must be rated at least 300 volts, but may not be so marked.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

202

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11.3.3 International Table 11.5 –Symbols of international organizations Agency

Country (ies) Represented

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

Canada

Comite Electrotechnique Belge Service de la Marque (CEBEC)

Belgium

DEMKO

Denmark

Australia

O

A

PP

ROVED

T

Electricity Trust of South Australia

European Committee for Electrotechnical Standards (CENELEC)

See Note 1.

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

See Note 2.

International Standards Organization (ISO)

AU

S TRAL

IA

N STA DARD

Finland

CEBEC

N

Electrical Inspectorate

Symbol

More than 60 around the world

Istituto Italiano del Marchio

Italy

N. V. Kema

Netherlands

NEMKO

Norway

Österreichischer Verband für Elektrotechnik

Austria Continued

203

©Anixter Inc. 1996

11. STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS Table 11.5 –Symbols of international organizations Continued Agency

Country (ies) Represented

SEMKO

Symbol

Sweden

Technische Prüfanstalten des SEV’s

Switzerland

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

USA ®

Union Technique de L’Electricite

France

VDE - Prüfstelle

Germany

Note 1:

Austria Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany

Greece Iceland Ireland Italy Luxemburg Netherlands

Norway Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom

Note 2:

Australia Austria Belarus Belgium Bulgaria Canada China Croatia Czech Republic Denmark Egypt Finland

France Germany Greece Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Israel Italy Japan Korea, Republic of Luxemburg

Malaysia Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway Pakistan Poland Portugal Romania Russian Federation Singapore Slovakia

©Anixter Inc. 1996

204

V D E

Slovenia South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland Thailand Turkey Ukraine United Kingdom United States of America Yugoslavia

12. CONVERSION TABLES

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

12.1 Metric to English Conductor Size 12.1 Metric to English Conductor Size

206

12.2 Circular Measurements—Diameter, Circumference, Area 12.2 Circular Measurements—Diameter, Circumference, Area

210

12.3 Length, Weight, Area, Power, etc. 12.3 Length, Weight, Area, Power, etc.

215

12.4 Temperature Conversion 12.4 Temperature Conversion

218

12.5 KVA to Amperes 12.5 KVA to Amperes

219

12. CONVERSION TABLES

12.1 Metric to English Conductor Size Table 12.1–Conductor size conversion: metric to English and English to metric Metric Conductor Area

Standard Metric Sizes

Standard English Sizes

English Conductor Area

mm

mm2

kcmil

cmil

1,015 1,000 900

– 1,000 –

2,000 – –

2,000,000 1,970,000 1,780,000

888 800 761

– 800 –

1,750 – 1,500

1,750,000 1,580,000 1,500,000

635 630 626

– 630 –

1,250 – –

1,250,000 1,240,000 1,233,000

520 508 500

– – 500

– 1,000 –

1,024,000 1,000,000 987,000

449 400 381

– 400 –

– – 750

884,000 788,000 750,000

380 322 305

– – –

– – 600

748,000 634,000 600,000

300 273 254

300 – –

– – 500

592,000 537,000 500,000

240 231 230

240 – –

– – 400

474,000 455,000 400,000

195 185 178

– 185 –

– – 350

384,000 365,000 350,000

165 152 150

– – 150

– 300 –

325,000 300,000 296,000

2

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

206

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.1–Conductor size conversion: metric to English and English to metric Continued Metric Conductor Area 2

mm

Standard Metric Sizes

Standard English Sizes

English Conductor Area

mm2

kcmil or AWG

cmil

140 127 120

– – 120

– 250 –

276,000 250,000 237,000

119 107 100

– – –

– 4/0 –

234,000 211,600 197,000

95 85 72

95 – –

– 3/0 –

187,000 167,800 141,800

70 67 60.9

70 – –

– 2/0 –

138,000 133,100 119,900

54 51.6 50

– – 50

1/0 – –

105,600 101,600 98,500

43.7 42 37

– – –

– 1 –

86,100 83,700 72,900

35 34 31.3

35 – –

– 2 –

69,100 66,360 61,660

27 25 22.4

– 25 –

3 – –

52,620 49,300 44,128

21 19 17

– – –

4 – 5

41,740 37,430 33,090

16.1 16 13.6

– 16 –

– – –

31,717 31,600 26,792

13.3 11.5 10.5

– – –

6 – 7

26,240 22,655 20,820 Continued

207

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.1–Conductor size conversion: metric to English and English to metric Continued Metric Conductor Area

Standard Metric Sizes

Standard English Sizes

English Conductor Area

mm

mm2

AWG

cmil

10.00 9.77 8.38

10.00 – –

– – 8

19,700 19,246 16,510

8.27 7.00 6.64

– – –

– – 9

16,292 13,790 13,090

6.00 5.93 5.26

6.00 – –

– – 10

11,800 11,682 10,380

5.02 4.25 4.00

– – 4.00

– – –

9,889 8,372 7,890

3.60 3.31 2.58

– – –

– 12 –

7,092 6,530 5,082

2.50 2.18 2.08

2.50 – –

– – 14

4,930 4,294 4,110

1.85 1.57 1.50

– – 1.50

– – –

3,644 3,093 2,960

1.33 1.31 1.12

– – –

– 16 –

2,620 2,580 2,206

1.00 0.95 0.82

1.00 – –

– – 18

1,970 1,871 1,620

0.75 0.68 0.58

0.75 – –

– – –

1,480 1,339 1,142

0.52 0.50 0.49

– 0.50 –

20 – –

1,020 987 965

2

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

208

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.1–Conductor size conversion: metric to English and English to metric Continued Metric Conductor Area

Standard Metric Sizes

Standard English Sizes

English Conductor Area

mm

2

mm2

AWG

cmil

0.324 0.205 0.128

– 0.20 –

22 24 26

640 404 253

0.081 0.051 0.032

– – –

28 30 32

159 100 63.2

0.020 0.013 0.0080

– – –

34 36 38

39.8 25.0 15.7

0.0050 0.0032 0.0020

– – –

40 42 44

9.61 6.25 4.00

0.0013

–

46

2.56

Reference: IEC 228

209

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES

12.2 Circular Measurements — Diameter, Circumference, Area Table 12.2 –Circular measurements — diameter, circumference, area Diameter

Circumference

Area

Inches

Inches

Sq. Inches

⁄64 ⁄32 3 ⁄64

0.015625 0.031250 0.046875

0.049087 0.098175 0.147262

0.00019 0.00019 0.00173

3

⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄8

0.062500 0.093750 0.125000

0.196350 0.294524 0.392699

0.00307 0.00690 0.01227

3

⁄32 ⁄16 7 ⁄32

0.156250 0.187500 0.218750

0.490874 0.589049 0.687223

0.01917 0.02761 0.03758

1 ⁄4 ⁄32 5 ⁄16

0.250000 0.281250 0.312500

0.785398 0.883573 0.981748

0.04909 0.06213 0.07670

⁄32 3 ⁄8 13 ⁄32

0.343750 0.375000 0.406250

1.07992 1.17810 1.27627

0.09281 0.11045 0.12962

15

⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄2

0.437500 0.468750 0.500000

1.37445 1.47262 1.57080

0.15033 0.17257 0.19635

⁄32 ⁄16 19 ⁄32

0.531250 0.562500 0.593750

1.66897 1.76715 1.86532

0.22166 0.24850 0.27688

21

5 ⁄8 ⁄32 11 ⁄16

0.625000 0.656250 0.687500

1.96350 2.06167 2.15984

0.30680 0.33824 0.37122

⁄32 3 ⁄4 25 ⁄32

0.718750 0.750000 0.781250

2.25802 2.35619 2.45437

0.40574 0.44179 0.47937

⁄16 ⁄32 7 ⁄8

0.812500 0.843750 0.875000

2.55254 2.65072 2.74889

0.51849 0.55914 0.60132

1 1

1

5

9

11

7

17 9

23

13 27

Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

210

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.2 –Circular measurements — diameter, circumference, area Continued Diameter

Circumference

Area

Inches

Inches

Sq. Inches

⁄32 ⁄16 31 ⁄32

0.906250 0.937500 0.968750

2.84707 2.94524 3.04342

0.64504 0.69029 0.73708

1 11⁄16 11⁄8

1.000000 1.062500 1.125000

3.14159 3.33794 3.53429

0.78540 0.88664 0.99402

13⁄16 11⁄4 15⁄16

1.187500 1.250000 1.312500

3.73064 3.92699 4.12334

1.1075 1.2272 1.3530

13⁄8 17⁄16 11⁄2

1.375000 1.437500 1.500000

4.31969 4.51604 4.71239

1.4849 1.6230 1.7671

19⁄16 15⁄8 111⁄16

1.562500 1.625000 1.687500

4.90874 5.10509 5.30144

1.9175 2.0739 2.2365

13⁄4 113⁄16 17⁄8

1.750000 1.812500 1.875000

5.49779 5.69414 5.89049

2.4053 2.5802 2.7612

115⁄16 2 21⁄16

1.937500 2.000000 2.062500

6.08684 6.28319 6.47953

2.9483 3.1416 3.3410

21⁄8 23⁄16 21⁄4

2.125000 2.187500 2.250000

6.67588 6.87223 7.06858

3.5466 3.7583 3.9761

25⁄16 23⁄8 27⁄16

2.312500 2.375000 2.437500

7.26493 7.46128 7.65763

4.2000 4.4301 4.6664

21⁄2 29⁄16 25⁄8

2.500000 2.562500 2.625000

7.85398 8.05033 8.24668

4.9087 5.1572 5.4119

211⁄16 23⁄4

2.687500 2.750000

8.44303 8.63938

5.6727 5.9396

213⁄16 27⁄8 215⁄16

2.812500 2.875000 2.937500

8.83573 9.03208 9.22843

6.2126 6.4978 6.7771

29 15

Continued

211

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.2 –Circular measurements — diameter, circumference, area Continued Diameter

Circumference

Area

Inches

Inches

Sq. Inches

3 31⁄16 31⁄8

3.000000 3.062500 3.125000

9.42478 9.62113 9.81748

7.0686 7.3662 7.6699

33⁄16 31⁄4 35⁄16 33⁄8

3.187500 3.250000 3.312500 3.375000

10.0138 10.2102 10.4065 10.6029

7.9798 8.2958 8.6179 8.9462

37⁄16 31⁄2 39⁄16

3.437500 3.500000 3.562500

10.7992 10.9956 11.1919

9.2806 9.6211 9.9678

35⁄8 311⁄16 33⁄4

3.625000 3.687500 3.750000

11.3883 11.5846 11.7810

10.3206 10.6796 11.0447

313⁄16 37⁄8 315⁄16

3.812500 3.875000 3.937500

11.9773 12.1737 12.3700

11.4159 11.7932 12.1767

4 41⁄16 41⁄8

4.000000 4.062500 4.125000

12.5664 12.7627 12.9591

12.566 12.962 13.364

43⁄16 41⁄4 45⁄16

4.187500 4.250000 4.312500

13.1554 13.3518 13.5481

13.772 14.186 14.607

43⁄8 47⁄16 41⁄2

4.375000 4.437500 4.500000

13.7445 13.9408 14.1372

15.033 15.466 15.904

49⁄16 45⁄8 411⁄16

4.562500 4.625000 4.687500

14.3335 14.5299 14.7262

16.349 16.800 17.257

43⁄4 413⁄16 47⁄8

4.750000 4.812500 4.875000

14.9226 15.1189 15.3153

17.721 18.190 18.665

415⁄16 5 51⁄16

4.937500 5.000000 5.062500

15.5116 15.7050 15.9043

19.147 19.635 20.129 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

212

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.2 –Circular measurements — diameter, circumference, area Continued Diameter

Circumference

Area

Inches

Inches

Sq. Inches

5 ⁄8 53⁄16 51⁄4

5.125000 5.187500 5.250000

16.1007 16.2970 16.4943

20.629 21.135 21.648

55⁄16 53⁄8 57⁄16

5.312500 5.375000 5.437500

16.6897 16.8861 17.0824

22.166 22.691 23.221

51⁄2 59⁄16 55⁄8

5.500000 5.562500 5.625000

17.2788 17.4751 17.6715

23.758 24.301 24.850

511⁄16 53⁄4 513⁄16

5.687500 5.750000 5.812500

17.8678 18.0642 18.2605

25.406 25.967 26.535

57⁄8 515⁄16 6

5.875000 5.937500 6.000000

18.4589 18.6532 18.8496

27.109 27.688 28.274

61⁄8 61⁄4 63⁄8

6.125000 6.250000 6.375000

19.2423 19.6350 20.0277

29.465 30.680 31.919

61⁄2 65⁄8 63⁄4

6.500000 6.625000 6.750000

20.4202 20.8131 21.2058

33.183 34.472 35.785

67⁄8 7 71⁄8

6.875000 7.000000 7.125000

21.5984 21.9911 22.3838

37.122 38.485 39.871

71⁄4 73⁄8 71⁄2

7.250000 7.375000 7.500000

22.7765 23.1692 23.5619

41.282 42.718 44.179

75⁄8 73⁄4 77⁄8

7.625000 7.750000 7.875000

23.9546 24.3473 24.7400

45.664 47.173 48.707

8 81⁄8 81⁄4

8.000000 8.125000 8.250000

25.1327 25.5254 25.9181

50.265 51.849 53.456

83⁄8 81⁄2 85⁄8

8.375000 8.500000 8.625000

26.3108 26.7035 27.0962

55.088 56.745 58.426

1

Continued

213

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.2 –Circular measurements — diameter, circumference, area Continued Diameter

Circumference

Area

Inches

Inches

Sq. Inches

3

8 ⁄4 87⁄8 9

8.750000 8.875000 9.000000

27.4889 27.8816 28.2743

60.132 61.862 63.617

91⁄8 91⁄4 93⁄8

9.125000 9.250000 9.375000

28.6670 29.0597 29.4524

65.397 67.201 69.029

91⁄2 95⁄8 93⁄4

9.500000 9.625000 9.750000

29.8451 30.2378 30.6305

70.882 72.760 74.662

97⁄8 9.875000 10 10.000000

31.0232 31.4159

76.589 78.540

2 Notes: 1. Multiply square inches by 645.16 to calculate mm . 2. Multiply inches by 25.4 to calculate mm. 3. Multiply inches by 1,000 to calculate mils.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

214

12. CONVERSION TABLES

12.3 Length, Weight, Area, Power, etc. Table 12.3 –Conversion factors To Convert From

To

Multiply By

AREA Circular mils Circular mils Circular mils

Square inches Square mils Square millimeters

Square centimeters Square feet Square inches

Square inches Square meters Circular mils

0.155 0.0929 1,273,240

Square inches Square inches Square inches

Square centimeters Square millimeters Square mils

6.4516 645.16 1,000,000

Square meters Square millimeters Square millimeters

Square feet Square inches Circular mils

10.764 0.00155 1,973.53

Square mils Square mils

Circular mils Square inches

1.2732 0.000001

LENGTH Centimters Centimeters Feet

Inches Feet Centimeters

0.3937 0.03281 30.48

Feet Inches Inches

Meters Centimeters Meters

0.3048 2.54 0.0254

Inches Inches Kilometers

Millimeters Mils Miles

25.4 1,000 0.6214

Meters Meters Meters

Feet Inches Yards

3.2808 39.3701 1.0936

Miles Millimeters Millimeters

Kilometers Inches Mils

1.6093 0.03937 39.3701

Mils Mils Yards

Inches Millimeters Meters

0.001 0.0254 0.9144

0.0000007854 0.7854 0.0005067

Continued 215

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.3 –Conversion factors Continued To Convert From

To

Multiply By

POWER Foot-Pounds per minute Horsepower Foot-Pounds per minute Watts Foot-Pounds per second Horsepower

0.0000303 0.0226 0.001818

Foot-Pounds per second Watts Horsepower Foot-Pounds per minute Horsepower Foot-Pounds per second

1.356 33,000 550

Horsepower Watts Kilogram-meters per sec. Watts Watts Foot-Pounds per minute

746 9.807 44.25

Watts Watts Watts

Foot-Pounds per second Horsepower Kilogram-meters per sec.

0.7375 0.001341 0.1020

ENERGY British thermal units British thermal units British thermal units

Foot-pounds Joules Watt-hours

Foot-pounds Foot-pounds Foot-pounds

British thermal units Joules Kilogram-meters

0.001285 1.356 0.1383

Gram calories Joules Joules

Joules British thermal units Ergs

4.186 0.000947 107

Joules Joules Joules

Foot-pounds Gram-calories Kilogram-meters

Kilogram-meters Kilogram-meters Watt-hours

Foot-pounds Joules British thermal units

778 1,055 0.293

0.7375 0.2388 0.10198 7.233 9.8117 3.4126 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

216

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.3 –Conversion factors Continued To Convert From

To

Multiply By

MISCELLANEOUS Kilograms Pounds Kilograms per kilometer Pounds per 1,000 feet Ohms per kilometer Ohms per 1,000 feet

2.205 0.6719 0.3048

Ohms per 1,000 feet Ohms per 1,000 yards Pounds

Ohms per kilometer Ohms per kilometer Kilograms

3.2808 1.0936 0.4536

Pounds per 1,000 feet Pounds per 1,000 yards Pounds per 1,000 yards

Kilograms per kilometer Kilograms per kilometer Pounds per kilometer

1.488 0.4960 1.0936

Newtons Pound-force Diam. circle

Pound-force Newtons Circumference

0.2248 4.4482 3.1416

Diam. circle Diam. sphere cubed U.S. gallons

Side of equal square Volume of sphere Imperial gallons (British)

0.8862 0.5236 0.8327

U.S. gallons U.S. gallons Cubic feet

Cubic feet Pounds of water (20°C) Pounds of water (4°C)

0.1337 8.33 62.427

Feet of water (4°C) Inches of mercury (0°C) Knots

Pounds per square inch Pounds per square inch Miles per hour

0.4336 0.4912 1.1516

Note: Frequently used conversions are shown in bold type. To convert in the reverse direction, divide by the factor given in the table.

217

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES

12.4 Temperature Conversion Table 12.4 –Degrees centigrade (Celsius) vs. degrees Fahrenheit Conversion Formula: °F 5 9/5 °C 1 32° °C 5 5/9 (°F 2 32°) °C

°F

°C

-80 -112.0 -15 -70 -94.0 -14 -60 -76.0 -13

°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

5.0 6.8 8.6

15 16 17

59.0 60.8 62.6

45 46 47

113.0 114.8 116.6

75 76 77

167.0 105 221.0 135 275.0 168.8 106 222.8 136 276.8 170.6 107 224.6 137 278.6

°C

°F

600 1,112 700 1,292 800 1,472

-50 -45 -40

-58.0 -12 -49.0 -11 -40.0 -10

10.4 12.2 14.0

18 19 20

64.4 66.2 68.0

48 49 50

118.4 120.2 122.0

78 79 80

172.4 108 226.4 138 280.4 900 1,652 174.2 109 228.2 139 282.2 1,000 1,832 176.0 110 230.0 140 284.0 1,000 2,012

-39 -38 -37

-38.2 -36.4 -34.6

-9 -8 -7

15.8 17.6 19.4

21 22 23

69.8 71.6 73.4

51 52 53

123.8 125.6 127.4

81 82 83

177.8 111 231.8 141 285.8 1,200 2,192 179.6 112 233.6 142 287.6 1,300 2,372 181.4 113 235.4 143 289.4 1,400 2,552

-36 -35 -34

-32.8 -31.0 -29.2

-6 -5 -4

21.2 23.0 24.8

24 25 26

75.2 77.0 78.8

54 55 56

129.2 131.0 132.8

84 85 86

183.2 114 237.2 144 291.2 1,500 2,732 185.0 115 239.0 145 293.0 1,600 2,912 186.8 116 240.8 146 294.8 1,700 3,092

-33 -32 -31

-27.4 -25.6 -23.8

-3 -2 -1

26.6 28.4 30.2

27 28 29

80.6 82.4 84.2

57 58 59

134.6 136.4 138.2

87 88 89

188.6 117 242.6 147 296.6 1,800 3,272 190.4 118 244.4 148 298.4 1,900 3,452 192.2 119 246.2 149 300.2 2,000 3,632

-30 -29 -28

-22.0 -20.2 -18.4

*0 *32.0 1 33.8 2 35.6

30 31 32

86.0 87.8 89.6

60 61 62

140.0 141.8 143.6

90 91 92

194.0 120 248.0 150 302.0 195.8 121 249.8 160 320.0 197.6 122 251.6 170 338.0

-27 -26 -25

-16.6 -14.8 -13.0

3 4 5

37.4 39.2 41.0

33 34 35

91.4 93.2 95.0

63 64 65

145.4 147.2 149.0

93 94 95

199.4 123 253.4 180 356.0 201.2 124 255.2 190 374.0 203.0 125 257.0 200 392

-24 -23 -22

-11.2 -9.4 -7.6

6 7 8

42.8 44.6 46.4

36 96.8 37 98.6 38 100.4

66 67 68

150.8 152.6 154.4

96 97 98

204.8 126 258.8 210 410 206.6 127 260.6 220 428 208.4 128 262.4 230 446

-21 -20 -19

-5.8 -4.0 -2.2

9 10 11

48.2 50.0 51.8

39 102.2 40 104.0 41 105.8

69 70 71

156.2 99 158.0 †100 159.8 101

-18 -17 -16

-0.4 1.4 3.2

12 13 14

53.6 55.4 57.2

42 107.6 43 109.4 44 111.2

72 73 74

161.6 102 163.4 103 165.2 104

†

Boiling

*Freezing

©Anixter Inc. 1996

218

210.2 129 264.2 240 464 212.0 130 266.0 250 482 213.8 131 267.8 300 572

†

215.6 132 269.6 350 662 217.4 133 271.4 400 752 219.2 134 273.2 500 932

12. CONVERSION TABLES

12.5 KVA to Amperes Table 12.5 –KVA to amperes SINGLE PHASE KVA Rating

Amperes 120V

240V

480V

1 1.5 2

8.33 12.5 16.66

4.16 6.24 8.33

2.08 3.12 4.16

3 5 7.5

25 41 62

12.5 21 31

6.1 10.4 15.6

10 15 25

83 124 208

42 62 104

21 31 52

37.5 50 75

312 416 624

156 208 312

78 104 156

100 167 200

830 1,390 1,660

415 695 833

207 348 416 Continued

219

©Anixter Inc. 1996

12. CONVERSION TABLES Table 12.5 –KVA to amperes Continued

THREE PHASE KVA Rating

Amperes 208V

240V

480V

600V

3 6 9

8.3 16.6 25.0

7.2 14.4 21.6

3.6 7.2 10.8

2.9 5.8 8.7

15 30 45

41.6 83.0 125

36 72 108

18 36 54

14.4 28.8 43

75 112.5 150

208 312 415

180 270 360

90 135 180

72 108 144

200 225 300

554 625 830

480 540 720

240 270 360

192 216 288

400 500 750

1,110 1,380 2,080

960 1,200 1,800

480 600 900

384 480 720

©Anixter Inc. 1996

220

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

13.1 Electrical Properties of Circuits 13.1 Electrical Properties of Circuits

222

13.2 Resistance and Weight of Conductors 13.2 Resistance and Weight of Conductors

223

13.3 Resistance, Inductance, and Capacitance in AC Circuits 13.3 Resistance, Inductance, and Capacitance in AC Circuits

223

13.4 Series and Parallel Connections 13.4 Series and Parallel Connections

224

13.5 Engineering Notation 13.5 Engineering Notation

224

13.6 Diameter of Multiconductor Cables 13.6 Diameter of Multiconductor Cables

225

13.7 Determination of Largest Possible Conductor in Cable Interstices 13.7 Determination of Largest Possible Conductor in Cable Interstices

226

13.8 Conductor Diameter from Wire Diameter 13.8 Conductor Diameter from Wire Diameter

226

13.9 Coaxial Capacitance 13.9 Coaxial Capacitance

227

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

13.1 Electrical Properties of Circuits Table 13.1–Electrical properties of circuits Desired Data

Direct Current

Alternating Current Single Phase

Two Phase Four Wire*

Three Phase

Kilowatts (kw)

I 3 V 3 cos θ 1,000

2 3 I 3 V 3 cos θ 1,000

1.73 3 I 3 V 3 cos θ 1,000

I3V 1,000

Kilovoltamperes (kva)

I3V 1,000

23I3V 1,000

1.73 3 I 3 V 1,000

I3V 1,000

I 3 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff. 746

2 3 I 3 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff. 746

1.73 3 I 3 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff. 746

I 5 V 3 Eff. 746

Amperes When Horsepower is Known (I)

hp 3 746 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff.

hp 3 746 2 3 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff.

hp 3 746 1.73 3 V 3 cos θ 3 Eff.

hp 3 746 V 3 Eff.

Amperes When Kilowatts are Known (I)

kw 3 1,000 V 3 cos θ

kw 3 1,000 2 3 V 3 cos θ

kw 3 1,000 1.73 3 V 3 cos θ

kw 3 1,000 V

Amperes When Kilovoltamperes are Known (I)

kva 3 1,000 V

kva 3 1,000 23V

kva 3 1,000 1.73 3 V

kva 3 1,000 V

Horsepower Output

* In two-phase three-wire circuits, the current in the common conductor is 1.41 times that in either phase conductor. NOTATION cos θ 5 Power factor of load (pf) V 5 Volts between conductors Eff. 5 Efficiency of motor

©Anixter Inc. 1996

222

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

13.2 Resistance and Weight of Conductors The resistance and weight of any uncoated copper wire at 20°C (68°F) having a conductivity of 100% IACS may be calculated from the following formulas: Ohms per 1,000 feet 5

0.0081455 10371.176 or Cross- sectional area in sq. in. Cross- sectional area in circ. mils

Pounds per 1,000 feet 5 Area in sq. in. 3 3,854.09 or Area in circ. mils 3 0.0030269

13.3 Resistance, Inductance, and Capacitance in AC Circuits Table 13.2 –Resistance, inductance, and capacitance in AC circuits If Circuit Contains:

Reactance is:

Impedance is:

“V” for a Current “I” is:

Power Factor is:

Resistance (R)

0

R

IR

1

Inductance (L)

2 pfL

2 pfL

I2 pfL

0

1 2 pfC

1 2 pfC

1 2 pfC

0

Capacitance (C)

I

Resistance & Inductance in Series (R & L)

2 pfL

R 2 1 (2p fL)2

Resistance & Capacitance in Series (R & C)

1 2 pfC

R 1 1   2 pfC

Resistance, Inductance & 1 Capacitance 2 pfL 2 2 pfC in Series (R & L & C)

2

I R 1 1   2 pfC

2

 2 pfL 2 1   2 pfC 

V 5 Voltage in volts f 5 Frequency in cycles per second C 5 Capacitance in farads

R R 1 (2 pfL)2

I R 2 1 (2 pfL)2

2

R

2

R2 1  1   2 pfC

2

2

I R 1  2 pfL 2 1   2 pfC  2

I 5 Current in amperes R 5 Resistance in ohms π 5 3.1416 223

2

2

R  R 2 1  2 pfL 2

1  2 pfC 

2

L 5 Inductance in henries

©Anixter Inc. 1996

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

13.4 Series and Parallel Connections Table 13.3 –Series and parallel connections Resistance (R)

Inductance (L)

Capacitance (C)

Series

R 5 R1 1 R 2 1 R 3 1 . . .

L 5 L1 1 L 2 1 L 3 1 . . .

1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1... C C1 C2 C3

Parallel

1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1... R R1 R2 R3

1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1... L L1 L2 L3

C 5 C1 1 C 2 1 C 3 1 . . .

13.5 Engineering Notation Table 13.4 –Engineering notation Multiplying Factor Prefix

Symbol

Scientific

Conventional

12

tera giga mega

T G M

10 109 106

1,000,000,000,000 1,000,000,000 1,000,000

kilo hecto deca

k h da

103 102 101

1,000 100 10

deci centi milli

d c m

10-1 10-2 10-3

0.1 0.01 0.001

micro nano pico

µ n p

10-6 10-9 10-12

0.000001 0.000000001 0.000000000001

femto atto

f a

10-15 10-18

0.000000000000001 0.000000000000000001

©Anixter Inc. 1996

224

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS Table 13.5 –Engineering notation e 5 2.7183 p 5 3.1416 Ïw 2 5 1.4142 Ïw 3 5 1.7321 p/4 5 0.7854 1/C 5 one conductor

sinh x 5 (ex 2 e-x)/2 x -x cosh x 5 (e 1 e )/2

3/C 5 three conductor . greater than # less than or equal to , $

less than greater than or equal to

13.6 Diameter of Multiconductor Cables To calculate the overall diameter of a group of round conductors of uniform diameters twisted together, multipy the diameter of an individual conductor by the applicable factor below: Table 13.6 –Diameter of multiconductor cables Number of Conductors

Factor

1 2 3

1.000 2.000 2.155

4 5 6

2.414 2.700 3.000

7 8 9

3.000 3.310 3.610

225

©Anixter Inc. 1996

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

13.7 Determination of Largest Possible Conductor in Cable Interstices The following factors permit the calculation of the maximum size conductor that will fit into the interstices (open spaces) of various conductor configurations, while keeping within a circumscribing circle. Multiply the diameter of one main conductor by the factor from the chart below to obtain the largest diameter that will fit into the interstices. Table 13.7–Determination of largest possible conductor in cable interstices Number of Main Conductors

Factor

2 3 4

0.667 0.483 0.414

5 6

0.377 0.354

13.8 Conductor Diameter from Wire Diameter To calculate the nominal diameter of any concentric-lay-stranded conductor made from round wires of uniform diameters, multiply the diameter of an individual wire by the applicable factor below: Table 13.8 –Concentric stranded conductor diameter from wire diameter Number of Wires in Conductor

Factor to Calculate Conductor Diameter

3 7 12

2.155 3.000 4.155

19 37 61

5.000 7.000 9.000

91 127 169

11.00 13.00 15.00

217 271

17.00 19.00

For a greater number of wires use the formula: Conductor Diameter 5 Wire Diameter 3 Ïw 1.w 2 7w 3w 3wNo. wwowfw Wi wrw es· ©Anixter Inc. 1996

226

13. FORMULAS AND CONSTANTS

13.9 Coaxial Capacitance C5

7.354 e0 Log10 (1 1 2t /D)

Where C e0 t D

is is is is

Capacitance in picofarads per foot the Dielectric constant (SIC) Insulation thickness in mils Diameter over the conductor (diameter under the insulation) in mils

227

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

14.1 European Union (EU) Standards 14.1.1 CENELEC 14.1.2 CENELEC Cable Identification 14.1.3 CENELEC Color Codes 14.1.4 CENELEC Copper Conductors 14.1.5 CEN 14.1.6 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations

232 234 236 237 240 240

14.2 Austrian Standards 14.2.1 ÖVE 14.2.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration

241 241

14.3 Belgian Standards 14.3.1 CEBEC 14.3.2 IBN/NBT 14.3.3 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations

242 242 243

14.4 Danish Standards 14.4.1 DEMKO 14.4.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration

244 244

14.5 French Standards 14.5.1 UTE 14.5.2 AFN 14.5.3 CIGRE 14.5.4 CNET 14.5.5 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations

245 245 245 245 245

14.6 German Standards 14.6.1 DIN 14.6.2 VDE 14.6.3 DKE 14.6.4 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations

247 248 249 249

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE (CONT)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

14.7 Irish Standards 14.7.1 NSAI 14.7.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

250 250

14.8 Italian Standards 14.8.1 IMQ 14.8.2 CEI 14.8.3 CESI 14.8.4 UNEL 14.8.5 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

251 251 251 251 252

14.9 Dutch Standards 14.9.1 KEMA 14.9.2 NEC 14.9.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

252 253 253

14.10 Norwegian Standards 14.10.1 NEMKO 14.10.2 NTRA 14.10.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

254 254 254

14.11 Portuguese Standards 14.11.1 IPQ 14.11.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

255 255

14.12 Spanish Standards 14.12.1 AEE 14.12.2 AENC 14.12.3 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations

256 256 256

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE (CONT)

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

14.13 Swedish Standards 14.13.1 SEMKO 14.13.2 ITS 14.13.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

257 257 257

14.14 Swiss Standards 14.14.1 SNV 14.14.2 PTT 14.14.3 TZV VS 14.14.4 SEV 14.14.5 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

258 258 259 259 259

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.1 European Union (EU) Standards 14.1.1 CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization 2 rue Brederode 1000 Brussels, Belgium Tel: 32-2-550-0811 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

EN 50020 HD 21 HD 22 HD 359

Intrinsically Safe Electrical Apparatus PVC Insulated Wire & Cable Rubber Insulated Cables of Rated Voltages Up To and Including 450/750 V Flexible Elevator Cables

CENELEC has adopted common standards so the European community would have certain types of compatible cable. CENELEC adopts existing IEC standards whenever possible. As a result, HD-21 and HD-22 CENELEC committee documents are based on relevant IEC specifications. The member countries adopt these standards without any fundamental changes. Each country’s testing authority can do its own testing for a manufacturer to obtain HAR (Harmonized) approval. For example, in Germany the established specifications have been published as: • DIN 57281/VDE 0281 Specification for wire and cable for power circuits with thermoplastic insulation based on PVC. • DIN 57282/VDE 0282 Specification for wire and cable for power circuits with rubber insulation. German regulations in VDE 0250 refer to wire and cable which has been replaced by newer types complying with the harmonized regulations. The older types are no longer standard in the industry. The countries in Table 14.1 are permanent CENELEC members that recognize the HAR mark. When wire and cable is manufactured in a CENELEC country and is marked with the HAR approval on the jacket, it may be used interchangeably in the member countries. The HAR identification mark is applied along with the marks of origin and testing authority, to at least one conductor or the outer jacket. For example, Siemens products are marked: SIEMENS v VDE x v HAR x. In addition, there are country identification threads which are colored Black, Red, and Yellow. The different lengths of the colors indicate the nationality of the testing authority. For example, Black 3 cm (1.2 inches) long, Red 1 cm (0.4 inches) long, and Yellow 1 cm (0.4 inches) long, indicates Germany.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

232

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.1–CENELEC harmonized approvals in the European Union

CENELEC MEMBER COUNTRY

Harmonized Marks (Imprint or Embossing on Jacket or Insulation)

Licensing Body/ Certification Agency

Harmonized Marks (Black-Red-Yellow Identification Thread on Inside of Jacket) Black

Red

Yellow

Inches cm Inches cm Inches cm

Austria

Österreichischer Verband v ÖVEx v HARx für Elektrotechnik (ÖVE)

1.181

3

0.394

1

1.969

5

Belgium

Comité Electrotechnique Belge (CEBEC)

CEBEC v HARx

0.394

1

1.181

3

0.394

1

Denmark

Danmarks Elektriske Materielkontroll

v DEMKOx v HARx 1.181

3

0.394

1

1.181

3

France

Union Technique de l’Electricité (UTE)

Germany

UTE v HARx

1.181

3

1.181

3

0.394

1

Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (VDE)

v VDEx v HARx

1.181

3

0.394

1

0.394

1

Ireland

National Standards Authority of Ireland (NSAI)

v IIRSx v HARx

1.181

3

1.181

3

1.969

5

Italy

Istituto Italiano del Marchio de Qualita (IMQ)

IEMMEQU v HARx

0.394

1

1.181

3

1.969

5

KEMA-KEUR v HARx 0.394

1

1.181

3

1.181

3

v NEMKOxv HARx 0.394

1

0.394

1

2.756

7

Netherlands N.V. tot Keuring van Elektrotechnische Materialen (KEMA) Norway

Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll (NEMKO)

Spain

Asociación Electrotécnica eUNEe v HARx y Electrónica Española (AEE)

1.181

3

0.394

1

2.756

7

Sweden

v SEMKOx v HARx 0.394 Svenska Elektriska Materielkontrollanstalter (SEMKO)

1

0.394

1

1.963

5

United Kingdom

British Approvals Service BASEC v HARx for Electric Cables

1

0.394

1

1.181

3

233

0.394

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.1.2 CENELEC Cable Identification

Type of Cable H A

Harmonized standards Recognized national standards

Rated Voltage U0 / U 03 05 07

300/300 V 300/500 V 450/750 V

Insulating and sheathing material V R S E G N J T Q X N4

PVC Natural or synthetic rubber Silicone rubber Polyethylene EVA (ethylene vinyl acetate) Polychloroprene (neoprene) Glass fiber braid Textile braid Polyurethane Cross-lined polyethylene CSP — Chlorosulfonated polyethylene

Special constructions H H2

flat construction - divisible flat construction - nondivisible

Conductor form U R K F H Y

Rigid, round conductor, solid Rigid, round conductor, stranded Flexible conductor for fixed installations Flexible conductor of a flexible cable Highly flexible conductor of a flexible cable Tinsel conductor

Number of conductors Green/yellow conductor for earthing X G

without earthing conductor with earthing conductor

Nominal cross section of the conductors

Figure 14.1–CENELEC cable identification code

©Anixter Inc. 1996

234

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE PART 1

PART 2

PART 3

Harmonized type Rated voltage 450/750 V

Rubber insulated Neoprene jacketed Fine-stranded, flexible

3 conductors With protective ground conductor Conductor size 2.5 mm2

Figure 14.2 –Example of a CENELEC cable identification code Below are CENELEC identification codes for some common harmonized cable types: CENELEC HARMONIZED ID CODE

H03VH-H . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC Flexible Figure “8” Cable H03VV-F2 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300 V, 2 Core H03VV-F3 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300 V, 3 Core H03VVH2-F2 . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300 V, 2 Core Oval H05RR-F2 . . . . . . . . . . . Rubber/Rubber Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 2 Core H05RR-F3 . . . . . . . . . . . Rubber/Rubber Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 3 Core H05RR-F4 . . . . . . . . . . . Rubber/Rubber Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 4 Core H05RR-F5 . . . . . . . . . . . Rubber/Rubber Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 5 Core H05V-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC Single Conductor Building Wire, 450/750 V H05VV-F2 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 2 Core H05VV-F3 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 3 Core H05VV-F4 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 4 Core H05VV-F5 . . . . . . . . . . . PVC/PVC Flexible Mains Cable, 300/500 V, 5 core H07V-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC Appliance Wire, 450/750 V, Single Conductor H07V-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC Single Conductor Building Wire, 450/750 V H07V-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC Single Conductor Building Wire, 450/750 V, Solid Copper H05VVH2-F . . . . . . . . . . Flat Flexible Elevator Cable

235

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.1.3 CENELEC Color Codes Through CENELEC, the EU countries have established the following color code systems. “Green/yellow” indicates green insulation with a yellow stripe: • FOR FLEXIBLE CABLES:

1 conductor 2 conductor 3 conductor

all colors except yellow, green, white or grey brown and light blue green/yellow, brown and light blue

4 conductor 5 conductor .5 conductors

green/yellow, black, light blue and brown green/yellow, black, light blue, brown and black one conductor green/yellow (placed in the outer layer), the other ones black with white number

• FOR FIXED INSTALLATIONS WITHOUT A GREEN/YELLOW EARTH CONDUCTOR:

1 conductor 2 conductor 3 conductor

all colors except yellow, green, white or grey black and light blue black, light blue and brown

4 conductor 5 conductor .5 conductors

black, light blue, brown and black black, light blue, brown, black and black all conductors black with white numbers

• FOR FIXED INSTALLATIONS WITH A GREEN/YELLOW EARTH CONDUCTOR:

1 conductor 2 conductor 3 conductor

all colors except yellow, green, white or grey light blue and black green/yellow, black and light blue

4 conductor 5 conductor .5 conductors

green/yellow, black, light blue and brown green/yellow, black, light blue, brown and black one conductor green/yellow (placed in the outer layer), the other ones black with white numbers

©Anixter Inc. 1996

236

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.1.4 CENELEC Copper Conductors In the EU, the number of wires in a conductor (the fineness of the strand) is indicated by a numeral instead of by a letter as with the U.S. system. For example, a Class 6 conductor has more wires than a Class 5. Tables 14.2 through 14.5 give the DC resistance for some common conductor sizes and stranding types. Table 14.2 –DC resistance of Class 1 (solid) copper conductors NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

MINIMUM NUMBER OF WIRES

2

mm

1.5 2.5 4

APPROXIMATE DIAMETER OF WIRE

MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C

mm

ohms/km

1 1 1

1.38 1.78 2.25

12.10 7.41 4.61

6 10 16

1 1 1

2.76 3.57 4.50

3.08 1.83 1.15

25 35

1 1

5.65 6.60

0.727 0.524

Table 14.3 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 2 copper conductors MINIMUM NUMBER OF WIRES NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

CIRCULAR

COMPACT CIRCULAR OR SECTOR SHAPED

2

ohms/km

mm

1.5 2.5 4

MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C

7 7 7

– – –

12.10 7.41 4.61

6 10 16

7 7 7

– – 6

3.08 1.83 1.15

25 35 50

7 7 19

6 6 6

0.727 0.524 0.387

70 95 120

19 19 37

12 15 18

0.268 0.193 0.153 Continued 237

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.3 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 2 copper conductors Continued MINIMUM NUMBER OF WIRES NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

CIRCULAR

COMPACT CIRCULAR OR SECTOR SHAPED

2

MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C ohms/km

mm

150 185 240

37 37 61

18 30 34

0.124 0.0991 0.0754

300 400 500

61 61 61

34 53 53

0.0601 0.0470 0.0366

630 800 1,000

91 91 91

53 53 53

0.0283 0.0221 0.0176

Table 14.4 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 5 (flexible) copper conductors MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF WIRES

PLAIN COPPER

TINNED COPPER

2

mm

ohms/km

ohms/km

0.5 0.75 1

0.21 0.21 0.21

39 26 19.5

40.1 26.7 20

1.5 2.5 4

0.26 0.26 0.31

13.3 7.98 4.95

13.7 8.21 5.09

6 10 16

0.31 0.41 0.41

3.30 1.91 1.21

3.39 1.95 1.24

25 35 50

0.41 0.41 0.41

0.780 0.554 0.386

0.795 0.565 0.393

70 95 120

0.51 0.51 0.51

0.272 0.206 0.161

0.277 0.210 0.164

mm

Continued ©Anixter Inc. 1996

238

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.4 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 5 (flexible) copper conductors Continued MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF WIRES

PLAIN COPPER

TINNED COPPER

mm

ohms/km

ohms/km

150 185 240

0.51 0.51 0.51

0.129 0.106 0.0801

0.132 0.108 0.0817

300 400 500

0.51 0.51 0.61

0.0641 0.0486 0.0384

0.0654 0.0495 0.0391

2

mm

Table 14.5 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 6 (highly flexible) copper conductors MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE

MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF WIRES

PLAIN COPPER

TINNED COPPER

mm

mm

ohms/km

ohms/km

0.5 0.75 1

0.16 0.16 0.16

39 26 19.5

40.1 26.7 20

1.5 2.5 4

0.16 0.16 0.16

13.3 7.98 4.95

13.7 8.21 5.09

6 10 16

0.21 0.21 0.21

3.30 1.91 1.21

3.39 1.95 1.24

25 35 50

0.21 0.21 0.31

0.780 0.554 0.386

0.795 0.565 0.393

70 95 120

0.31 0.31 0.31

0.272 0.206 0.161

0.277 0.210 0.164

2

Continued

239

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.5 –DC resistance and stranding of Class 6 (highly flexible) copper conductors Continued MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE AT 20°C NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE 2

mm

MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF WIRES

PLAIN COPPER

TINNED COPPER

mm

ohms/km

ohms/km

150 185 240

0.31 0.31 0.31

0.129 0.106 0.0801

0.132 0.108 0.0817

300

0.31

0.0641

0.0654

14.1.5 CEN European Committee for Standardization 2 rue Brederode 1000, Brussels, Belgium Tel: 32-2-550-0811 14.1.6 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations Table 14.6 –EU supply voltages FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220

50

250

Table 14.7–EU power plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

“Schuko” European CEE 7

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

©Anixter Inc. 1996

240

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.2 Austrian Standards 14.2.1 ÖVE Österreichischer Verband Für Elektrotechnik Vienna Austria Tel: 43-1-587-6373 Fax: 43-1-586-7408 14.2.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration Table 14.8 –Austrian supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances that are not double insulated. Table 14.9 –Austrian plug configuration Jack

Plug

Description

“Schuko” European CEE 7

241

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.3 Belgian Standards 14.3.1 CEBEC Comité Electrotechnique Belge Brussels Belgium Tel: 32-2-556-0020 Fax: 32-2-556-0034

CEBEC

14.3.2 IBN/NBT Institut Belge de Normalisation Rue Van Orley, 5 1000 Bruxelles Belgium Tel: 32-2-217-2459 Fax: 32-2-223-1188 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NBN C.33.111

Armored cables insulated with impregnated paper for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN 146

Lead-sheathed, paper-insulated telephone and signaling cables for industrial and private networks.

NBN C.33.112

Lead-sheathed, armored, paper-insulated cables for networks rated from 25 to 75 kV.

NBN C.33.121

Armored, PVC insulated cables for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN 751

Armored, polyethylene insulated cables for telephone networks.

NBN 759

Armored, PVC insulated cables for signaling networks.

NBN C.33.221

Armored, aluminum conductor, PVC insulated cables for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN C.33.321

Insulated, preassembled aerial conductors for low voltage distribution and branch circuits.

NBN C.33.211

Armored, aluminum conductor cables insulated with impregnated paper for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN C.33.322

PVC and XLP cables for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN C.33.222

PVC insulated cable assemblies with noninsulated neutral for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy.

NBN 10

Stranded cables insulated with rubber.

NBN 10.01

Flexible cables insulated with rubber.

NBN 458.01

Flexible cables insulated with PVC.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

242

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.3.3 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations Table 14.10 –Belgian supply voltages FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50 50

127/220 220/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances. Table 14.11–Belgian plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

Belgium Socket CEE 7/7 plug

243

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.4 Danish Standards 14.4.1 DEMKO Danmarks Elektriske Materielkontrol Copenhagen Denmark Tel: 45-4-494-7266 14.4.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration Table 14.12 –Danish supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

Table 14.13 –Danish plug configuration Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

©Anixter Inc. 1996

244

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.5 French Standards 14.5.1 UTE Union Technique de l’Electricité Immeuble Lavoisier 92052 Paris La Defense Cedex France Tel: 33-1-46-91-11-11 Fax: 33-1-47-89-47-75 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NF C32-207

Insulated Cables Covered with a Light PVC Sheath and Rated 300/500 V

NF C33-209

Cable Assemblies for Overhead Systems Rated 0.6/1 kV

14.5.2 AFN Association Française de Normalisation Tour Europe CEDEX 7 92080 Paris La Defense France 14.5.3 CIGRE Conference International des Grands Reseaux Electriques a Haute Tension 3-5 Rue de Metz F-75010 Paris France Tel: 33-1-42-46-50-85 Fax: 33-1-42-46-58-27 14.5.4 CNET DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

DEC-0611/C

Smoke Corrosiveness Test

245

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.5.5 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations Table 14.14 –French supply voltages FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/230 127/220

Table 14.15 –French plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

French Socket CEE 7/7 plug

“Schuko” European CEE 7

British Standard BS 1363

©Anixter Inc. 1996

246

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.6 German Standards 14.6.1 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung Burggrafenstrasse 6 D-10787 Berlin Germany Tel: 49-30-260-10 Fax: 49-30-260-11231 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

0888

Optical Waveguides for Telecommunication Systems

Table 14.16 –DIN 47100 color code for single conductors CONDUCTOR NO.

COLOR

CONDUCTOR NO.

COLOR

1 2 3

45 46 47

white brown green

23 24 25

white/red brown/red white/black

4 5 6

48 49 50

yellow grey pink

26 27 28

brown/black grey/green yellow/green

7 8 9

51 52 53

blue red black

29 30 31

pink/green yellow/pink green/blue

10 11 12

54 55 56

violet grey/pink red/blue

32 33 34

yellow/blue green/red yellow/red

13 14 15

57 58 59

white/green brown/green white/yellow

35 36 37

green/black yellow/black grey/blue

16 17 18

60 61

yellow/brown white/grey grey/brown

38 39 40

pink/blue grey/red pink/red

19 20 21

white/pink pink/brown white/blue

41 42 43

grey/black pink/black blue/black

22

brown/blue

44

red/black

247

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.17–DIN 47100 color code for paired conductors PAIR NO.

WIRE A

WIRE B

1 2 3

23 24 25

45 46 47

white green grey

brown yellow pink

4 5 6

26 27 28

48 49 50

blue black grey/pink

red violet red/blue

7 8 9

29 30 31

51 52 53

white/green white/yellow white/grey

brown/green yellow/brown grey/brown

10 11 12

32 33 34

54 55

white/pink white/blue white/red

pink/brown brown/blue brown/red

13 14 15

35 36 37

white/black grey/green pink/green

brown/black yellow/grey yellow/pink

16 17 18

38 39 40

green/blue green/red green/black

yellow/blue yellow/red yellow/black

19 20 21

41 42 43

grey/blue grey/red grey/black

pink/blue pink/red pink/black

22

44

blue/black

red/black

14.6.2 VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (German Electrotechnical Society) Merianstrasse 29 D-63069 Offenbach (Frankfurt), Germany Tel: 49-69-840-0060 Fax: 49-69-840-00655

V D E

DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

VDE 0472 part 813

Corrosivity of combustion gases

VDE 0281

Wire and cable for power circuits with thermoplastic insulation based on PVC

VDE 0282

Wire and cable for power circuits with rubber insulation

VDE 0293

Identification of conductors in cables and flexible cords used in power installations rated up to 1,000 V

VDE 0295

Conductors of cables, wires, and flexible cords for power installation

©Anixter Inc. 1996

248

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.6.3 DKE Deutsche Elektrotechnische Kommission im DIN und VDE Stresemannallee 15 D-60596 Frankfurt 70 Germany Tel: 49-69-630-80 Fax: 49-69-630-8273 14.6.4 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.18 –German supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

Table 14.19 –German plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

249

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.7 Irish Standards 14.7.1 NSAI National Standards Authority of Ireland FORBAIRT - Glasnevin Dublin 9 Ireland Tel: 353-1-837-0101 Fax: 353-1-857-0441 14.7.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.20 –Irish supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances. Table 14.21–Irish plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

“Schuko” European CEE 7

British Standard BS 1363

©Anixter Inc. 1996

250

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.8 Italian Standards 14.8.1 IMQ Istituto Italiano del Marchio de Qualita Via Quintiliano, 43 20L38 Milano Italy Tel: 39-2-50731 Fax: 39-2-5073271 14.8.2 CEI Comitato Tecnico Italiano Viale Monza 259 20L56 Milano Italy Tel: 39-02-257-731 Fax: 39-2-25-773-210 14.8.3 CESI Centro Elettrotecnico Sperimentale Italiano Via Rubbattino 54 20134 Milano Italy Tel: 39-2-212-5340 Fax: 39-2-212-5481 14.8.4 UNEL Unificazione Electretechnia

251

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.8.5 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.22 –Italian supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances. The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. Frequency tolerance: 62%; voltage tolerance: 610%. Table 14.23 –Italian plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

14.9 Dutch Standards 14.9.1 KEMA N.V. tot Keuring van Elektrotechnische Materialen Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem Post Office Box 9035 6800 ET Arnhem Netherlands Tel: 31-85-56-91-11 Fax: 31-85-51-56-06

©Anixter Inc. 1996

252

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.9.2 NEC Netherlands Electro-Technical Committee Post Office Box 5059 2600 Delft Netherlands Tel: 31-15-690-128 Fax: 31-15-690-242 14.9.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.24 –Dutch supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. Table 14.25 –Dutch plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

253

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.10 Norwegian Standards 14.10.1 NEMKO Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll 0371 Oslo Norway Tel: 47-2-296-0330 Fax: 47-2-296-8636 14.10.2 NTRA Post Office Box 2592 Solli 0203 Oslo 2 Norway Tel: 47-2-926-675 Fax: 47-2-441-177 14.10.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.26 –Norwegian supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

230

Table 14.27–Norwegian plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

©Anixter Inc. 1996

254

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.11 Portuguese Standards 14.11.1 IPQ Instituto Portugues da Qualidade Rue José Estevao, 83 A 1199 Lisboa Codex Portugal Tel: 351-1-52-3978 Fax: 351-1-53-0033 14.11.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.28 –Portuguese supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

230/380

Table 14.29 –Portuguese plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

Old British Standard BS 546

255

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.12 Spanish Standards 14.12.1 AEE Asociación Electrotécnica y Electrónica Española Spain 14.12.2 AENC Asociación Española de Normalización y Certificación Fernandez de la Hoz 52 28010 Madrid Spain Phone: 34-1-310-4961 Fax: 34-1-140-4976 14.12.3 Supply Voltages and Plug Configurations Table 14.30 –Spanish supply voltages FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

127/220 220/380

A grounding conductor is required for the 220/380 voltage. Table 14.31–Spanish plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

Old British Standard BS 546

©Anixter Inc. 1996

256

UNE

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE

14.13 Swedish Standards 14.13.1 SEMKO Svenska Electriska Materiel Kontrollanstalten Box 1103 S-16422 Kista Sweden Tel: 46-8-750-0000 Fax: 46-8-750-0303 14.13.2 ITS Information Technology Standardization Electrum 235 16440 Kista Sweden Phone: 46-8-793-9000 Fax: 46-8-751-5363 14.13.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.32 –Swedish supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

230/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances.

257

©Anixter Inc. 1996

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE Table 14.33 –Swedish plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

14.14 Swiss Standards 14.14.1 SNV Schweizerische Normen Vereinigung (Swiss Standards Association) Postfach 8032 Zurich Switzerland Tel: 41-1-254-5454 Fax: 41-1-254-5474 14.14.2 PTT Swiss Postal and Telephone Agency 3030 Bern Switzerland DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

844.13

Standard for the Fabrication and Delivery of Hookup Wire and Standardized Communication Cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

258

14. CONTINENTAL EUROPE 14.14.3 TZV VS Fachgremium für Technische Normierung 3000 Berne 29 Switzerland Phone: 41-31-622-713 Fax: 41-31-625-747 14.14.4 SEV Schweizerischer Elektrotechnischer Verein Switzerland 14.14.5 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 14.34 –Swiss supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

220/380

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances. Table 14.35 –Swiss plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

“Schuko” European CEE 7

259

©Anixter Inc. 1996

15. UNITED KINGDOM

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

15.1 Standards Organizations 15.1.1 BSI 15.1.2 BASEC 15.1.3 BBC 15.1.4 British Coal 15.1.5 BNFL 15.1.6 BRB 15.1.7 British Telecom 15.1.8 Department of the Environment 15.1.9 Department of Transport 15.1.10 ERA Technology Ltd. 15.1.11 EA 15.1.12 IEE 15.1.13 London Underground Limited 15.1.14 Ministry of Defense 15.1.15 Ministry of Defense (Navy)

262 264 264 265 265 265 266 266 267 267 268 268 268 269 269

15.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations 15.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

270

15. UNITED KINGDOM

15.1 Standards Organizations 15.1.1 BSI British Standards Institution 389 Chiswick High Road London W4 4AL England Tel: 44-181-996-9000 Fax: 44-181-996-7400 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

BS2G 210 BS23 BS115

PTFE insulated equipment wires with silver-plated conductors Copper and copper-cadmium trolley and contact wire for electric traction Metallic resistance materials for electric purposes

BS125

Hard-drawn copper and copper-cadmium conductors for overhead power transmission purposes Hard-drawn copper and copper-cadmium wire for telegraph and telephone purposes Copper binding and jointing wires for telegraph and telephone purposes

BS174 BS176 BS177 BS182 BS183 BS215

Copper and copper-cadmium tapes and binders for telegraph and telephone purposes Galvanized line-wire for telegraph and telephone purposes General purpose galvanized steel wire strand

BS443 BS638

Aluminum conductors and aluminum conductors, steel-reinforced, for overhead power transmission Galvanized coatings on wire Welding Cables

BS1117 BS1432 BS2316

Bare fine resistance wire for precision electrical equipment Copper for electrical purposes; strip with drawn or rolled edges Radio frequency cables

BS2627 BS2755

Wrought aluminum for electrical purposes wire Copper and copper-cadmium-stranded conductors for overhead electric traction systems Copper and copper alloys wire

BS2873 BS3242 BS3573 BS4393 BS4565 BS4579 BS4066

Aluminum alloy stranded conductors for overhead electric traction systems Polyethylene-insulated copper conductor telecommunication distribution cables Tin or tin-lead-coated copper wire Galvanized steel wire for aluminum conductors, steel reinforced Performance of mechanical and compression joints in electric cable and wire connectors Flame-retardant tests of electric cables Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

262

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.1 BSI British Standards Institution 389 Chiswick High Road London W4 4AL England Tel: 44-181-996-9000 Fax: 44-181-996-7400 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

BS4109

Copper for electrical purposes. Wire for general electrical purpose and for insulated cables and flexible cords PVC-insulated split concentric cables with copper conductors for electric supply L.F. cables and wires with PVC insulation and PVC sheath for telecommunication

BS4553 BS4808 BS4990 BS5055 BS5099

Copper-clad aluminum conductors in insulated cables PVC-insulated and elastomer-insulated cables for electric signs and highvoltage luminous-discharge-tube installations Spark testing of electric cables

BS5308 BS5425 BS5467

Instrumentation cables Specification for coaxial cables for wire distribution systems Specification for armored cables with thermosetting insulation for electricity supply

BS5468 BS5469 BS6004

Specification for cross-linked polyethylene insulation of electric cables Specification for hard ethylene propylene rubber insulation of electric cables PVC-insulated cables for electric power and lighting

BS6141 BS6195 BS6207

Insulated cables and flexible cords for use in high temperature zones Insulated flexible cables and cords for coil leads Mineral-insulated cables

BS6231 BS6346 BS6360

PVC-insulated cables for switchgear and control gear wiring PVC-insulated cables for electricity supply Conductors in insulated cables and cords

BS6387 BS6480 BS6500

Cable test for circuit integrity under fire conditions Impregnated paper-insulated cables for electricity supply Insulated flexible cords

BS6708 BS6746 BS6853

Specification for trailing cables for mining purposes PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables 3 meter cube smoke apparatus Continued

263

©Anixter Inc. 1996

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.1 BSI British Standards Institution 389 Chiswick High Road London W4 4AL England Tel: 44-181-996-9000 Fax: 44-181-996-7400 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

BS6862 BS6883 BS6899

Cables for vehicles Elastomer-insulated cable for fixed wiring in ships Rubber insulation and sheath of electric cables

BS6977 PD6455

Flexible cables for electric and hydraulic elevators Metric dimensions for l.f. cables and wires for telecommunications

15.1.2 BASEC British Approvals Service for Electric Cables Maylands Avenue Homel Hempstead, Hertfordshire HP2 4SQ England Tel: 44-190-869-1121 Contact: Milton Keynes 15.1.3 BBC British Broadcasting Company 56 Wood Lane London W12 7RJ England Tel: 44-171-580-4468 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

PSF 1/2M PSF 1/3M PSF 2/9M

Video Cable Video Cable Microphone Cable

PSF 4/1M PSF 1/9M

Microphone Cable Flexible Camera Cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

264

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.4 British Coal (formerly NCB) Ashby Road Stanthorpe Bretby Burton-on-Trent Staffordshire DE15 0QD England Tel: 44-128-355-0500 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NCB188 BCS295 NCB504

Flexible trailing cables for use with coalcutters and similar purposes PVC insulated, wire armored and PVC sheathed cables Flexible trailing cables with galvanized steel pliable armoring

NCB505 NCB653

Flexible trailing cables for use with drills Flexible multicore screened auxiliary cables with galvanized steel pliable armoring

15.1.5 BNFL British Nuclear Fuels Limited Engineering Division Risley Warrington WA3 6AS England Tel: 44-192-583-2000 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

PM73479

Cables for electricity supply and control having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire

15.1.6 BRB British Railways Board Railway Technical Centre London Road Derby DE24 8UP England Tel: 44-133-234-2442 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

BR 872 DC 112 TDE/76/P/16

Flame Retardant Compound Insulated Cables for Railway Signalling Track Feeder Cable for DC Electrified Lines Single Core Cables for Traction and Rolling Stock (Cross-linked Polyolefin Types)

TDE/74/P/74 BRB/RIA 10 BRB/LUL/RIA 21

Internal Cabling for Electronic Equipment Twin and Multicore Jumper Cables for Diesel and Electric Vehicles Single Core Cables for Installation on Traction and Rolling Stock (Rubber Types) 265

©Anixter Inc. 1996

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.7 British Telecom 81 Newgate Street London EC1A 7AJ England Tel: 44-171-356-5000 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

2001 2002 2003A

Coaxial cable Coaxial cable Coaxial cable

CW135 CW193 CW210

See CW 1293 & 1308 See CW 1293 & 1308 See CW 1293 & 1308

CW1109 CW1128

Single, twin and triple jumper wire for electronic equipment Polyethylene insulated and sheathed, jelly-filled, twisted-pair telephone cable for outdoor use (up to & including 100 pairs) External telephone cable

CW1198 CW1229 CW1236 CW1252

Coaxial cable Polyethylene insulated and sheathed, jelly-filled, twisted-pair telephone cable for outdoor use (above 100 pairs) Self-supporting aerial telephone cable

CW1257 CW1293 CW1308

Jumper wire Internal telephone cable PVC-insulated and sheathed telephone cable for indoor use

CW1311 CW1316 CW1378

Telephone cordage Undercarpet telephone cable Drop wire No. 10

CW1600

“LFH” insulated and sheathed telephone cable for indoor use

15.1.8 Department of the Environment DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

M&E 42

Aviation ground lighting. Single core 6 mm2 (2,000 volt) PVC-sheathed cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

266

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.9 Department of Transport Tollgate House Houlton Street Bristol BS2 9DJ England Tel: 44-117-921-8811 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

TR 1173

Multipair communications cable, polyethylene-insulated, polyethylenesheathed, armored Power cable for motorway communication systems (split concentric, armored) Inductive loop cable for vehicle detection systems

TR 1238 TR 2029

15.1.10 ERA Technology Ltd. Cleeve Road Leatherhead Surrey KT22 7SA England Tel: 44-137-237-4151 Fax: 44-137-237-4496 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

ERA 69-30 Part I

Sustained current ratings for paper-insulated, lead-sheathed cables

ERA 69-30 Part III

Sustained current ratings for PVC insulated cables

ERA 69-30 Part V

Sustained current ratings for cables with thermosetting insulation

ERA 93-0233R

User’s guide to power cable fault location

267

©Anixter Inc. 1996

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.11 EA (Formerly ESI) Electricity Association 30 Millbank Street London SW1P 4RD England Tel: 44-171-963-5700 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

09-6 09-7

Auxiliary multicore and multipair cables PVC-insulated concentric service cables with stranded copper conductors and copper concentric conductors Impregnated paper insulated 600/1,000 volt cable with three solid aluminum phase conductors and aluminum sheath/neutral conductor (CONSAC)

09-8

09-12 43-13

Impregnated paper insulated corrugated aluminum sheathed 6,350/11,000 volt cable (PICAS) Aerial bundled conductors (ABC) insulated with cross-linked polyethylene for low voltage overhead distribution

15.1.12 IEE Institution of Electrical Engineers Savoy Place London WC2R 0BL England Tel: 44-171-240-1871 15.1.13 London Underground Limited Scientific Services Frank Pick House Bollo Lane Acton, London W3 8RP England Tel: 44-171-724-5600 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

RSE/STD/024 part 6 EME-SP-14-027-A1

Cables for use on rolling stock (“LFII” types) 2, 3 & 4 core SWA cable - low voltage, limited fire hazard (low smoke nonhalogenated), 2.5 mm2 to 300 mm2 Single core cable - insulated nonsheathed, limited fire hazard (low smoke nonhalogenated), 1.5 mm2 to 300 mm2

EME-SP-14-026-A1

©Anixter Inc. 1996

268

15. UNITED KINGDOM 15.1.14 Ministry of Defense Directorate of Standardization Stan 1 Kentigern House 65 Brown Street Glasgow G2 8EX Scotland Tel: 44-141-248-7890 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

DEF.STAN 61-12 part I DEF.STAN 61-12 part 2 DEF.STAN 61-12 part 4

Cables, electrical (insulated flexible cords and flexible cables) Cables, electrical (for power and lighting) Cables, special purpose, electrical (subminiature electric cables)

DEF.STAN 61-12 part 5

Cables, special purpose, electrical, and cables, power, electrical (small multicore cables) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene, or silicone rubber insulated equipment wires PTFE insulated equipment wire

DEF.STAN 61-12 part 6 DEF.STAN 61-12 part 8

DEF.STAN 61-12 part 9 Cables, radio frequency (coaxial) DEF.STAN 61-12 part 18 Equipment wires, low toxicity DEF.STAN 61-12 part 25 Cables, electrical, limited fire hazard, up to conductor size 2.5 mm2

15.1.15 Ministry of Defense Naval Engineering Standards Block E Foxhill Bath BA1 5AB England Tel: 44-122-588-4884 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NES525 NES526

Requirements for electric cables, thin-wall insulated, limited fire hazard Requirements for cables, electric, rubber insulated, limited fire hazard, sheathed for general services Requirements for cables, electric, fire survival, high temperature zones and limited fire hazard, sheathed

NES527

269

©Anixter Inc. 1996

15. UNITED KINGDOM

15.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 15.1–United Kingdom supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

230/400

Table 15.2 –United Kingdom plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

British Standard BS 1363

©Anixter Inc. 1996

270

16. LATIN AND SOUTH AMERICA

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

16.1 Mexican Standards 16.1.1 NOM 16.1.2 ANCE 16.1.3 COTNNIE 16.1.4 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration

272 272 272 273

16.2 Venezuelan Standards 16.2.1 COVENIN

273

16.3 Brazilian Standards 16.3.1 ABNT

274

16.4 Colombian Standards 16.4.1 ICONTEC

274

16. LATIN AND SOUTH AMERICA

16.1 Mexican Standards 16.1.1 NOM Norma Oficial Mexicana Secretaria de Comercio y Fomento Industrial Dirección General de Normas México, D.F. DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NOM-001-SEMP NOM-J-8 NOM-J-12

Installations Intended for the Administration and Use of Electrical Energy Annealing of Tractable Tin-Plated Copper Wire for Electrical Use Electrical Products — Wire and Cables — Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Cable for Electrical Applications

NOM-J-36 NOM-J-93

Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Applications Determination of the Resistance to Fire Propagation on Electrical Conductors — Test Method Crosslinked Polyethylene or Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Shielded Power Cable Rated 5 through 115 kV

NOM-J-142 NOM-J-177 NOM-J-178 NOM-J-186 NOM-J-212 NOM-J-293 NOM-J-294 NOM-J-297 NOM-J-300

Determination of Thickness of Shields, Semiconductors, Insulations and Protective Covers of Electrical Conductors Determination of Tensile Strength and Elongation of Semiconducting Shields, Insulations and Protective Covers of Electrical Conductors Accelerated Heat Aging of Semiconducting Shields, Insulations and Protective Covers of Electrical Conductors Conductors, Electrical Resistance and Resistivity Test Method Electric Products — Insulated Electric Conductors — High-Voltage AC and DC — Test Method Insulation Resistance Test Method Electrical Products — Wires and Cables — Flexible Cords with Copper Conductors for Electrical and Electronic Applications Control Cables with Thermoplastic or Thermosetting Insulation for 600 V and 1,000 V AC and Maximum Conductor Temperature of 75°C and 90°C

16.1.2 ANCE Asociación Nacional de Normalización y Certificación del Sector Eléctrico 16.1.3 COTNNIE Mexican National Electrical Standards

©Anixter Inc. 1996

272

16. LATIN AND SOUTH AMERICA 16.1.4 Supply Voltage and Plug Configuration Table 16.1–Mexican supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

127/220

Table 16.2 –Mexican plug configuration Jack

Plug

Description

North American Ungrounded

16.2 Venezuelan Standards 16.2.1 COVENIN Caracas, Venezuela Contact: Carmen Diaz Suarez Tel: 58-2-575-4111 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

COVENIN #200

Venezuelan National Electrical Standards (Essentially the same as the U.S. National Electrical Code [NFPA 70])

273

©Anixter Inc. 1996

16. LATIN AND SOUTH AMERICA

16.3 Brazilian Standards 16.3.1 ABNT Association of Brazilian Technical Standards (Associação Brazileira De Normas Técnicas) Niteroi, Brazil Contact: Fernando Rosa Tel: 55-21-210-3122 Fax: 55-21-240-8249 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NBR 5410

Electrical Installations for Buildings — Low Voltage — Procedure

NBR 11301

Calculation of the Continuous Current Ratings of Cables at 100% load factor (Based on IEC 287)

16.4 Colombian Standards 16.4.1 ICONTEC Instituto Colombiano de Normas Técnicas (Colombian Institute for Standardization) Bogota, Colombia Tel: 57-1-315-0377 Fax: 57-1-222-1435 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

NTC 2050

Colombian National Electrical Standards (Essentially the same as the U.S. National Electrical Code [NFPA 70])

©Anixter Inc. 1996

274

17. CANADA

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

17.1 Standards Organizations 17.1.1 CSA 17.1.2 SCC

276 278

17.2 Cable Types 17.2 Cable Types

279

17.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations 17.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

287

17.4 Fire Ratings 17.4.1 “FT1” Fire Test 17.4.2 “FT4” Fire Test 17.4.3 “FT6” Fire Test

288 288 288

17. CANADA

17.1 Standards Organizations 17.1.1 CSA Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario M9W1R3 Canada Tel: 416-744-4000 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

C22.1 C22.2 No. 0 C22.2 No. 0.3

Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1 General Requirements—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 2 Test Methods for Electrical Wire and Cables

C22.2 No. 0.6 C22.2 No. 0.7 C22.2 No. 0.8

Flammability Testing of Polymeric Materials Equipment Electrically Connected to a Telecommunication Network Safety Functions Incorporating Electronic Technology

C22.2 No. 0.11 C22.2 No. 0.12

Classification of Polymeric Compounds Wiring Space and Wire Bending Space in Enclosures for Equipment Rated 750 V or Less Insulated Conductors for Power-Operated Electronic Devices

C22.2 No. 16 C22.2 No. 17 C22.2 No. 18 C22.2 No. 21 C22.2 No. 26 C22.2 No. 35

Cable for Luminous-Tube Signs and for Oil and Gas-Burner Ignition Equipment Outlet Boxes, Conduit Boxes, and Fittings Cord Sets and Power Supply Cords

C22.2 No. 38

Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings Extra-Low-Voltage Control Circuit Cables, Low-Energy Control Cable, and Extra-Low-Voltage Control Cable Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables

C22.2 No. 41 C22.2 No. 42 C22.2 No. 48

Grounding and Bonding Equipment General Use Receptacles, Attachment Plugs, and Similar Wiring Devices Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

C22.2 No. 49 C22.2 No. 51 C22.2 No. 52

Flexible Cords and Cables Armored Cables Service-Entrance Cables

C22.2 No. 56 C22.2 No. 62 C22.2 No. 65

Flexible Metal Conduit and Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Surface Raceways and Lighting Fixture Raceways and Fittings Wire Connectors

C22.2 No. 75 C22.2 No. 96 C22.2 No. 116

Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables Portable Power Cables Coil-Lead Wires Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

276

17. CANADA 17.1.1 CSA Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario M9W1R3 Canada Tel: 416-744-4000 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

C22.2 No. 123 C22.2 No. 124 C22.2 No. 126

Aluminum-Sheathed Cables Mineral-Insulated Cable Cabletroughs and Fittings

C22.2 No. 127 C22.2 No. 129 C22.2 No. 130

Equipment Wires Neutral Supported Cable Heating Cables and Heating Cable Sets

C22.2 C22.2 C22.2 C22.2

Type TECK 90 Cable Heat Tracing Cable and Cable Sets for Use in Hazardous Locations Cables and Cable Glands for Use in Hazardous Locations Airport Series Lighting Cables

No. No. No. No.

131 138 174 179

C22.2 No. 188 C22.2 No. 197 C22.2 No. 198

Splicing Wire and Cable Connectors PVC Insulating Tape Underground Cable Splicing Kits

C22.2 No. 208 C22.2 No. 210 C22.2 No. 211

Fire Alarm and Signal Cable Appliance Wiring Material Products Rigid PVC (Unplasticized) Conduit

C22.2 No. 214 C22.2 No. 222 C22.2 No. 230

Communications Cables Type FCC Under-Carpet Wiring Systems Tray Cables

C22.2 No. 232 C22.2 No. 239 C49.1

Optical Fiber Cables Control and Instrumentation Cables Round Wire, Concentric-Lay, Overhead Electrical Conductors

C49.2 C49.3 C49.4

Compact Aluminum Conductors Steel Reinforced (ACSR) Aluminum Alloy 1350 Round Wire, All Tempers for Electrical Purposes Concentric-Lay Aluminum-Stranded Conductors (ACSC)

C49.5 C49.6 C49.7

Compact Round Concentric-Lay Aluminum-Stranded Conductors (Compact ACSC) Zinc-Coated Steel Wires for Use in Overhead Electrical Conductors Aluminum Round Wires for Use in Overhead Electrical Conductors

C57 C68.1 C68.2

Electrical Power Connectors for use in Overhead Line Conductors Paper-Insulated Power Cable Concentric Neutral Power Cable Continued

277

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA CSA Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario M9W1R3 Canada Tel: 416-744-4000 Continued DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

C68.3 C68.4 C83

Power Cable with Thermoset Insulation Portable Power Cable Communication and Power Line Hardware

C170.2

Polyethylene Protective Covering on Paper-Insulated Metallic-Sheathed Power Cable Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Protective Covering on Paper-Insulated MetallicSheathed Power Cable

C170.3 Z243.12.2

Data Communication-15 Pin DTE/DCE Interface Connector and Pin Assignments

17.1.2 SCC Standards Council of Canada 350 Sparks Street Suite 1203 Ottawa, Ontario KIR 750 Canada Tel: 613-238-3222 Fax: 613-995-4564

©Anixter Inc. 1996

278

17. CANADA

17.2 Cable Types Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For exposed wiring in dry locations only

Armored Cable

TECK90 AC90

90 90

For exposed wiring in dry locations where exposed to corrosive action, if suitable for corrosive conditions encountered

Armored Cable

TECK90

90

For exposed wiring in dry locations where not exposed to mechanical injury

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMD90

90

For exposed wiring in dry locations and in Category 1 and 2 locations, where not exposed to mechanical injury

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMW, NMWU

60

For exposed wiring in dry or damp locations

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

R90

90

Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

TW

60

Nylon Jacketed Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

T90 NYLON

90

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMD90

90 Continued

279

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

Trade Designation

CSA Type Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For exposed wiring in wet locations

Armored Cable

TECK90 ACWU90

90 90

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RW75 RL90, RW90

75 90

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

Mineral-Insulated Cable

MI, LWMI

90

Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

TW TW 75

60 75

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMWU

60

Armored Cable

TECK90

90

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RW75 R90, RW90

75 90

Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

TW, TWU TWU75

60 75

Neutral-Supported Cable

NS-1, NSF-2

75

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMWU

60

For concealed wiring, dry locations only

Armored Cable

TECK90 AC90

90 90

For concealed wiring, dry and damp locations

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMD90

90

For concealed wiring in dry locations and in Category 1 and 2 locations where not exposed to mechanical injury

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMW, NMWU

60

For exposed wiring where exposed to the weather

Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

280

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For concealed wiring in wet locations

Armored Cable

TECK90 ACWU90

90 90

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMWU

60

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

Mineral-Insulated Cable

MI, LWMI

90

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

R90

90

TW

60

Nylon Jacketed Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

T90 NYLON

90

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RW75, RWU75 RW90, RWU90

75 90

Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

TW, TWU TW75, TWU75

60 75

For use in ventilated, nonventilated and ladder type cable trays in dry locations only

Armored Cable

AC90 TECK90

90 90

For use in ventilated, nonventilated and ladder type cable trays in wet locations

Armored Cable

TECK90 ACWU90

90 90

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

Mineral-Insulated Cable

MI, LWMI

90

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Lead-Sheathed Cable

RL90

90

For use in raceways, except cable trays, in dry or damp locations

For use in raceways, except cable trays, in wet locations

Continued

281

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For use in ventilated and nonventilated cable trays in vaults and switch rooms

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RW75 RW90

75 90

For direct earth burial (with protection as required by inspection authority)

Armored Cable

ACWU90 TECK90

90 90

Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable

NMWU

60

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RWU75 RL90, RWU90

75 90

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

Mineral-Insulated Cable

MI, LWMI

90

Thermoplastic-Insulated Cable

TWU TWU75

60 75

Airport series lighting cable

ASLC

90

Armored Cable

AC90 ACWU90 TECK90

90 90 90

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

Mineral-Insulated Cable

MI

90

Neutral Supported Cable

NS-1 NSF-2

75

For direct earth burial (with protection as required by inspection authority)

For service entrance above ground

Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

282

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For service entrance below ground

Service-Entrance Cable

USEI90 USEB90

90 90

Thermoplastic Insulated Wire

TWU TWU75

60 75

Rubber- (Thermoset-) Insulated Cable

RWU75 RWU90

75 90

Armored Cable

TECK90 ACWU90

90 90

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable

RA75 RA90

75 90

For high-voltage wiring in luminous-tube signs

Luminous-Tube Sign Cable

GTO, GTOL

60

For use in raceways in hoistways

Hoistway Cable

–

60

For use in Class 2 circuits, in exposed or concealed wiring or use in raceways, in dry or damp locations

Extra-Low-Voltage Control Cable

LVT

60

For use in Class 2 circuits in dry locations in concealed wiring or exposed wiring where not subject to mechanical injury

Extra-Low-Voltage Control Cable

ELC

60

For use when concealed indoors under carpet squares, in dry or damp locations

Flat Conductor Cable

FCC

60

Continued

283

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For use in communication circuits when exposed, concealed or used in raceways, indoors in dry or damp locations, or in ceiling air handling plenums

Inside Wiring Cable Z Station Wire Premise Communication Cable Communication Cable

IWC ZSW PCC MPP, CMP, MPR, CMR, MPG, CMG, MP, CM, CMX, CMH

60 60 60 60

For use in communication and community antenna distribution circuits when exposed, concealed or used in raceways, indoors in dry or damp locations or in plenums

Coaxial Cable

CXC

60

For use in communication circuits, when exposed, concealed, or used in raceways, in dry or damp locations, within and between buildings

Communication Building Cable

CBC

60

For use in communication circuits when concealed indoors under carpet squares, in dry or damp locations

Communication Flat Cable

CFC

60

Continued

284

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

CSA Type Designation

Trade Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For use in communication circuits when exposed, concealed or used in raceways, indoors in dry or damp locations, or in ceiling air handling plenums

Flame and Smoke Tested Cable

FSTC

60

For use in fire alarm, signal and voice communication circuits where exposed, concealed or used in raceways, indoors in dry or damp locations

Fire Alarm and Signal Cable

FAS FAS 90 FAS 105 FAS 200

For use in raceways including ventilated, nonventilated and ladder type cable trays in wet locations and where exposed to weather

Tray Cable

TC

As marked on cable.

For use in cable trays in Class I Division 2 and Class II Division 2 hazardous locations

Tray Cable

TC

As marked on cable.

For use in buildings in dry or damp locations, where exposed, concealed or used in raceways, or in plenums

Nonconductive Optical Fiber Cable

OFNP, OFNR, OFNG, OFN, OFNH

60 (higher if so marked on cable)

60 90 105 200

Continued

285

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA Table 17.1–Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures Continued

Conditions of Use

Trade Designation

CSA Type Designation

Maximum Allowable Conductor Temperature °C

For use in buildings in dry or damp locations, where exposed, concealed or used in raceways, or in plenums

Conductive Optical Fiber Cable

OFCP, OFCR, OFCG, OFC, OFCH

For use in buildings in dry or damp locations, where exposed or concealed

Hybrid Conductor Cable

NMDH90

Source: CSA C22.1

©Anixter Inc. 1996

286

60 (higher if so marked on cable)

90

17. CANADA

17.3 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 17.2 –Canadian supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

60

120/240

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. Three-phase, 4-wire systems such as 120/208 volts are available as well as 347/600 volts for commercial establishments. Table 17.3 –Canadian plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

North American Ungrounded

North American NEMA 5-15

287

©Anixter Inc. 1996

17. CANADA

17.4 Fire Ratings The Canadian Electrical Code, published by the Canadian Standards Association, is the national safety code for electrical installations that is adopted into law by each province and territory with amendments or local rules. The Code includes references to a stringent series of tests developed for flame testing of wires and cables. Cables are marked from “FT1” to “FT6,” depending on which of the specified flame test requirements they fulfill.

17.4.1 “FT1” Fire Test The FT1 test procedure is known as the “Vertical Test” (published in CSA Standard C22.2 No. 0.3 Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables, para 4.11.1). Cables are subjected to five, 15 second duration applications of a specified flame. For the cable to pass the test, burning must cease within 60 seconds after removal of the flame source, and not more than 25% of the extended portion of the indicator can be burned.

17.4.2 “FT4” Fire Test The FT4 test procedure is known as the Vertical Flame Test — Cables in trays (published in CSA Standard C22.2 No. 0.3 Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables, para 4.11.4). Cables are mounted on a vertical tray and exposed for 20 minutes to a 70,000 BTU/hr flame. For the cable to pass the test, the resulting char distance must not be greater than 1.5 meters from the point of flame application.

17.4.3 “FT6” Fire Test The FT6 test procedure is known as the Plenum Flame Test (published in CSA Standard C22.2 No. 0.3 Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables, para 4.11.6). Designations The markings for wires and cables meeting the flame spread requirements of the National Building Code of Canada (without additional fire protection) are: FT1—Wires and cables that are suitable for installation in buildings of combustible construction; and FT4—Wires and cables that are suitable for installation in: (a) buildings of noncombustible and combustible construction; and (b) spaces between a ceiling and floor, or ceiling and roof, that may be used as a plenum in buildings of combustible or noncombustible construction. Wires and cables with combustible outer jackets or sheaths that do not meet the above classifications should be located in noncombustible raceways, masonry walls or concrete slabs.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

288

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM

CONTENTS

ITEM

PAGE

18.1 Australian Standards 18.1.1 SAA 18.1.2 Austel 18.1.3 ETSA 18.1.4 Supply Voltages and Plug Configuration 18.1.5 Limiting Temperatures for Insulated Cables

290 291 291 292 292

18.2 Singapore Standards 18.2.1 SISIR 18.2.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations

293 294

18.3 Japanese Standards 18.3.1 JIS 18.3.2 Plug Configuration

295 295

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM

18.1 Australian Standards

T

ROVED

PP

N STA DARD

A

N

18.1.1 SAA Standards Australia (Standards Association of Australia) 80 Arthur Street S TRAL AU IA Post Office Box 458 O North Sydney, NSW 2060 Australia Tel: 61-2-963-4111 Fax: 61-2-959-3896 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

AS 1026

Impregnated Paper Insulated Cables for Electricity Supply at Working Voltages Up To and Including 33 kV (Metric Units)

AS 1125

Conductors in Insulated Electric Cables and Flexible Cords

AS 2380

Electrical Equipment for Explosive Atmospheres — Explosion Protection Techniques

AS 2381

Electrical Equipment for Explosive Atmospheres — Selection, Installation and Maintenance

AS 2430

Classification of Hazardous Areas

AS 3000

SAA Wiring Rules

AS 3008

Electrical Installations — Selection of Cables

AS 3008.1

Part I: Cables for Alternating Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3112

Plugs and Socket-Outlets

AS 3116

Electric Cables — Elastomer Insulated for Working Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3123

Plugs, Socket-Outlets and Couplers for General Industrial Application

AS 3147

Electric Cables — Thermoplastic Insulated and Flexible Cables for Working Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3155

Neutral Screened Cables for Working Voltages of 0.6/1 kV

AS 3158

Fibrous-Insulated Electric Cables and Flexible Cables for Working Voltages of 0.6/1 kV

AS 3166

PVC Insulated Cables for Electric Signs and High-Voltage Luminous Discharge Tube Installations

AS 3178

Electric Cables — Silicone Rubber Insulated — for Working Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3187

Mineral-Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cables Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

290

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM Continued

DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

AS 3188

Terminations and Glands for Mineral-Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cables

AS 3191

Electric Flexible Cords (Incorporation Corrigenda)

AS 3198

Electric Cables — XLPE Insulated for Working Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3560

Electric Cables — Aerial-Bundled Voltages Up To and Including 0.6/1 kV

18.1.2 Austel Australian Telecommunications Authority DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

009

Installation Requirements for Customer Cabling (Wiring Rules)

18.1.3 ETSA Electricity Trust of South Australia

291

©Anixter Inc. 1996

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM 18.1.4 Supply Voltages and Plug Configuration Table 18.1–Australian supply voltages FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50 50

240/415 250/440

The neutral wire of the secondary distribution system is grounded. A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances that are not double insulated. Table 18.2 –Australian plug configuration Jack

Plug

18.1.5 Limiting Temperatures for Insulated Cables Table 18.3 –Limiting temperatures for Australian insulated cables Cable Operating Temperature, °C Type of Cable Insulation

Elastomer compounds Type R-EP-90 Type R-CSP-90 Type R-CPE-90 Type R-HF-90 Type R-S-150 Type R-S-200 Thermoplastic compounds Type V-75 Type HFI-75-TP Type V-90 Type HFI-90-TP Type V-105

Normal Use

Minimum

90 90 90

240 220 220

90 150 200

220 250 250

75 75 75

0 220 0

75 75

220 0 Continued

©Anixter Inc. 1996

292

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM Table 18.3 –Limiting temperatures for Australian insulated cables Continued Cable Operating Temperature, °C Type of Cable Insulation

Normal Use

Heat-resisting fibrous insulation Type 110 Type 150 Type 200

Minimum

110 150 200

0 0 0

.200

0

Mineral-insulated cables copper-sheathed (MIMS)

90

–

Paper

80

5

Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)

90

270

Type 200 plus

Source: SAA Wiring Rules (AS 3000)

18.2 Singapore Standards 18.2.1 SISIR Singapore Institute of Standards and Industrial Research 1 Science Park Drive Singapore Science Park Singapore 0511 Contact: Mr. Liep Lin Yap Tel: 65-778-7777 Fax: 65-776-1568 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

SS358

300/500 V and 450/750 V nonarmored, PVC insulated power cables

SS299 Part 1

300/500 V and 450/750 V fire resistant power cables

The following British and international cable standards are also used in Singapore: BS6004, BS6346, BS6387, BS6500, IEC 331, and IEC 502.

293

©Anixter Inc. 1996

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM 18.2.2 Supply Voltage and Plug Configurations Table 18.4 –Singapore supply voltage FREQUENCY (Hz)

VOLTAGE

50

230/400

A grounding conductor is required in the electrical cord attached to appliances. Table 18.5 –Singapore plug configurations Jack

Plug

Description

Ungrounded Eurocord CEE 7/16

British Standard BS 1363

©Anixter Inc. 1996

294

18. ASIA AND THE PACIFIC RIM

18.3 Japanese Standards 18.3.1 JIS Japanese Industrial Standards Available from: American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway, New York NY 10018 Tel: 212-354-3300 DOCUMENT NO.

TITLE

JIS C3613

Oil-Filled Type Paper Insulated Aluminum-Sheathed Power Cables

18.3.2 Plug Configuration Table 18.6 –Japanese plug configuration Jack

Plug

295

©Anixter Inc. 1996

GLOSSARY 0 –10 V — A common analog process control signal voltage range.

AIR SPACED COAX — A coaxial cable in which air is basically the dielectric material. The conductor may be centered by means of a spirally wound synthetic filament, beads or braided filaments. This construction is also referred to as an air dielectric.

4 – 20 mA — A common analog process control signal current range.

A

AL — Aluminum

A — Common abbreviation for Ampere (see ampere)

ALLOY — A substance (usually metallic) composed of two or more individual substances.

AAR — American Association of Railroads.

ALS — A type of cable consisting of insulated conductors enclosed in a continuous, closely fitting aluminum tube.

ABRASION RESISTANCE — Ability to resist surface wear. AB Switch — A coaxial cable switch capable of switching one cable to one of two branch cables, A or B.

ALTERNATING CURRENT — Electric current that periodically reverses direction. Alternating current is generally abbreviated AC.

AC — (1) Alternating current, (2) A UL cable type with flexible metal tape armor. ACAR — Aluminum conductor, aluminum-reinforced cable.

AM — Amplitude modulation. A method of adding information to an electronic signal where the height (amplitude) of the wave is changed to convey the added information.

ACCELERATED LIFE TEST — A test in which a cable is subjected to extreme conditions to determine the life of a cable.

AMBIENT — Conditions existing at a location prior to energizing of equipment (example: ambient temperature).

ACSR (aluminum conductor, steel reinforced) — A bare composite of aluminum and steel wires, usually aluminum around steel.

AMPACITY — The rms current which a device can carry within specified temperature limitations in a specified environment: dependent upon, a) temperature rating, b) power loss, c) heat dissipation.

ACSR/AW — Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced, using aluminum clad steel wire.

AMPERE — A standard unit of current. Designated as the amount of current that flows when one volt of emf is applied across one ohm of resistance. An ampere of current is flowing when one coulomb of charge is passing a point every second.

ACSR/AZ — Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced, using aluminum steel wire. ACSR/GA — Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced, using Class A zinc-coated steel wire.

AMPERE-TURN — The product of amperes times the number of turns in a coil.

ACSR/GB — Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced, using Class B zinc-coated steel wire.

AMPLIFIER — A device used to boost the strength of an electronic signal.

ACSR/GC — Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced, using Class C zinc-coated steel wire.

AMPLITUDE — The maximum value of a varying wave form.

A/D — Analog/Digital. An integrated circuit device that converts analog signals to digital signals.

AMPLITUDE MODULATION (AM) — Transmission method in which variations in the voltage or current waveform of a signal carry encoded information.

ADDRESS — The location of a terminal, a peripheral device, a node, or any other unit or component in a network, or process control system.

ANALOG — Not digital. A continuously varying waveform.

ADHESIVE-BONDED — Cables bonded by adding an adhesive coating to the surface of the cable components, then joining and curing the adhesive to form a cable. See Bonded Cables. ADMITTANCE — A measure of how easily alternating current flows in a curcuit. Admittance is the reciprocal of impedance. It is expressed in mhos. AEIC — Association of Edison Illuminating Companies. AERIAL CABLE — A cable suspended in the air on poles or other overhead structure. AF — Audio frequency. AGC — Automatic gain control. AGING — The irreversible change of material properties after exposure to an environment for an interval of time. AIA — Aluminum Interlocked Armor. A type of cable sheath. AIR CORE CABLE — A cable in which the interstices in the cable core are not filled with a moisture barrier. AIRCRAFT WIRE — An electrical wire primarily designed for the extreme conditions (temperature, altitude, solvents, fuels, etc.) of airborne equipment.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

ANNEAL — To soften and relieve strains in any solid material, such as metal or glass, by heating to just below its melting point and then slowly cooling it. This also generally lowers the tensile strength of the material, while improving its flex life. ANNEALED WIRE — See Soft Wire. ANNULAR CONDUCTOR — A number of wires stranded in reversed concentric layers around a core. ANNUNCIATOR WIRE — Usually single solid copper, sometimes twisted pair or triplexed for open wiring of bell circuits and other low voltage systems. ANSI (American National Standards Institute) — An organization that publishes nationally recognized standards. ANTENNA LEAD-IN WIRE — (Not coaxial) Parallel twin lead construction, plastic jacketed with fixed 300 ohm impedance for connecting a remote antenna to a receiver. ANTENNA ROTOR CABLE — Multiconductor flat or round cable used to supply power to a motorized antenna, and control wires for changing direction of rotation. ANTIOXIDANT — Retards or prevents degradation of materials exposed to oxygen (air). APPLIANCE WIRE AND CABLE — A classification covering insulated wire and cable for internal wiring of appliances and equipment.

297

GLOSSARY ARC RESISTANCE — The time required for an arc to establish a conductive path in a material.

BARE CONDUCTOR — A conductor having no insulation or jacket.

ARMATURE — (1) Rotating machine: the member in which alternating voltage is generated, (2) electromagnet: the member which is moved by magnetic force.

BARREL-PACKED — Method of coiling wire into a drum for shipment.

ARMOR — Mechanical protector for cables; usually a helical winding of metal tape, formed so that each convolution locks mechanically upon the previous one (interlocked armor); may be a formed metal tube or a helical wrap of wires.

BASEBAND LAN — A local area network employing baseband signalling. BELDFOIL® — Belden trademark for a highly effective electrostatic shield using reinforced metallic foil.

ARRHENIUS PLOT — A statistical method used to predict time-to-failure, based on a device’s performance at different temperatures. One method is given in IEEE Standard 101.

BELT — Layers of insulation on a conductor, or layers of jacket on a cable.

ASCII — American National Standard Code for Information Interchange. A seven bit plus parity code established by the American National Standards Institute to achieve compatibility among data services and consisting of 96 displayed upper and lower case characters and 32 nondisplayed control codes.

BELTED-TYPE CABLE — Multiple conductor cable having a layer of insulation over the assembled insulated conductors. BER — Bit Error Rate. The ratio of received bits that are in error, relative to a specific number of bits received; usually expressed as a number referenced to a power of 10.

ASKAREL — A synthetic insulating oil which is nonflammable but very toxic. It has been replaced by silicone oils.

BIL — Basic Impulse Level. The crest value of a lightning impulse voltage of a specified wave shape which a high-voltage cable or termination is required to withstand under specified conditions.

ASTM — American Society for Testing Materials. An organization that sets standards on various material tests for industry.

BIMETALLIC WIRE — A wire formed of two different metals joined together (not alloyed). It can include wire with a steel core, plated, or coated wire.

ATTENUATION — The decrease in magnitude of a signal as it travels through any transmitting medium, such as a cable or circuitry. Attenuation is measured as a ratio or as the logarithm of a ratio (decibel).

BINDER — A tape or thread used for holding assembled cable components in place.

ATTENUATION CONSTANT — A rating for a cable or other transmitting medium, which is the relative rate of amplitude decrease of voltage or current in the direction of travel. It is measured in decibels per unit length of cable.

BINDING POST — A device for clamping or holding electrical conductors in a rigid position. BIRDCAGE — The undesired unwinding of a stranded cable.

AUDIO — A term used to describe sounds within the range of human hearing. Also used to describe devices which are designed to operate within this range.

BIT — Abbreviation for binary digit. A unit of information equal to one binary decision or the designation of one of two possible and equally likely states (such as 1 and 0) of anything used to store or convey information.

AUDIO FREQUENCY — The range of frequencies audible to the human ear. Usually 20 – 20,000 Hz. AUI — Attachment Unit Interface. The interface between the Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 controller and the baseband transceiver or broadband modem. AWG — American Wire Gauge. A wire diameter specification. The lower the AWG number the larger the wire diameter. AWM — Appliance wiring material.

B BACKFILL — The materials placed to fill an excavation, such as sand in a trench. BALANCED CIRCUIT — A circuit so arranged that the impressed voltages on each conductor of the pair are equal in magnitude but opposite in polarity with respect to ground. BALANCED LINE — A cable having two identical conductors with the same electromagnetic characteristics in relation to other conductors and to ground. BALLAST — A device designed to stabilize current flow. BAND MARKING — A continuous circumferential band applied to a conductor at regular intervals for identification. BANDWIDTH — The width of a communication channel, measured as frequency (in cycles per second, or hertz). A channel’s bandwidth is a major factor in determining how much information it can carry.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

BASEBAND — A signalling technique in which the signal is transmitted in its original form and not changed by modulation.

BITS PER SECOND (bps) — The number of bits of data transmitted through a digital process control cable in one second. BNC — Common connector for coax. BNC is said to be an abbreviation for Bayonet-Neill-Concelman. BONDED CABLE — Cable consisting of preinsulated conductors or multiconductor components laid in parallel and bonded into a flat cable. BONDED CONSTRUCTION — An insulation construction in which the glass braid and nylon jacket are bonded together. BONDING — The method used to produce good electrical contact between metallic parts of any device. Used extensively in automobiles and aircraft to prevent static buildup. Also refers to the connectors and straps used to ground equipment. BOOSTER — A device inserted into a line (or cable) to increase the voltage. Boosting generators are also used to raise the level of a DC line. Transformers are usually employed to boost AC voltages. The term booster is also applied to antenna preamplifiers. BOOT — (1) Protective coating over a cable, wire or connector in addition to the normal jacketing or insulation. (2) A form placed around the wire termination of a multicontact connector to contain the liquid potting compound before it hardens.

298

GLOSSARY BORDER LIGHT CABLE — Same as stage cable but more than 2 conductors. Type SO cable is often used.

BSL (basic switching impulse insulation level) — The crest value of a switching impulse voltage of a specified wave shape which a high-voltage cable termination is required to withstand under specified conditions.

BORE HOLE CABLE — Power and/or communication cable suspended down a vertically drilled hole to equipment undergound.

BUFFER — A protective coating in intimate contact with an optical fiber.

BRAID — Textile or metallic filaments interwoven to form a tubular structure which may be applied over one or more wires or flattened to form a strap.

BUILDING WIRE — Commerical wires used in the building trades such as: Types RHH, RHW, THW, and THHN wire.

BRAID ANGLE — The smaller of the angles formed by the shielding strand and the axis of the cable being shielded.

BUNA — A synthetic rubber insulation of styrenebutadiene; was known as GR-S, now as SBR.

BRAID CARRIER — A spool or bobbin on a braiding machine which holds one group of strands or filaments consisting of a specific number of ends. The carrier revolves during braiding operations.

BUNCH STRAND — A conductor in which all individual wires are twisted in the same direction without regard for geometrical arrangement. BUNCHER — A machine that twists wires together in a random arrangment.

BRAID ENDS — The number of strands used to make up one carrier. The strands are wound side by side on the carrier bobbin and lie parallel in the finished braid.

BUOYANT CABLE — Originally military type MIL-C-2401 with built-in floatation ability. Many applications have been developed using buoyancy to advantage — numerous types and sizes for power, communications, telecommunications have resulted.

BRAIDING MACHINE — Machine used to apply braids to wire and cable and to produce braided sleeving and braids for tying or lacing purposes. Braiding machines are identified by the number of carriers.

BURIED CABLE — A cable installed directly in the earth without use of underground conduit. Also called “direct burial cable.”

BRANCH JOINT — A cable joint used for connecting one or more cables to a main cable.

BUS — A network topology which functions like a signal line which is shared by a number of nodes.

BRAZING — The joining of ends of two wires, rods, or groups of wires with nonferrous filler metal at temperatures above 800°F (427°C).

BUS-BAR WIRE — Uninsulated tinned copper wire used as a common lead.

BREAKDOWN (PUNCTURE) — A disruptive discharge through the insulation. BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE — The voltage at which the insulation between two conductors breaks down.

BUTT SPLICE — A splice wherein two wires from opposite ends butt against each other, or against a stop, in the center of a splice.

BREAKING STRENGTH — The maximum load that a conductor can withstand when tested in tension to rupture.

BUTT WRAP — Tape wrapped around an object or conductor in an edge-to-edge condition.

BREAKOUT — The point at which a conductor or group of conductors breaks out from a multiconductor cable to complete circuits at various points along the main cable.

BUTYL RUBBER — Synthetic rubber formerly used for electrical insulating purposes.

BRIDGE — A circuit which measures by balancing four impedances through which the same current flows:

BX — A common type of armored building wire rated at 600 volt.

Wheatstone measures resistance Kelvin measures low resistance Schering measures capacitance, dissipation factor, dielectric constant Wien measures capacitance, dissipation factor

BYTE — Generally, an 8-bit quantity of information, used mainly in referring to parallel data transfer, semiconductor capacity, and data storage; also generally referred to in data communications as an octet or character.

C

BRIDGED TAP — The multiple appearances of the same cable pair at several distribution points.

C — Symbol for capacitance and centigrade.

BRITISH STANDARD WIRE GAUGE — A modification of the Birmingham Wire Gauge and the legal standard of Great Britain for all wires. Also known as Standard Wire Gauge (SWG), New British Standard (NBS), English Legal Standard, and Imperial Wire Guide. BROADBAND LAN — LAN which uses FDM (frequency division multiplexing) to divide a single physical channel into a number of smaller independent frequency channels. The different channels created by FDM can be used to transfer different forms of information — voice, data, and video. BROADCAST — The act of sending a signal from one station on a LAN to all other stations. B and S — Brown and Sharpe wire gauge — same as AWG.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

BUSHING — A mechanical device used as a lining for an opening to prevent abrasion to wire and cable.

CABLE — A cable may be a small number of large conductors or a large number of small conductors, cabled together, usually color coded and with a protective jacket overall. CABLE ASSEMBLY — A cable assembly is a cable with plugs or connectors on each end for a specific purpose. It may be formed in various configurations. CABLE, BELTED — A multiconductor cable having a layer of insulation over the assembled insulated conductors. CABLE, BORE-HOLE — The term given vertical riser cables in mines. CABLE CLAMP — A device used to give mechanical support to the wire bundle or cable at the rear of a plug or receptacle.

299

GLOSSARY CABLE CLAMP ADAPTER — A mechanical adapter that attaches to the rear of a plug or receptacle to allow the attachment of a cable clamp.

CAPACITIVE REACTANCE — The opposition to alternating current due to the capacitance of a capacitor, cable or circuit. It is measured in ohms and is equal to 1/(6.28 fC) where f is the frequency in Hz and C is the capacitance in farads.

CABLE CORE — The portion of an insulated cable lying under a protective covering.

CAPACITOR — Two conducting surfaces separated by a dielectric material. The capacitance is determined by the area of the surface, type of dielectric, and spacing between the conducting surfaces.

CABLE CORE BINDER — A wrapping of tapes or cords around the conductors of a multiple-conductor cable used to hold them together.

CAPILLARY ACTION — The travelling of liquid along a small interstice due to surface tension.

CABLE FILLER — The material used in multiple-conductor cables to occupy the interstices formed by the assembly of the insulated conductors, thus forming a cable core.

CARRIER — (1) An AC electrical signal that is used to carry information, (2) The woven element of a braid consisting of one or more ends (strands) which creates the interlaced effect. Also, a spindle, spool, tube, or bobbin (on a braiding machine) containing yarn or wire, employed as a braid.

CABLE JOINT — A complete insulated splice, or group of insulated splices, contained within a single protective covering or housing. In some designs, the insulating material may also serve as the protective covering. CABLE LOSS — The amount of RF (radio frequency) signal attenuated by coaxial cable transmission. The cable attenuation is a function of frequency, media type, and cable length. For coaxial cable, higher frequencies have greater loss than lower frequencies and follow a logarithmic function. Cable losses are usually calculated for the highest frequency carried on the cable. CABLE, PRESSURIZED — A cable having a pressurized fluid (gas or oil) as part of the insulation; nitrogen and oil are the most common fluids. CABLE SHEATH — The protective covering applied to cables. CABLE, SPACER — An aerial distribution cable made of covered conductors held in place by insulated spacers; designed for wooded areas. CABLE SUPPORT — A device to mount a cable on a supporting member. CABLE, TRAY — A multiconductor cable having a nonmetallic jacket, designed for use in cable trays per the National Electrical Code. CABLING — The method by which a group of insulated conductors is mechanically assembled (or twisted together). CAD — Computer-Aided Design. CAM — Computer-Aided Manufacture. CAPACITANCE — Capacitance is that property of a system of conductors and dielectrics which permits the storage of electricity when potential differences exist between the conductors. CAPACITANCE COUPLING — Electrical interaction between two conductors caused by the potential difference between them. CAPACITANCE, DIRECT — The capacitance measured from one conductor to another conductor through a single insulating layer. CAPACITANCE, MUTUAL — The capacitance between two conductors (typically of a pair) with all other conductors, including shield, short circuited to ground. CAPACITANCE, UNBALANCE — An inequality of capacitance between the wires of two or more pairs which result in a transfer of unwanted signal from one pair to others. CAPACITANCE, UNBALANCE-TO-GROUND — An inequality of capacitance between the ground capacitance of the conductors of a pair which results in a pickup of external noise energy, usually from power transmission lines.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

CATHODE — (1) The negative electrode through which current leaves a nonmetallic conductor, such as an electrolytic cell, (2) the positive pole of a storage battery. CATHODIC PROTECTION — Reduction or prevention of corrosion by making the metal to be protected the cathode in a direct current circuit. CATV — Community antenna television. Refers to the use of a coaxial or fiber cable to transmit television or other signals to subscribers from a single head-end location.

CATV CABLE — General term for all cables used for community antenna TV service and feeders, distribution and house drops. CAVASITE CORD — 2 conductors, stranded copper, rubber insulation and braid twisted together and finished with weather proof braid. CB — Citizens band. One type of two-way radio communication. C CONDITIONING — A type of line conditioning that controls attenuation, distortion, and delay distortion so they lie within specific limits. C CONNECTOR — A bayonet-locking connector for coax; C is named after Carl Concelman. CCTV — Closed-circuit television. One of the many services often found on broadband networks. CCW — Continuously corrugated and welded. A type of cable sheath. CD — Carrier Detect. An RS-232 control signal (on Pin 8) which indicates that the local modem is receiving a signal from the remote modem. Also called Received Line Signal Detector (RLSD) and Data Carrier Detect (DCD). CELLULAR POLYETHYLENE — Expanded or “foam” polyethylene, consisting of individual closed cells of inert gas suspended in a polyethylene medium, resulting in a desirable reduction of dielectric constant. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE — A written statement; normally generated by a Quality Control Department, which states that the product being shipped meets customer’s specifications. CERTIFIED TEST REPORT (CTR) — A report reflecting actual test data on the cable shipped. Tests are normally conducted by the Quality Control Department, and shows that the product being shipped meets the required test specifications.

300

GLOSSARY CHANNEL — (1) A path for electrical transmission. Also called a circuit facility, line, link, or path. (2) A specific and discrete bandwidth allocation in the radio frequency spectrum (for example, in a broadband LAN) utilized to transmit one information signal at a time.

COMBINATION STRANDED CONDUCTOR — A conventional concentric conductor in which the wires in the outer layer are larger in diameter than the wires in the inner layer or layers and the diameters of all wires are within plus and minus 5% of the nominal wire diameter for the same size noncombination stranded conductor.

CHANNEL TRANSLATOR — Device used in broadband LANs to increase carrier frequency, converting upstream (toward the head-end) signals into downstream signals (away from the head-end). CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE — An electrical characteristic of transmission lines. When terminated in its characteristic impedance, reflections from the end of a line are minimized. CHEMICAL STRIPPING — Removal of insulation by chemical means. CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE (CSP) — A rubbery polymer used for insulations and jackets. Manufactured by E.I. DuPont under the trade name of Hypalon. CIGARETTE WRAP — Tape insulation wrapped longitudinally instead of spirally over a conductor. CIRCUIT SWITCHING — A switching technique in which an information path (i.e., circuit) between calling and called stations is established on demand for exclusive use by the connected parties until the connection is released.

COMMON AXIS CABLING — In multiconductor constructions, a twisting of all conductors about a “common axis” to result in smaller diameter constructions. Tends to result in greater susceptibility to electromagnetic and electrostatic interference. COMMON MODE NOISE — Noise caused by a difference in “ground potential.” By grounding at either end rather than both ends (usually grounded at source) one can reduce this interference. COMPACT STRANDED CONDUCTOR — A unidirectional or conventional concentric conductor manufactured to a specified diameter, approximately 8 to 10% below the nominal diameter of a noncompact conductor of the same cross-sectional area. COMPOSITE CABLE — A cable containing more than one gauge size or a variety of circuit types, e.g., pairs, triples, quads, coaxials, etc. COMPOSITE (CLAD) WIRE — A wire having a core of one metal with a fused outer shell of a different metal. COMPOSITE CONDUCTOR — A conductor consisting of two or more types of wire, each type of wire being plain, clad, or coated-stranded together to operate mechanically and electrically as a single conductor.

CIRCUIT TRACING — Locating or identifying a specific conductive path. CIRCULAR MIL (CM) — A term universally used to define cross-sectional areas of conductors. It is an area equal to the area of a circle 1/1000 of an inch in diameter. As the number of circular mils increase, the size of a wire increases.

COMPRESSED STRANDED CONDUCTOR — A conventional concentric conductor manufactured to a diameter not more than 3% below the nominal diameter of a noncompressed conductor of the same cross-sectional area.

CLAD WIRE — Different from coated wire, is any metal covered with a relatively heavy coating of different metal, such as copperweld (copper over steel) or alum-o-weld (aluminum over steel). See Coated Wire.

COMPRESSION LUG OR SPLICE — A connection installed by compressing the connector onto the strand, hopefully into a cold weld.

COATED WIRE — Any metal covered by a relatively thin coating of a different metal such as tin, zinc or other alloy by a dip bath and wipe process, often at high speeds in line with insulating equipment.

CONCENTRICITY — The measurement of the location of the center of the conductor with respect to the geometric center of the circular insulation. CONCENTRIC-LAY CONDUCTOR — A layer of uninsulated wires twisted around a central wire with subsequent layers spirally wrapped around the inner layers to form a single conductor.

COAXIAL CABLE — A cylindrical transmission line comprised of a conductor centered inside a metallic tube or shield, separated by a dielectric material, and usually covered by an insulating jacket.

CONDUCTANCE — The ability of a conductor to carry an electric charge. The ratio of the current flow to the potential difference causing the flow. The reciprocal of resistance.

COHERENT SOURCE — A fiber optic light source which emits a very narrow, unidirectional beam of light of one wavelength (monochromatic).

CONDUCTIVITY — Capacity of a material to carry electrical current — usually expressed as a percentage of copper conductivity (copper being 100%).

COIL EFFECT — The inductive effect exhibited by a spiral wrapped shield, especially above audio frequencies. COLD BEND — Generally refers to a test to determine cable or wire characteristics at low temperatures. The test specimen is cooled in a low temperature box to a specified temperature. The wire specimen is then wound around a mandrel after which it is examined for cracks or other defects caused by bending at low temperatures.

CONDUCTOR — A material suitable for carrying an electric current. Several types are as follows: COMPACT ROUND CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by one or more preshaped (nonround) helically laid wires and formed into final shape by rolling, drawing, or other means.

COLD-DRAWING — Reducing the cross section by pulling through a die or dies, at a temperature lower than the recrystallization temperature.

CONCENTRIC-LAY CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by one or more layers of helically laid wires.

COLD FLOW — Permanent deformation of the insulation due to mechanical pressure (not due to heat softening).

CONVENTIONAL CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by one or more layers of helically laid wires. The direction of lay is reversed in successive layers and generally with an increase in length of lay for successive layers.

COLOR CODE — A color system for wire or circuit identification by use of solid colors, tracers, braids, surface printing, etc.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

301

GLOSSARY EQUILAY CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by more than one layer of helically laid wires, all layers having a common length of lay, direction of lay being reversed in successive layers.

CONTROLLED IMPEDANCE CABLE — A package of two or more insulated conductors where impedance measurements between respective conductors are kept essentially constant throughout the entire length.

PARALLEL CORE CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central core of parallel-laid wires surrounded by one layer of helically laid wires.

COPOLYMER — A compound resulting from the polymerization of two different monomers. COPPER-CLAD STEEL — Steel with a coating of copper welded to it before drawing as opposed to copper-plated. Synonomous with Copperweld.

ROPE-LAY CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed of a bunch-stranded or a concentric-stranded member or members, as a central wire, around which are laid one or more helical layers of such members.

COPPERWELD® — Trademark of Copperweld Steel Co. for copper-clad steel conductor.

UNIDIRECTIONAL CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by more than one layer of helically laid wires, all layers having a common direction of lay, with increase in length of lay for each successive layer.

CORD — A flexible insulated cable. CORD SET — Portable cords fitted with a connector at one or both ends.

UNILAY CONDUCTOR — a conductor constructed with a central wire surrounded by more than one layer of helically laid wires, all layers having a common length and direction of lay. CONDUCTOR CORE — The center strand or member about which one or more layers of wires or members are laid helically to form a concentric-lay or rope-lay conductor. CONDUCTOR SHIELD — A conducting layer applied to make the conductor a smooth surface in intimate contact with the insulation; sometimes called extruded strand shield (ESS). CONDUIT — A tube or trough for protecting electrical wires or cables. CONNECTION, DELTA — Interconnection of 3 electrical equipment windings in a delta (triangular) configuration. CONNECTION, WYE — Interconnection of 3 electrical equipment windings in wye (star) configuration. CONNECTOR — A metallic device of suitable electric conductance and mechanical strength, used to splice the ends of two or more cable conductors, or as a terminal connector on a single conductor. Connectors usually fall into one of the following types: — — — —

solder welded mechanical compression or indent

Conductors are sometimes spliced without connectors, by soldering, brazing, or welding. CONTACT — The part of a connector which carries the electrical current. CONTACT SIZE — The largest size wire which can be used with the specific contact. Also, the diameter of the engagement end of the pin. CONTINUITY CHECK — A test performed on a length of finished wire or cable to determine if the electrical current flows continously throughout the length. CONTINUOUS VULCANIZATION — Simultaneous extrusion and vulcanization (cross-linking) of wire insulating and jacketing materials. CONTRAHELICAL — Cable spiralling in an opposite direction than the preceding layer within a wire or cable. CONTROL CABLE — A cable used for remote control operation of any type of electrical power equipment.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

CORE — (1) In cables, a component or assembly of components over which other materials are applied, such as additional components, shield, sheath, or armor. (2) In fiber optics, the transparent glass or plastic section with a high refractive index through which the light travels by internal reflections. CORONA — A discharge due to ionization of the air around a conductor due to a potential gradient exceeding a certain critical value. CORONA RESISTANCE — The time that the insulation will withstand a specified level of ionization that does not result in the complete breakdown of the insulation. CORROSION — The destruction of the surface of a metal by chemical reaction. COULOMB — The derived SI unit for quantity of electricity or electrical charge: One coulomb equals one ampere-second. COUNTER EMF —The voltage opposing the applied voltage and the current in a coil; caused by a flow of current in the coil; also known as back emf. COUNTER-POISE WIRE — Bare copper wire used to offset the impact of lightning surges along high-voltage overhead lines and around the base of towers. Buried counter-poise wire is connected to overhead ground wires and towers. Numerous methods of application are used, dependent upon resistance of the soil at the tower base. COUPLING — The transfer of energy between two or more cables or components of a circuit. COUPLING LOSS — Signal losses in an optical fiber due to small differences in numerical aperture, core diameter, core concentricity and tolerances in connectors when two fibers are spliced together. Also known as Splicing loss and Transfer loss. COVERAGE — The calculated percentage which defines the completeness with which a metal braid covers the underlying surface. The higher percentage of coverage, the greater the protection against external interference. CPE — Dow Chemical trademark for chlorinated polyethylene. A jacketing compound. CROSS-LINKED — Inter-molecular bonds created between long chain thermoplastic polymers by chemical or electron bombardment means. The properties of the resulting thermosetting material are usually improved. CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYLENE — A dielectric material used for insulating and jacketing. Also referred to as “XLP” or “XLPE.”

302

GLOSSARY CROSS TALK — A type of interference caused by audio frequencies from one circuit being coupled into an adjacent circuit. The term is loosely used to also include coupling at higher frequencies.

dB — Decibel. The standard unit used to express the relative strength of two signals. When referring to a single signal measured at two places in a transmission system, it expresses either a gain or loss in power between the input and output devices.

CRT — Cathode-Ray Tube. A television-like picture tube used in terminals; CRT is commonly used as a synonym for the CRT terminal. CRT WIRE — High-voltage lead wire for energizing cathode ray tubes.

DC — Direct current. (see Current, Direct.)

CSA (Canadian Standards Association) — Similar to UL in the United States.

DCE — Data Communications Equipment. In common usage, synonymous with modem; the equipment that provides the functions required to establish, maintain, and terminate a connection as well as the signal conversion required for communications between the DTE and the telephone line or data circuit.

CSPE — A jacketing compound based on DuPont’s chlorosulfonated polyethylene (Hypalon). Sometimes abbreviated CSP. CT — Cable Tray, NEC Art. 318. A cable marking which indicates a cable is suitable for use in a cable tray.

DCL — Data Carrier Level.

CURE — To change the properties of a polymeric material into a more stable, usable condition by the use of heat, radiation, or reaction with chemical additives. To cross-link.

DC RESISTANCE — See resistance. DEMAND — (1) The measure of the maximum load of a utility’s customer over a short period of time, (2) The load integrated over a specified time interval.

CURING CYCLE — The time, temperature, and pressure required for curing. CURL — The degree to which a wire tends to form a circle after removal from a spool. CURRENT — The rate of transfer of electricity. The unit of current is the ampere, a rate of one coulomb/second.

DIELECTRIC — An insulating (nonconducting) medium.

CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY — The maximum current an insulated conductor can safely carry without exceeding its insulation and jacket temperature limitations. Same as ampacity. CURRENT, CHARGING — The current needed to bring the cable up to voltage; determined by the capacitance of the cable. The charging current will be 90° out of phase with the voltage. CURRENT DENSITY — The current per cross sectional area. Usually in units of amperes/square meter.

DIELECTRIC BREAKDOWN — Any change in the properties of a dielectric that causes it to become conductive. Normally the failure of an insulation because of excessive voltage. DIELECTRIC CONSTANT — The property of an insulation which determines the electrostatic energy stored per unit volume for unit potential gradient. It is expressed as a ratio. “K” for air is 1.0, while that for polyethylene is 2.3. Therefore, the capacitance of polyethylene is 2.3 times that of air. It is also referred to as Specific Inductive Capacity or Permitivity. DIELECTRIC DISPERSION — The change in relative capacitance due to a change in frequency.

CURRENT, DIRECT (DC) — Electrical current whose electrons flow in one direction only. It may be constant or pulsating as long as their movement is in the same direction.

DIELECTRIC HEATING — The heating of an insulating material when placed in a radio-frequency field, caused by internal losses during the rapid polarization reversal of molecules in the material.

CUT-THROUGH RESISTANCE — The ability of a material to withstand mechanical pressure without damage.

DIELECTRIC LOSS — The power dissipated in a dielectric as the result of the friction produced by molecular motion when an alternating electric field is applied.

CV — Continuous Vulcanization. An insulation and jacketing curing process. CYCLE — The complete sequence including reversal of the flow of an alternating electric current.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH — The maximum voltage which an insulation can withstand without breaking down; usually expressed as a gradient in V/mil (volts per mil). Polyethylene for example has a dielectric strength of about 800 V/mil.

D

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TESTING — A common test performed on electrical products which is often called hi-pot testing. A voltage higher than normal operating voltage is applied across the insulation. This test can increase product reliability by detecting faulty workmanship.

DAC — Digital to Analog Converter. A device that converts a digital input signal to an analog output signal carrying equivalent information. DATA — Digitally represented information, which includes voice, text, facsimile, and video.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

DERATING FACTOR — A factor used to reduce the current carrying capacity of a wire when used in environments other than that for which the value was established. DETECTOR — A fiber optic device that picks up light from the fiber and converts the information into an electrical signal.

CURRENT, ALTERNATING (AC) — An electric current that periodically reverses direction of electron flow. The number of cycles in a given unit of time (generally a second) is called the frequency of the current.

D/A — Digital to Analog.

dBmV — (decibel millivolt) The level at any point in a system expressed in dBs above or below a 1 millivolt/75 ohm standard is said to be the level in decibel-millivolts or dBmV. Zero dBmV is equal to 1 millivolt across an impedance of 75 ohms.

DIGITAL — Refers to communications procedures, techniques, and equipment by which information is encoded as either a binary “1” or “0”; the representation of information in discrete binary form, discontinuous in time, as opposed to the analog representation of information in variable, but continuous, waveforms.

303

GLOSSARY DIN — Deutsches Institut für Normung (DIN). The German Standard for many products.

DUOFOIL® — Belden trademark for a shield in which metallic foil is applied to both sides of a supporting plastic film.

DIP COATING — An insulating coating applied to the conductor by passing the conductor through an applicator containing liquid insulating medium.

DUPLEX — Two way data transmission on a four-wire transmission cable.

DIRECT BURIAL CABLE — A cable installed directly in the earth. DIRECT CAPACITANCE — The capacitance measured directly from conductor to conductor through a single insulating layer. DIRECTIONAL COUPLER — A passive device used in a cable system to divide or combine unidirectional RF power sources. DIRECTION OF LAY — The lateral direction, designated as left-hand or right-hand, in which the wires of a conductor run over the top of the conductor as they recede from an observer looking along the axis of the conductor.

DUPLEX CABLE — A cable composed of two insulated single conductor cables twisted together.

E E — (1) Symbol for voltage. Usually used to represent direct voltage or the effective (root-mean-square) value of an alternating voltage, (2) A UL cable type. Elevator lighting and control cable. EARTH — British terminology for zero-reference ground. ECCENTRICITY — Like concentricity, a measure of the center of a conductor’s location with respect to the circular cross section of the insulation. Expressed as a percentage of displacement of one circle within the other.

DISPERSION — The variation of the refractive index of an optical fiber with wavelength, causing light of different wavelengths to travel at different velocities in the fiber.

ECTFE — Ethylene chlorotrifluoroethylene. Halar is an Ausimont Co. trademark for this material. Used as an insulation or jacketing material.

DISSIPATION FACTOR — Energy lost when voltage is applied across an insulation. The cotangent of the phase angle between voltage and current in a reactive component. Dissipation factor is quite sensitive to contamination and deterioration of insulation. Also known as power factor.

EDDY CURRENT — Circulating currents induced in conducting materials by varying magnetic fields. EIA — Electronic Industries Association. The U.S. national organization of electronic manufacturers. It is responsible for the development and maintenance of industry standards for the interface between data processing machines and data communications equipment.

DISTORTION FACTOR — An undesired change in waveform as the signal passes through a device. DISTRIBUTION CABLE — (1) In a CATV system, the transmission cable from the distribution amplifier to the drop cable, (2) In an electric power system, provides low voltage service to the customer.

ELASTOMER — Any material that will return to its original dimensions after being stretched or distorted.

DISTURBED CONDUCTOR — A conductor that receives energy generated by the field of another conductor or an external source such as a transformer.

ELECTROMAGNET — A device consisting of a ferromagnetic core and a coil that produces appreciable magnetic effects only when an electric current exists in the coil.

DISTURBING CONDUCTOR — A conductor carrying energy whose field(s) create spurious energy in another conductor.

ELECTROMAGNETIC — Referring to the combined electric and magnetic fields caused by electron motion through conductors.

DOWNLOAD — The process of loading software into the nodes of a network from one node or device over the network media. DRAIN WIRE — An uninsulated wire in contact with a shield throughout its length, used for terminating the shield. DRAWING — In wire manufacture, pulling the metal through a die or series of dies to reduce diameter to a specified size. DROP CABLE — In a CATV system, the transmission cable from the distribution cable to a dwelling. DSR — Data Set Ready. One of the control signals on a standard RS-232-C connector. It indicates whether the data communications equipment is connected and ready to start handshaking control signals so that transmission can start. DTR — Data Terminal Ready. An RS-232 modem interface control signal (sent from the DTE to the modem on pin 20) which indicates that the DTE is ready for data transmission and which requests that the modem be connected to the telephone circuit. DUAL CABLE — A two-cable system in broadband LANs in which coaxial cables provides two physical paths for transmission, one for transmit and one for receive, instead of dividing the capacity of a single cable. DUCT — An underground or overhead tube for carrying electrical conductors.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

ELECTROMAGNETIC COUPLING — The transfer of energy by means of a varying magnetic field. Inductive coupling. ELECTRO-MECHANICAL CABLES — Dual purpose composite cables made up of support strands capable of supporting predetermined loads together with communication, coaxial, or power as integral members of a finished cable. ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE (E.M.F.) — Pressure or voltage. The force which causes current to flow in a circuit. ELECTRON — An elementary particle containing the smallest negative electric charge; Charge 5 0.16 attocoulomb. Diameter 5 1 femtometer. ELECTRON VOLT — A measure of the energy gained by an electron passing through an electric field produced by one volt. ELECTRONIC WIRE AND CABLE — Wire or cable used in electronic applications. ELECTRO-OSMOSIS — The movement of fluids through dielectrics because of electric current. ELECTROSTATIC — Pertaining to static electricity, or electricity at rest. An electric charge, for example. ELECTROSTATIC COUPLING — The transfer of energy by means of a varying electrostatic field. Capacitive coupling.

304

GLOSSARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE — (ESD) An instantaneous flow of an electrical charge on a nonconductor through a conductor to ground. ELECTRO-TINNED — Electrolytic process of tinning wire using pure tin. ELEXAR — Shell trademark for a thermoplastic elastomer (TPE). ELONGATION — The fractional increase in the length of a material stressed in tension. EMA — (Electrical Moisture Absorption) A water tank test during which sample cables are subjected to voltage and water maintained at rated temperature; the immersion time is long, with the object being to accelerate failure due to moisture in the insulation; simulates buried cable. EMBOSSING — Identification by means of thermal indentation which leaves raised lettering on the sheath material of cable.

EMI — Electromagnetic Interference. External signals that disrupt the data being transmitted on the local area network or electronic device being operated. Typically, these external signals emanate from universal motors with brushes, fluorescent lights, personal computers, printers or other devices including copy machines, etc. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulates this emission area.

ENDS — In braiding, the number of essentially parallel wires or threads on a carrier. ENERGIZE — To apply rated voltage to a circuit or device in order to activate it. EO — A UL cable type. Elevator lighting and control cable with thermoset insulation. EOT — End of Transmission Character. A transmission control character used to indicate the end of transmission, which may include one or more texts and any associated message headings. EP, EPR, EPM, EPDM — Designations for a synthetic rubber based upon the hydrocarbon ethylene propylene. EPA — Environmental Protection Agency. The federal regulatory agency responsible for keeping and improving the quality of our living environment — mainly air and water.

ETL — Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. ETPC — Abbreviation for electrolytic tough pitch copper. It has a minimum conductivity of 99.9%. EXIT ANGLE — The angle between the output radiation vectors and the axis of the fiber or fiber bundle. EXPANDED DIAMETER — Diameter of shrink tubing as supplied. When heated the tubing will shrink to its extruded diameter. EXTERNAL WIRING — Electronic wiring which interconnects subsystems within the system. EXTRUDED CABLE — Cable with conductors which are uniformly insulated and formed by applying a homogeneous insulation material in a continuous extrusion process.

EMERGENCY OVERLOAD — A situation in which larger than normal currents are carried through a cable or wire for a limited period of time.

ENDOSMOSIS — The penetration of water into a cable by osmosis; aggravated and accelerated by DC voltage on the cable.

ETHERNET — A baseband local area network specification developed jointly by Xerox Corporation, Intel Corporation, and Digital Equipment Corporation to interconnect computer equipment using coaxial cable and “Transceivers.”

EXTRUSION — A method of applying insulation to a conductor or jacketing to a cable. The process is continuous and utilizes rubber, neoprene or a variety of plastic compounds.

F FACSIMILE — The remote reproduction of graphic material; an exact copy. FARAD — A unit of capacitance when a difference of potential of 1 volt produces a displacement of one coulomb in a capacitor. The farad is a very large unit and a much smaller unit, the microfarad (µf), is more commonly used. FATIGUE RESISTANCE — Resistance to metal crystallization which leads to conductors or wires breaking from flexing. FAULT, GROUND — A fault to ground. FCC — Federal Communications Commission. FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface) — An ANSI defined token-passing ring using fiber optic media to attain a 100 mbps transmission rate. FDX — Full Duplex. Transmission in two directions simultaneously, or, more technically, bidirectional simultaneous two-way communications. FEP — Fluorinated ethylene propylene. Teflon is DuPont’s trademark for this material. FEPB — A UL cable type. Fluorinated ethylene propylene insulated wire with glass braid.

EPDM — Ethylene propylene diene monomer.

FFH-2 — A UL type of fixture wire with a 600 V rating.

EPRDM — Erasable Programable Read Only Memory.

FIBER DISPERSION — Pulse spreading in an optical fiber caused by differing transit times of various modes.

EPR — Ethylene propylene rubber. EQUILAY CONDUCTOR — See Concentric-lay Conductor. ET — A UL cable type. Elevator lighting and control cable with thermoplastic insulation, three braids, flame-retardant and moisture-retardant finish. May have steel supporting strand in the center, 300 V. ETCHED WIRE — A process applied to Teflon® wire in which the wire is passed through a sodium bath to create a rough surface to allow epoxy resin to bond to the Teflon®. ETFE — Ethylene tetrafluoroethylene. Tefzel is DuPont’s trademark for this material.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

FIBER OPTICS — Transmission of energy by light through glass fibers. A technology that uses light as an information carrier. Fiber optic cables (light guides) are a direct replacement for conventional cable and wire pairs. The glass-based transmission cable occupies far less physical volume for an equivalent transmission capacity; the fibers are immune to electrical interference. FIBER TUBING — A loose, crush-resistant cylinder applied over individual fibers to provide mechanical protection. Also called a buffer tube. FIELD COIL — A suitable insulated winding mounted on a field pole to magnetize it.

305

GLOSSARY FIELD MOLDED SPLICE — A joint in which the solid dielectric joint insulation is fused and cured thermally at the job site.

FREQUENCY — The number of cycles per second at which an analog signal occurs, expressed in Hertz (Hz). One Hertz is one cycle per second.

FIELD TESTS — Tests which may be made on a cable system after installation as an acceptance or proof test. FIGURE 8 CABLE — An aerial cable configuration in which the conductors and the steel strand which supports the cable are integrally jacketed. A cross section of the finished cable approximates the figure “eight”. FILLED CABLE — A cable construction in which the cable core is filled with a material that will prevent moisture from entering or passing through the cable. FILLER — Fillers are used in multiconductor cables which occupy the interstices formed by the assembled conductors. This is done so that the finished cable will be round.

FREQUENCY ANALYZER — An instrument to measure the intensity of various component frequencies from a transmitting source. FREQUENCY COUNTER — An electronic measuring instrument that counts the number of cycles of a periodic electrical signal during a given time interval. FREQUENCY MODULATION (FM) — Method of encoding a carrier wave by varying the frequency of the transmitted signal. FREQUENCY PLAN — Specification of how the various frequencies of a broadband cable system are allocated for use.

FILLING COMPOUND — A dielectric material poured or injected into a splice housing or cable to prevent the entry of water. Filling compounds may require heating or mixing prior to filling. Some filling compounds may also serve as the insulation.

“F” TYPE CONNECTOR — A low cost connector used by the TV industry to connect coaxial cable to equipment. FULL DUPLEX — Two-way communications in which each modem simultaneously sends and receives data at the same rate. FUSE WIRE — Wire made from an alloy that melts at a relatively low temperature.

FILM — A thin plastic sheet. FINE STRANDED WIRE — Stranded wire with component strands of 36 AWG or smaller.

FUSED COATING — A metallic coating which has been melted and solidified, forming a metallurgical bond to the base material.

FLAME RESISTANCE — The ability of a material to not propagate flame once the heat source is removed.

FUSED CONDUCTORS — Individual strands of heavily tinned copper wire stranded together and then bonded together by induction heating.

FLAMMABILITY — The measure of a material’s ability to support combustion.

FUSED SPIRAL TAPE — A PTFE insulation often used on hookup wire. The spiral wrapped tape is passed through a sintering oven where the overlaps are fused together.

FLASHOVER — A disruptive discharge around or over the surface of a solid or liquid insulator. FLAT BRAID — A woven braid of tinned copper strands rolled flat at the time of manufacture to a specified width.

G G — A UL cable type. Rubber insulated, neoprene, Hypalon or CPE jacketed portable power cable with two to five #8 AWG or larger conductors with ground wires.

FLAT CABLE — A cable with two essentially flat surfaces. FLAT CONDUCTOR — A wire having a rectangular cross section as opposed to a round or square conductor.

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE — Steel wire coated with zinc.

FLEX-LIFE — The measurement of the ability of a conductor or cable to withstand repeated bending. FLEXIBILITY — The ease with which a cable may be bent. FLEXIBLE — That quality of a cable or cable component which allows for bending under the influence of an outside force, as opposed to limpness which is bending due to the cable’s own weight.

GANG STRIP — Stripping all or several conductors simultaneously. GAS FILLED CABLE — A self-contained pressurized cable in which the pressure medium is an inert gas having access to the insulation. GAUGE — A term used to denote the physical size of a wire. GAUSS — A unit of magnetic induction (flux density) equal to 1 maxwell per square centimeter.

FLOATING — Refers to a circuit which has no electrical connection to ground.

GENERAL PURPOSE INSTRUMENTATION BUS — (GPIB) A protocol standard defined by the IEEE.

FLUOROPOLYMER — A class of polymers used as insulating and jacketing materials. Common ones include Teflon, Tefzel, Kynar, and Halar.

GFI — Ground Fault Interrupter. A protective device that detects abnormal current flowing to ground and then interrupts the circuit.

FLUX — (1) The lines of force which make up an electrostatic field. (2) The rate of flow of energy across or through a surface. (3) A substance used to promote or facilitate fusion. FM — Frequency Modulation. A modulation technique in which the carrier frequency is shifted by an amount proportional to the value of the modulating signal. The deviation of the carrier frequency determines the signal content of the message.

G-GC — A UL cable type. A portable power cable similar to Type G, but also having a ground check conductor to monitor the continuity of the grounding circuit. GHz — Gigahertz; 1,000,000,000 cycles per second. 9 GIGA — A numerical prefix denoting one billion (10 ).

FOAMED INSULATION — Insulations having a cellular structure.

GND — Ground.

FOIL — A thin, continuous sheet of metal.

GROUND — A voltage reference point that is the same as earth or chassis ground.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

306

GLOSSARY GROUND CONDUCTOR — A conductor in a transmission cable or line that is grounded.

HERTZ (Hz) — Cycles per second. A cycle that occurs once every second has a frequency of 1 Hertz. The bandwidth of the average phone line is between 300 and 3,000 cycles per second.

GROUND FAULT — See Fault, Ground. GROUND LOOP — The generation of undersirable current flow within a ground conductor, owing to the circulation currents which originate from a second source of voltage. GROUND PLANE — Expanded copper mesh which is laminated into some flat cable constructions as a shield.

GROUNDED NEUTRAL — The neutral wire that is metallically connected to ground. GTO — Gas tube sign and oil-burner ignition cable, 5 kV–15 kV. GUY — A tension wire connected to a tall structure and another fixed object to add strength to the structure.

HALAR — Ausimont Co. trademark for ethylene chlorotrifluoroethylene (ECTFE).

HIGH TENSION CABLES — Generally the high voltage ignition wires for combustion engines, gas and oil ignitors, or neon signs, etc. (Unshielded.) Usually Type GTO.

HALF DUPLEX — Two-way communications in which data is sent in only one direction at a time.

HIGH-VOLTAGE CABLE TERMINATION — A device used for terminating alternating current power cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV and above.

HARD-DRAWN WIRE — As applied to aluminum and copper, wire that has been cold drawn to final size so as to approach the maximum strength attainable. HARNESS — An arrangement of wires and cables, usually with many breakouts, which have been tied together or pulled into a rubber or plastic sheath, used to interconnect an electric circuit.

HIPOT — A DC high potential test used on medium and high voltage cables. See Dielectric Strength Testing.

HAZARDOUS LOCATION — Ignitable vapors, dust, or fibers that may cause fire or explosion as defined in Article 500 of the NEC.

HMWPE — High molecular weight polyethylene. HOLDING STRENGTH — Ability of a connector to remain assembled to a cable when under tension.

HDPE — High density polyethylene. HDTV — High definition television.

HOOKUP WIRE — Small wires used to hook up instruments or electrical parts, usually 12 AWG and smaller.

HDX — Half-Duplex Transmission. Transmission in either direction but not in both directions simultaneously. Compare with full-duplex transmission.

HOT MODULUS — Stress at 100% elongation after 5 minutes of conditioning at a given temperature (normally 130°C).

HEAD-END — A central point in broadband networks that receives signals on one set of frequency bands and retransmits them on another set of frequencies.

HOT STAMPING — Method of alphanumeric coding. Identification markings are made by pressing heated tape and marking foil into softened insulation surfaces.

HEAT DISTORTION — Distortion or flow of a material or configuration due to the application of heat.

HOT STICK — A long insulated stick having a hook at one end which is used to open energized switches, etc.

HEAT SEAL — Method of sealing a tape wrap jacket by means of thermal fusion. HEAT SHOCK — A test to determine stability of material by sudden exposure to a high temperature for a short period of time.

HELIX — Spiral winding. HENRY — A unit of inductance equal to the inductance of a current changing at the rate of 1 ampere per second inducing a counter electromotive force of 1 volt.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER (system voltage ratings) — A class of system voltages equal to or greater than 69,000 volts or less than 230,000 volts. HINGE CABLE — A cable connected between a hinged or swinging device and a stationary object.

HASH MARK STRIPE — A noncontinuous helical stripe applied to a conductor for identification.

HELICAL STRIPE — A continuous, colored, spiral stripe applied to a conductor for circuit identification.

HIGH-SPLIT — A broadband cable system in which the bandwidth utilized to send toward the head-end (reverse direction) is approximately 6 MHz to 180 MHz, and the bandwidth utilized to send from the head-end (forward direction) is approximately 220 MHz to 400 MHz. The guard band between the forward and reverse directions (180 MHz to 220 MHz) provides isolation from interference. HIGH TEMPERATURE WIRE AND CABLE — Electrical wire and cables having thermal operating characteristics of 150°C and higher.

H

HEATER CORD — A group of cable types defined in Article 400 of the NEC. Types HPD, HPN, HS, HSJ, HSJO and HSO.

HID — High Intensity Discharge as in mercury metal halide and sodium lamps. HIGH BOND INSULATION — Insulation exhibiting great bond strength to the conductors.

GROUND POTENTIAL — Zero potential with respect to the ground or earth.

HEAT SINK — A device that absorbs heat.

HF — High Frequency.

HOT TIN DIP — A process of passing bare wire through a bath of molten tin to provide a coating. HOUSING — A metallic or other enclosure for an insulated splice. HPD — A UL cable type. Two, three or four conductor heater cord with thermoset insulation and cotton or rayon outer covering. For use in dry locations. HPN — A UL cable type. Two or three conductor, thermosetting-insulated heater cord. Parallel construction. For use in damp locations. HSO — A UL cable type. Thermoset jacketed heater cord. HV — High Voltage.

307

GLOSSARY HYBRID CABLE — Multiconductor cable containing two or more types of components.

IMPEDANCE — The total opposition a circuit, cable, or component offers to alternating current. It includes both resistance and reactance and is generally expressed in ohms.

HYDROSCOPIC — Readily absorbing and retaining moisture.

IMPEDANCE, HIGH — Generally, the area of 25,000 ohms or higher.

HYGROSCOPIC — Readily asborbing and retaining moisture. HYPALON — DuPont’s trademark for chlorosulphonated polyethylene (CSP).

IMPEDANCE, LOW — Generally, the area of 1 through 600 ohms.

®

HYPOT — (see hipot) Registered trade name of Associated Research, Inc. for their high-voltage tester. HYSTERESIS — The time lag exhibited by a body in reacting to changes in forces affecting it; an internal friction. Hz — Hertz. A measure of frequency or bandwidth equal to one cycle per second. Named after experimenter Heinrich Hertz.

IMPEDANCE MATCHING STUB — A section of transmission line or a pair of conductors cut to match the impedance of a load. Also called matching stub. IMPEDANCE MATCHING TRANSFORMER — A transformer designed to match the impedance of one circuit to that of another.

I I — Symbol used to designate current. IACS — International Annealed Copper Standard for copper used in electrical conductors. 100% conductivity at 20°C is 2 0.017241 ohm-mm /m.

IMSA — International Municipal Signal Association.

ICEA — Insulated Cable Engineers Association. The association of cable manufacturing engineers who make nationally recognized specifications for cables. Formerly IPCEA. IEC — International Electrotechnical Commission.

IN-BAND SIGNALING — The transmission of signalling information at some frequency or frequencies that lie within a carrier channel normally used for information transmission. INCOHERENT SOURCE — A fiber optic light source which emits wide, diffuse beams of light of many wave lengths. INDEX EDGE — Edge of flat (ribbon) cable from which measurements are made, normally indicated by the location of the printing which is near the index edge. Sometimes indicated by a thread or other identification stripe.

IEEE — Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. An international professional society that issues its own standards and is a member of ANSI and ISO. IEEE 10BASE2 Network — A network conforming to the IEEE 802.3 local area network standard. The network is capable of carrying information at rates up to 10 Mbps over distances up to 2,800 meters (9,184 feet). IEEE 10BROAD36 — 10 million bits per second over broadband coaxial cable with node-to-node coverage of 3,600 meters. The IEEE 802.3 specification for running Ethernet on broadband.

INDOOR TERMINATION — A cable termination intended for use where it is protected from direct exposure to both solar radiation and precipitation. INDUCTANCE — A property of a conductor or circuit which resists a change in current. It causes current changes to lag behind voltage changes and is measured in henrys. INDUCTION — The phenomenon of a voltage, magnetic field, or electrostatic charge being produced in an object by lines of force from the souce of such fields.

IEEE-488 — An IEEE standard for a parallel interface bus consisting of eight bidirectional data lines, eight control lines, and eight signal grounds, which provides for connection to an IEEE-488 device.

INDUCTION HEATING — Heating a conducting material by placing it in a rapidly changing magnetic field. The changing 2 field induces electric currents in the material and I R losses account for the resultant heat.

IEEE-802 — Standards for the interconnection of local networking computer equipment. The IEEE-802 standard deals with the Physical Link Layers of the ISO Reference Model for OSL.

INDUCTIVE COUPLING — Cross talk resulting from the action of the electromagnetic field of one conductor on the other. INPUT — (1) A signal (or power) which is applied to a piece of electric apparatus, (2) The terminals on the apparatus to which a signal or power is applied.

IEEE 802.3 — An IEEE standard describing the physical and data link layers of a local area network based on bus topology and CSMA/CD.

INSERTION LOSS — A measure of the attenuation of a device by determining the output of a system before and after the device is inserted into the system.

IEEE 802.4 — A physical layer standard specifying a LAN with a token-passing access method on a bus topology. Used with Manufacturing Automation Protocol LANs.

INSERTION TOOL — A small, hand-held tool used to insert contacts into a connector.

IEEE 802.5 — A physical layer standard specifying a LAN with a token-passing access method on a ring topology. Used by IBM’s token ring hardware.

INSULATED RADIANT HEATING WIRE — Similar to blanket wire but heavier construction for applications such as in ceiling panels, buried in ground or driveway and concrete walks.

IEEE 802.7 — A proposed physical layer standard specifying a LAN using both 802.3 and 802.4 standards. IF — Intermediate-frequency. IMPACT TESTS — Tests designed to reveal the behavior of material of a finished part if it were subjected to impact or shock loading.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

IMPEDANCE MATCH — A condition whereby the impedance of a particular cable or component is the same as the impedance of the circuit, cable, or device to which it is connected.

INSULATED SPLICE — A splice with a dielectric medium applied over the connected conductors and adjacent cable insulation. INSULATING (ISOLATING) JOINT — A cable joint which mechanically couples and electrically separates the sheath, shield, and armor on contiguous lengths of cable.

308

GLOSSARY INSULATION — A material having good dielectric properties which is used to separate close electrical components, such as cable conductors and circuit components.

IONIZATION FACTOR — This is the difference between percent dissipation factors at two specified values of electrical stress; the lower of the two stresses is usually so selected that the effect of the ionization on dissipation factor at this stress is negligible.

INSULATION LEVEL — A thickness rating for power cable insulation. Circuits having fault detectors which interrupt fault currents within 1 minute are rated 100% level, within 1 hour are rated 133% level, and over 1 hour are rated 173% level.

IONIZATION VOLTAGE — The potential at which a material ionizes. The potential at which an atom gives up an electron.

INSULATION TEMPERATURE RATING — A maximum temperature assigned to insulations based on laboratory tests.

IR DROP — A method of designating a voltage drop in terms of both current and resistance.

INSULATION RESISTANCE — The electrical resistance of an insulating material at a specific time and condition as measured between two conductors.

IRRADIATION — In insulations, the exposure of the material to high-energy emissions for the purpose of favorably altering the molecular structure.

INSULATION STRESS — The potential difference across an insulator. The stress on insulation is expressed in volts per mil (V/m) or kilovolts per meter (kV/m).

ISDN — Integrated Services Digital Network. A standard which covers a wide range of data communication issues but primarily the total integration of voice and data.

INSULATION THICKNESS — The wall thickness of the applied insulation.

ISO — International Standards Organization.

INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING — The nominal phase-tophase operating voltage of a three-phase cable system.

ISO 9000 — A set of quality standards widely used around the world. ISOLATION — The ability of a circuit or component to reject interference, usually expressed in dB.

INTERAXIAL SPACING — Center-to-center conductor spacing in paired wire or center-to-center spacing between conductors in a flat cable.

2 I R — Formula for power in watts, where l 5 current in amperes, R 5 resistance in ohms. See Watt.

INTERCALATED TAPES — Two or more tapes helically wound and overlapping on a cable.

J

INTERCONNECTING CABLE — The wiring between modules, between units, or the larger portions of a system.

JACK — A plug-in type terminal widely used in electronic apparatus for temporary connections.

INTERCONNECTION — Mechanically joining devices together to complete an electrical circuit.

JACKET — Pertaining to wire and cable, the outer sheath which protects against the environment and may also provide additional insulation.

INTERFACE — The two surfaces on the contact side of both halves of a multiple-contact connector which face each other when the connector is assembled.

JAN SPECIFICATION — Joint Army-Navy specification (replaced by current Military Specifications). JET STARTER CABLE — Single conductor 600 V cable used for external aircraft power.

INTERFERENCE — Disturbances of an electrical or electromagnetic nature that introduce undesirable responses into other electronic equipment.

JITTER — The slight movement of a transmission signal in time or phase that can introduce errors and loss of synchronization in high-speed synchronous communications.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY — A frequency to which a signal is converted for ease of handling. Receives its name from the fact that it is an intermediate step between the initial and final conversion or detection stages.

JOINT — That portion of the conductor where the ends of two wires, rods, or groups of wires are joined by brazing, soldering, welding or by mechanical means.

INTERMEDIATE TEMPER — As applied to aluminum, any temper between soft and hard drawn. INTERNAL WIRING — Electronic wiring which interconnects components, usually within a sealed subsystem.

JOULE’S LAW — When electricity flows through a material the rate of heating in watts will equal the resistance of the material 2 in ohms times the square of the current in amperes. W 5 I R.

INTERSTICE — The space or void between assembled conductors and within the overall circumference of the assembly.

JUMPER CABLE — Extra flexible cables with high-voltage insulation for use as temporary connections. Usually has red jacket.

INTRINSICALLY SAFE — Incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most ignitable concentration. See Article 504 of the NEC.

KAPTON — DuPont’s trademark for polyimide.

I/O — Input/Output. The process of transmitting data to and from the processor and its peripherals.

kbps — Thousands of bits per second (bps).

IONIZATION — (1) The creation of ions when polar compounds are dissolved in a solvent, (2) when a liquid, gas or solid is caused to lose or gain electrons due to the passage of an electric current.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

K kB — K-byte. 1,024 bytes. Usually describes bits or bytes, as in transmission speeds measured in kB/sec or kilobits per second. kcmil — One thousand circular mils, replaced “MCM” in the 1990 NEC. KEVLAR — A high strength DuPont polymer used as a cable messenger or strength member.

309

GLOSSARY K-FIBER — Asbestos free substitute for heat resistant high temperature applications. K-Fiber jacketed high temperature cable equals or exceeds the abrasion resistance of a comparable asbestos jacketed cable.

LEVEL — A measure of the difference between a quantity or value and an established reference. LF — Low frequency. A band of frequencies extending from 30 to 300 kHz in the radio spectrum, designated by the Federal Communications Commission.

KILO — Prefix meaning thousand. kV — Kilovolt (1,000 volts).

LIFE CYCLE TESTING — A test to determine the length of time before failure in a controlled, usually accelerated environment.

kVA — Kilovolt ampere. kW — Kilowatt. 1,000 watts of power.

LIGHTNING GROUND CABLE — A specially stranded single conductor cable used to connect lightning rods (air terminals) to grounding rods.

KYNAR — Atochem trademark for polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF).

L

LIGHT SOURCE — An object capable of emitting light. In fiber optics, the light source is normally a LED or a laser.

LACING AND HARNESSING — A method of grouping wires by securing them in bundles of designated patterns.

LIMITS OF ERROR — The maximum deviation (in degrees or percent) of the indicated temperature of a thermocouple from the actual temperature.

LACQUER — A liquid resin or compound applied to textile braid to prevent fraying, moisture absorption, etc.

LIMPNESS — The ability of a cable to lay flat or conform to a surface.

LAMINATED TAPE — A tape consisting of two or more layers of different materials bonded together.

LINE BALANCE — The degree to which the conductors of a cable are alike in their electrical characteristics with respect to each other, to other conductors, and to ground.

L — Symbol for inductance.

LAN — Local Area Network. A user-owned, user-operated, high-volume data transmission facility connecting a number of communicating devices within a single building or campus of buildings. LASER DIODE — A semiconductor diode that, when pulsed, emits coherent light. LAUNCH ANGLE — The angle between the radiation vector and the axis of an optical fiber. LAY — Pertaining to wire and cable, the axial distance required for one cabled conductor or conductor strand to complete one revolution about the axis around which it is cabled. LAY DIRECTION — The twist in the cable as indicated by the top strands while looking along the axis of the cable away from the observer. Described as “right hand” or “left hand.” LAYER — Consecutive turns of a coil lying in a single plane. L Band — The band of frequencies between 390 and 1,550 megahertz. LEACHING AND NONLEACHING — In a leaching wire the plasticizer will migrate when exposed to heat. A nonleaching wire will retain its plasticizer under extreme temperature conditions and remain flexible after baking. LEAD — A wire, with or without terminals, that connects two points in a circuit. LEAD CURED — A cable that is cured or vulcanized in a metallic lead mold. LEAD-IN — The conductor or conductors that connect the antenna proper to electronic equipment. LEAKAGE CURRENT — An undesirable flow of current through or over the surface of an insulating material. LEAKAGE DISTANCE — The shortest distance along an insulation surface between conductors. LED — Light-Emiting Diode; device that accepts electrical signals and converts the energy to a light signal; with lasers, the main light source for optical-fiber transmission, used mainly with multimode fiber.

LINE DROP — A voltage loss occurring between any two points in a power transmission line. Such loss, or drop, is due to the resistance, or leakage of the line. LINE EQUALIZER — A reactance (inductance and/or capacitance) connected in series with a transmission line to alter the frequency-response characteristics of the line. LINE FAULT — A fault such as an open circuit, short circuit or ground in an electrical line or circuit. LINE LEVEL — The level of a signal at a certain point on a transmission line. Usually expressed in decibels. LINE LOSS — A total of the various energy losses occuring in a transmission line. LINE VOLTAGE — The value of the potential existing on a supply or power line. LITZ WIRE — Very fine, usually #44 bare copper, each strand is enamel insulated and nylon wrapped (formerly silk). Used for low inductance coil windings. LOAD — A device that consumes or converts the power delivered by another device. LOAD CELL CABLE — Small multiconductor shielded cables for connecting load cells with instruments in electronic strain gauges. Also used for weighing and force measurement applications. LOADED LINE — A transmission line that has lumped elements (inductance or capacitance) added at uniformly spaced intervals. Loading is used to provide a given set of characteristics to a transmission line. LOC TRAC — Alpha’s registered trademark for a zipper tubing closure track which does not require any sealants to keep it closed, even during extreme flexing. LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) — A network that is located in a localized geographical area (e.g., an office, building, complex of buildings, or campus), and whose communications technology provides a high-bandwidth, low-cost medium to which many nodes can be connected.

LENGTH OF LAY — The axial length of one turn of the helix of a wire or member. See Lay. ©Anixter Inc. 1996

310

GLOSSARY LOGGING CABLE — Usually FEP/Tefzel self-supporting instrumentation cable. Generally dropped through borings in subsurface mining or well applications.

MARKER THREAD — A colored thread laid parallel and adjacent to the strand in an insulated conductor which identifies the manufacturer and sometimes the specification to which the wire is made.

LONGITUDINAL SHIELD — A tape shield, flat or corrugated, applied longitudinally with the axis of the cable. LONGITUDINAL SHRINKAGE — A term generally applied to shrink products denoting the axial length lost through heating in order to obtain the recovered diameter. LONGITUDINAL WRAP — Tape applied longitudinally with the axis of the core being covered.

MASTIC — A meltable coating used on the inside of some shrink products which when heated flows to help create a waterproof seal. MATV — Master Antenna Television System. A combination of components providing multiple television receiver operations from one antenna or group of antennas. MAXIMUM CABLE DIAMETER — The largest cable diameter that a high-voltage cable termination is designed to accommodate.

LONGWALL MACHINE — A mining machine used to undercut coal. LOOP RESISTANCE — The total resistance of two conductors measured round trip from one end. Commonly used term in the thermocouple industry.

MINIMUM CABLE DIAMETER — The smallest cable diameter that a high-voltage cable termination is designed to accommodate.

LOOP TEST — A long line test where a good line is connected to a faulty line to form a loop in which measurements will locate the fault.

MAXIMUM DESIGN VOLTAGE — The maximum voltage at which a high-voltage cable termination is designed to operate continuously under normal conditions.

LOSS — The portion of energy applied to a system that is dissipated and performs no useful work.

MC — (1) Main cross-connect, (2) A UL cable type (metal clad).

LOSS FACTOR — The power factor times the dielectric constant.

MECHANICAL WATER ABSORPTION — A check of how much water will be absorbed by material in warm water for seven days (mg/sq. in. surface).

LOW BOND INSULATION — An insulation that exhibits a small bond strength to the conductors. LOW FREQUENCY — A band of frequencies extending from 30 to 300 kHz in the radio spectrum, designated by the Federal Communications Commission.

MEDIUM-HARD DRAWN WIRE — As applied to copper wire, having tensile strength less than the minimum for hard-drawn wire, but greater than the maximum for soft wire.

LOW LOSS DIELECTRIC — An insulating material that has a relatively low dielectric loss, such as polyethylene or Teflon.

MEDIUM VOLTAGE — A class of nominal power system voltage ratings from 2 kV up to 69 kV.

LOW NOISE CABLE — A cable specially constructed to eliminate spurious electrical disturbances caused by capacitance changes or self-generated noise induced by either physical movement or adjacent circuitry.

MEGA — Prefix meaning million. MEGAHERTZ (MHz) — One million cycles per second. MEGGER — A special ohmmeter for measuring very high resistance. Primarily used for checking the insulation resistance of cables, however, it is also useful for equipment leakage tests.

LOW TENSION — Low voltage, as applied to ignition cable. LOW VOLTAGE — (1) As defined in the National Electrical Code, a system rated nominal 24 volts or less, supplied from a transformer, converter, or battery, (2) A power system voltage rating of 1,000 Volts or less.

MELT INDEX — The extrusion rate of a material through a specified orifice under specified conditions.

LPF — Low Pass Filter. A filter which greatly attenuates signals of higher than a specified frequency, but passes with minimal attenuation all signals lower in frequency. LUMEN — A unit of measurement for light output. LV — Low Voltage.

M mA — Milliampere (one-thousandth of an ampere). MAGNET WIRE — Insulated wire used in the windings of motors, transformers, and other electromagnetic devices. MAGNETIC FIELD — The field created when current flows through a conductor, especially a coiled conductor. MAP — Manufacturing Automation Protocol. The OSI profile championed by General Motors Corporation to provide interconnectivity between plant hosts, area managers and cell controllers over a broadband token-passing bus network. MARKER TAPE — A tape laid parallel to the conductors under the sheath in a cable, imprinted with the manufacturer’s name and the specification to which the cable is made. ©Anixter Inc. 1996

MEDIUM FREQUENCY — The band of frequencies between 300 and 3,000 kilohertz.

MEMBER — A group of wires stranded together which is in turn stranded into a multiple-membered conductor. MESSENGER WIRE — A metallic supporting member either solid or stranded which may also perform the function of a conductor. MFD — Microfarad (one-millionth of a farad). Obsolete abbreviation. MFT — Abbreviation for 1,000 feet. MG — Glass reinforced mica tape insulated cable with an overall sheath of woven glass yarn impregnated with a flame, heat and moisture resistant finish. 450°C, 600 V appliance wire. MHO — The unit of conductivity. The reciprocal of an ohm. MHz — Megahertz (one million cycles per second). MI — A UL cable type. One or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory minerals and enclosed in a liquidtight and gas-tight metallic tube sheathing. MICA — A transparent silicate which separates into layers and has high insulation resistance, high dielectric strength, and high heat resistance.

311

GLOSSARY MICRO — Prefix meaning one-millionth.

MSHA — Mine Safety and Health Administration. The Federal enforcement agency for employee safety in mines and mills. Formerly known as MESA, Bureau of mines. MSHA regulations appear in CFR Title 30, Chapter 1.

MICROBENDING LOSS — A signal loss due to small geometrical irregularities along the core-cladding interface of optical fibers.

MTW — Machine tool wire. Thermoplastic insulated, 90°C to 105°C, 600 V. A UL cable type.

MICROFARAD — One-millionth of a farad (abbreviated µf). MICROMICROFARAD — One-millionth of a microfarad (abbreviated µµf). Also, a picofarad (pf).

MULTICAST — The ability to broadcast messages to one node or a select group of nodes.

MICROPHONE CABLE — A very flexible, usually shielded cable used for audio signals.

MULTIDROP — See Multipoint Circuit.

MICROPHONICS — Noise caused by mechanical movement of a system component. In a single conductor microphone cable, for example, microphonics can be caused by the shield rubbing against the dielectric as the cable is flexed. MICROWAVE — A short (usually less than 30 cm.) electrical wave.

MULTIMODE — Optical fiber which allows more than one mode of light to propagate. MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR CABLE — A combination of two or more conductors cabled together and insulated from one another and from sheath or armor where used. MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR CONCENTRIC CABLE — An insulated central conductor with one or more tubular stranded conductors laid over it concentrically and insulated from one another.

MID-SPLIT — A broadband cable system in which the cable bandwidth is divided between transmit and receive frequencies. The bandwidth utilized to send toward the head-end (reverse direction) is approximately 5 MHz to 100 MHz, and the bandwidth utilized to send away from the head-end (forward direction) is approximately 160 MHz to 300 Mhz. The guard band between the forward and reverse directions (100 MHz to 160 MHz) provides isolation from interference.

MULTIPLEX — The use of a common physical channel in order to make two or more logical channels, either by splitting of the frequency band (frequency-division multiplex), or by utilizing this common channel at different points in time (time-division multiplex).

mil — A unit of length equal to one-thousandth of an inch.

MULTIPLEXER — Equipment that permits simultaneous transmission of multiple signals over one physical circuit.

MIL — Military specification.

MULTIPOINT CIRCUIT — A single line connecting three or more stations.

MIL-C-17 — A military specification covering many coaxial cables.

MURRAY LOOP TEST — A method used to localize cable faults.

MIL-W-16878 — A military specification covering various wires intended for internal wiring of electric and electronic equipment.

MUTUAL CAPACITANCE — Capacitance between two conductors in a cable.

MIL-W-22759 — A military specification for fluorocarbon insulated copper and copper alloy wire. milli — Prefix meaning one-thousandth.

MUX — Multiplex. To transmit two or more signals over a single channel.

MIPS — Millions of Instructions Per Second. One measure of processing power.

mV — Millivolt (one-thousandth of a volt). MV — Medium voltage cables. Usually rated 5 – 35 kV.

MODULATION — Systematic changing of properties, e.g., amplification, frequency, phase of an analog signal to encode and convey (typically digital) information.

mW — Milliwatt (one-thousandth of a watt). MYLAR — DuPont’s trademark for polyethylene terephthalate (polyester) film.

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY — The ratio of stress (force) to strain (deformation) in a material that is elastically deformed.

N

MOISTURE ABSORPTION — The amount of moisture, in percentage, that a material will absorb under specified conditions.

NBR — Butadiene-acrylonitrile copolymer rubber, a material with good oil and chemical resistance.

MOISTURE RESISTANCE — The ability of a material to resist absorbing moisture from the air or when immersed in water.

NBR/PVC — A blend of acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber and polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Used for jacketing.

MOLDED PLUG — A connector molded on either end of a cord or cable.

NBS — National Bureau of Standards. Now called NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology).

MONO FILAMENT — A single strand filament as opposed to a braided or twisted filament.

N CONNECTOR — A threaded connector for coax; N is named after Paul Neill.

MONOMER — The basic chemical unit used in building a polymer.

NEC — National Electrical Code. NEMA — National Electrical Manufacturers Association.

MOTOR LEAD WIRE — Wire which connects to the fragile magnet wire found in coils, transformers, and stator or field windings.

NEOPRENE — A synthetic rubber with good resistance to oil, chemicals, and flame. Also called polychloroprene.

MPF — Mine power feeder cables. Usually rated 5, 8, or 15 kV.

NETWORK — A series of nodes connected by communications channels.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

312

GLOSSARY O

NEWTON — The derived SI unit for force; the force which will give one kilogram mass an acceleration of one meter per second. Equals 0.2248 pounds force.

OD — Outside diameter. OEM — Original equipment manufacturer.

NFPA — National Fire Protection Association.

OFHC — Oxygen-free high-conductivity copper.

NICKEL CLAD COPPER WIRE — A wire with a layer of nickel on a copper core where the area of the nickel is approximately 30% of the conductor area.

OHM — The electrical unit of resistance. The value of resistance through which a potential difference of one volt will maintain a current of one ampere.

NM — A UL cable type. Nonmetallic sheathed cable, braid or plastic covered. For dry use, 90°C conductor rating.

OHM’S LAW — Stated V 5 IR, I 5 V/R, or R 5 V/I where V is voltage, I is current and R is resistance.

NM-B — A UL cable type.

OIL AGING — Cable aged in an accelerated manner by placement in an oil bath and heated to a preset temperature for a stated time.

NMC — Nonmetallic sheathed cable, plastic or neoprene covered. Wet or dry use, 90°C conductor rating. NODE — A station.

OPEN CELL — Foamed or cellular material with cells which are generally interconnected.

NOISE — In a cable or circuit any extraneous sounds or signal which tends to interfere with the sound or signal normally present in or passing through the system.

OPEN CIRCUIT — A break in an electrical circuit so that there can be no current flow.

NOMEX — DuPont’s trademark for a heat resistant, flame retardant nylon.

OPTICAL CONDUCTOR — Materials which offer a low optical attenuation to transmission of light energy.

NOMINAL — Name or identifying value of a measurable property by which a conductor or component or property of a conductor is identified, and to which tolerances are applied.

OPTICAL CROSS-CONNECT — A cross-connect unit used for circuit administration. It provides for the connection of individual optical fibers with optical fiber patch cords.

NOMINAL VOLTAGE (NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE) — A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating its voltage class (as 120/240, 480Y/277, 600 etc.). The actual voltage at which a circuit operates can vary from the nominal within a range that permits satisfactory operation of equipment.

OPTICAL ENCODER — A device whose position is determined by a photoelectric device and converted to an electrical data output. OPTICAL FIBER — Any filament or fiber, made of dielectric materials, that is used to transmit light signals; optical fiber usually consists of a core, which carries the signal, and cladding, a substance with a slightly higher refractive index than the core, which surrounds the core and serves to reflect the light signal. See also Fiber Optics.

NOMOGRAPH — A chart or diagram with which equations can be solved graphically by placing a straight edge on two known values and reading the answer where the straight edge crosses the scale of the unknown value. NONCONTAMINATING — A type of PVC jacket material whose plasticizer will not migrate into the dielectric of a coaxial cable and thus avoid contaminating and destroying the dielectric.

OSCILLATORY SURGE — A surge which includes both positive and negative polarity values.

NONCONTAMINATING PVC — A polyvinyl chloride formulation, which does not produce electrical contamination through plasticizer migration.

OSCILLOSCOPE — Test instrument for showing visually the changes in a varying voltage by means of the wavy line made on a fluorescent screen by the deflection of a beam of cathode rays.

NONFLAMMABLE — The property of a material that is not capable of being easily ignited.

OSHA — Abbreviation for Occupational Safety and Health Act. Specifically the Williams-Steiger laws passed in 1970 covering all factors relating to safety in places of employment.

NONMIGRATING PVC — Polyvinyl chloride compound formulated to inhibit plasticizer migration. NRZI — Non-Return to Zero Inverted. A binary encoding technique in which a change in state represents a binary 0 and no change in state represents a binary 1.

OSMOSIS — The diffusion of fluids through membranes. OUTDOOR TERMINATION — A cable termination intended for use where it is not protected from direct exposure to either solar radiation or precipitation.

N-SERIES CONNECTOR — A coaxial connector (RG-8/U) used in standard Ethernet networks.

OUTGASSING — Dissipation of gas from a material.

NTSC — National Television Standard Committee. The U.S. color TV standard. NUMERICAL APERTURE — The acceptance angle of an optical fiber which determines the angle at which light can enter the fiber; expressed as a number which is equivalent to the sine of the angle. NYLON — An abrasion-resistant thermoplastic with good chemical resistance. Polyamide.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE — A fiber used for optical communications. Analogous to a waveguide used for microwave communications.

OUTPUT — The useful power or signal delivered by a circuit or device. OVERALL DIAMETER — Finished diameter over wire or cable. OVERCOAT CONDUCTOR — A stranded conductor made from individual strands of tin-coated wire stranded together, and then given an overall tin coat. OVERLAP — The amount the trailing edge laps over the leading edge of a spiral tape wrap.

313

GLOSSARY OXYGEN INDEX — A test to rate flammability of materials in a mixture of oxygen and nitrogen. More formally referred to as Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI).

PHASE — The location of a position on a waveform of an alternating current, in relation to the start of a cycle. Measured in degrees, with 360 corresponding to one complete cycle.

OZONE — An extremely reactive form of oxygen, normally occuring around electrical discharges and present in the atmosphere in small but active quantities. In sufficient concentrations it can break down certain insulations.

PHASE SEQUENCE — The order in which successive members of a periodic wave set reach their positive maximum values: a) zero phase sequence — no phase shift, b) plus/minus phase sequence — normal phase shift. PHASE SHIFT — A change in the phase relationship between two alternating quantities. The phase angle between the input and output signals of a system.

P PAIR — Two insulated wires of a single circuit associated together; also known as a “balanced” transmission line. PARALLEL CIRCUIT — A circuit in which identical voltage is presented to all components, and the current divides among the components according to the resistances or the impedances of the components.

PARALLEL TRANSMISSION — A type of data transfer in which all bits of a character, or multiple-bit data blocks, are sent simultaneously, either over separate communications lines or circuits, over a single channel using multiple frequencies, or over a multiple-conductor cable. PARTIAL DISCHARGE (CORONA) EXTINCTION VOLTAGE — The voltage at which partial discharge (corona) is no longer detectable on instrumentation adjusted to a specific sensitivity, following the application of a specified higher voltage.

PAYOFF — The process of feeding a cable or wire from a bobbin, reel, or other package. PCB — Printed Circuit Board. PCP — Polychloroprene (Neoprene). PDN — Public Data Network. A packet switched or circuit switched network available for use by many customers. PDNs may offer value-added services at a reduced cost because of communications resource sharing, and usually provide increased reliability due to built-in redundancy. PE — Polyethylene. A widely used thermoplastic insulation and jacket compound. PEAK — The maximum instantaneous value of a varying current or voltage. Also called crest. PEEK — Poly ether ether ketone. PEEL STRENGTH — The force necessary to peel a flexible member from another member which may be either flexible or rigid. PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY — The ratio of the resistivity of the International Annealed Copper Standard (IACS) at 20°C to the resistivity of a material at 20°C, expressed in percent. Results are calculated on a weight basis or volume basis and so specified. PERCENT PLATING — Quantity of plating on a conductor expressed as a percentage by weight. PERCENTAGE CONDUCTIVITY — Conductivity of a material expressed as a percentage of that of copper. PFA — Perfluoroalkoxy. Teflon is DuPont’s trademark for this material.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

-12

PICO — Prefix meaning one-millionth of one-millionth (10

).

PICOFARAD — One-millionth of one-millionth of a farad. A micromicrofarad, or picofarad (abbreviation pf).

PARALLEL STRIPE — A stripe applied longitudinally on a wire or cable parallel to the axis of the conductor.

PATCH CABLE — A cable with plugs or terminals on each end of the conductors to temporarily connect circuits of equipment together.

PICK — Distance between two adjacent crossover points of braid filaments. The measurement in picks per inch indicates the degree of coverage.

PIGTAIL WIRE — Fine stranded, extra flexible, rope lay lead wire attached to a shield for terminating purposes. PILC CABLE — Paper insulated, lead covered. PIN ASSIGNMENT — A predetermined relationship between the terminals in a connector and the conductors in a cable that specifies the terminals to which each conductor is to be terminated. PITCH — In flat cable, the nominal distance between the index edges of two adjacent conductors. PITCH DIAMETER — Diameter of a circle passing through the center of the conductors in any layer of a multiconductor cable. PLANETARY TWISTER — A cabling machine whose payoff spools are mounted in rotating cradles that hold the axis of the spool in a fixed direction as the spools are revolved so the wire will not kink as it is twisted. PLASTICIZER — A chemical added to plastics to make them softer and more flexible. PLATED HOLE — A hole with walls that have been plated with conductive material to provide an electrical connection between the conductive patterns on both sides of a printed circuit or an anchor for soldering an inserted wire. PLENUM — The air return path of a central air handling system, either ductwork or open space over a suspended ceiling. PLENUM CABLE — Cable approved by a recognized agency such as UL for installation in plenums without the need for conduit. PLTC — Power Limited Tray Cable, rated 300 volts. PLUG — The part of the two mating halves of a connector which is movable when not fastened to the other mating half. PLY — The number of individual strands or filaments twisted together to form a single thread. POINT-TO-POINT WIRING — An interconnecting technique wherein the connections between components are made by wires routed between connecting points. POLARIZATION — The orientation of a flat cable or a rectangular connector. POLISHING — Act of smoothing ends of optical fibers to an “optically smooth” finish, generally using abrasives.

314

GLOSSARY POLYAMIDE — The chemical name for Nylon.

PPE — Polypropylene ethylene.

POLYBUTADIENE — A type of synthetic rubber often blended with other synthetic rubbers to improve their properties.

PREBOND — Stranded wire which has been fused, topcoat tinned, or overcoat tinned.

POLYESTER — Polyethylene terephthalate, used extensively as a moisture resistant cable core wrap. Mylar is DuPont’s trademark for polyester.

PREMOLDED SPLICE — A joint made of premolded components assembled in the field. PRIMARY — The transformer winding which receives the energy from a supply current.

POLYETHYLENE — A thermoplastic material having excellent electrical properties.

PRIMARY INSULATION — The first layer of nonconductive material applied over a conductor, whose prime function is to act as electrical insulation.

POLYHALOCARBON — A general name for polymers containing halogen atoms. The halogens are flourine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

PRINTING WIRING — A printed circuit intended to provide point-to-point electrical connections.

POLYIMIDE — A relatively high temperature plastic developed for use as a dielectric or jacketing material. Kapton is DuPont’s trademark for polyimide.

PRODUCTION TESTS — Tests made on components or subassemblies during production for the purpose of quality control.

POLYMER — A substance made of many repeating chemical units or molecules. The term polymer is often used in place of plastic, rubber, or elastomer. POLYMER OPTICAL FIBER — One of the media projected to become the heart of an automotive LAN. The POF media would become the communications backbone of the vehicle. POLYOLEFINS — A family of plastics including cross-linked polyethylene and various ethylene copolymers.

PROPAGATION TIME — Time required for a wave to travel between two points on a transmission line. PROPAGATION VELOCITY — The velocity of the propagation of a wave along a transmission path.

POLYPROPYLENE — A thermoplastic similar to polyethylene but stiffer and having a higher temperature softening point.

PROTECTIVE COVERING — A field-applied material to provide environmental protection over a splice or housing, or both.

POLYURETHANE — Broad class of polymers noted for good abrasion and solvent resistance. Can be in solid or cellular form.

PROXIMITY EFFECT — Nonuniform current distribution over the crosssection of a conductor caused by the variation of the current in a neighboring conductor.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) — A general purpose thermoplastic used for wire and cable insulations and jackets.

PT — Thermostat cable with solid conductor, individual insulation, twisted together.

POROSITY — Multiple voids in an insulation crosssection. PORT — A point of access into a computer, a network, or other electronic device; the physical or electrical interface through which one gains access; the interface between a process and a communications or transmission facility. P.O.S. — Abbreviation for point-of-sale. POSITION CODING — Identification of conductors by their location, possible only when conductors are located in assigned positions with relation to each other throughout the entire length of a cable. POSJ — All rubber, parallel, light duty ripcord for use on lamps and small appliances, 300 V, 60°C.

PTFE — Polytetrafluoroethylene. One type of Teflon. Sometimes abbreviated TFE. PTT — Post Telephone and Telegraph Authority. The government agency that functions as the communications common carrier and administrator in many areas of the world. PULLING EYE — A device used to pull cable into or from a duct. PULSE — A current or voltage which changes abruptly from one value to another and back to the original value in a finite length of time. PULSE CABLE — A type of coaxial cable constructed to transmit repeated high-voltage pulses without degradation.

POTTING — Sealing by filling with a substance to exclude moisture.

PVC — Polyvinyl chloride. A common insulating and jacketing material used on cables.

POWER — The amount or work per unit of time. Usually 2 expressed in watts, and equal to I R.

PVC-I — A MIL-C-17 coax jacket type. A black polyvinyl chloride with excellent weathering and abrasion properties, but is a contaminating type and will cause cable attenuation to increase with age. Can be used for direct burial.

POWER CABLES — Cables of various sizes, constructions, and insulations, single or multiconductor, designed to distribute primary power to various types of equipment.

PVC-II — A MIL-C-17 coax jacket type. A grey polyvinyl chloride material which is semi-noncontaminating.

POWER FACTOR — The cosine of the phase difference between current and applied voltage.

PVC-IIA — A MIL-C-17 coax jacket type. A black or grey polyvinyl chloride material which is noncontaminating. It has good weathering and abrasion-resistant properties and can be used for direct burial.

POWER LOSS — The difference between the total power delivered to a circuit, cable, or device, and power delivered by that device to a load. POWER RATIO — The ratio of the power appearing at the load to the input power. Expressed in db, it is equal to 10 log10 (P2/P1) where P1 is input power and P2 is the power at the load.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

PROPAGATION DELAY — The time it takes a signal, composed of electromagnetic energy to travel from one point to another over a transmisssion channel; usually most noticeable in communicating with satellites; normally, the speed-of-light delay.

PVDF — Polyvinylidene fluoride. Atochem’s trademark for this material is Kynar. PYROMETER — See Thermocouple.

315

GLOSSARY Q

RESIN — A solid or semisolid organic substance, originally of plant origin but largely synthesized now. Resins are broadly classified as thermoplastic or thermosetting according to whether they soften or harden with the application of heat.

Q BAND — The band of frequencies between 36 and 46 gigahertz. QPL — A Qualified Products List issued by the U.S. Government.

RESISTANCE — In DC circuits, the opposition a material offers to current, measured in ohms. In AC circuits, resistance is the real component of impedance, and may be higher than the value measured at DC.

QUAD — A series of four separately insulated conductors, generally twisted together in pairs.

RESISTIVE CONDUCTOR — A conductor with high electrical resistance.

R R — Symbol for electrical resistance. RADIO FREQUENCY — The frequencies in the electromagnetic spectrum that are used for radio communications. A band of frequencies between 10 kilohertz and 100 gigahertz.

RESISTIVITY — A material characteristic which opposes the flow of electrical energy through the material. It is affected by temper, temperature, contamination, alloying, etc. The unit of volume resistivity is the ohm-cm. The unit of surface resistivity is ohms/m2.

RANDOM WINDING — A winding in rotating equipment wherein wires do not lie in an even pattern.

RESISTOR — An electronic component designed to have a specific value of resistance.

REA (RURAL ELECTRIFICATION ADMINISTRATION) — A federally supported program to provide electrical service to rural areas.

RESISTOR COLOR CODE — A method of indicating resistance value and tolerance. The first color represents the first significant figure of the value. A second color represents the second significant figure, and the third is the multiplier or the number of zeros that follow two significant figures. When there is a fourth color band, it indicates the tolerance.

REACTANCE — The opposition offered an alternating electron flow by a capacitance or inductance. The amount of such opposition varies with the frequency of the current. The reactance of a capacitor decreases with an increase in frequency; the opposite occurs with an inductance.

RESONANCE — An AC circuit condition in which inductive and capacitive reactances interact to cause a minimum or maximum circuit impedance.

RECOVERED DIAMETER — Diameter of shrinkable products after heating has caused it to return to its extruded diameter.

RETRACTILE CORD — A cord having specially treated insulation or jacket so that it will retract like a spring. Retractability may be added to all or part of a cord’s length.

RED PLAGUE — A powdery, brown-red growth sometimes found on silver-coated copper conductors and shield braids.

RETURN WIRE — A ground wire or the negative wire in a direct-current circuit.

REDRAW — The consecutive drawing of wire through a series of dies to reach a desired wire size.

RFI — Radio Frequency Interference. The disruption of radio signal reception caused by any source which generates radio waves at the same frequency and along the same path as the desired wave.

REEL — A revolving flanged device made of wood or metal, used for winding flexible cable. REFERENCE EDGE — See preferred term Index Edge. REFERENCE JUNCTION — The junction of a thermocouple which is at a known reference temperature. Also known as the “cold” junction, it is usually located at the emf measuring device. REFLECTION — (1) The change in direction (or return) of waves striking a surface. For example, electromagnetic energy reflections can occur at an impedance mismatch in a transmission line, causing standing waves, (2) Change in direction of a light wave or ray in an optical fiber.

RHH — Rubber-insulated, heat-resistant building wire, 90°C. A UL cable type. RHW — Rubber-insulated building wire, heat and moistureresistant, 75°C dry or wet. A UL cable type.

REFLOW SOLDERING — The process of connecting two solder-coated conductive surfaces by remelting of the solder to cause fusion.

RHW-2 — Rubber-insulated building wire, heat and moistureresistant, 90°C dry or wet. A UL cable type. RIBBON CABLE — A flat cable of individually insulated conductors lying parallel and held together by means of adhesive or woven textile yarn.

REFRACTION — The bending of lightwaves or rays as they go from one material to another due to the difference in velocities in the materials. REINFORCED SHEATH — The outer covering of a cable which has a reinforcing material, usually a braided fiber, molded in place between layers.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

convert digital data signals to analog signals ( and from analog to digital), then modulate/demodulate them to/from their assigned frequencies. RG/U — “RG” is the military designation for coaxial cable, and “U” stands for “general utility.”

REFLECTION LOSS — The part of a signal which is lost to reflection of power at a line discontinuity.

RELIABILITY — The probability that a device will function without failure over a specified time period or amount of usage.

RF MODEM — Radio frequency modem. A device used to

RIDGE MARKER — One or more ridges running laterally along the outer surface of a plastic insulated wire for purposes of identification. RIGID COAXIAL CABLE — Nonflexible coaxial cable, usually a metal tube armored coaxial cable. Sometimes called “hardline.”

316

GLOSSARY RINGING OUT — Locating or identifying specific conductive paths by passing current through selected conductors.

RS-422 — A standard operating in conjuction with RS-449 that specifies electrical characteristics for balanced circuits.

RING TONGUE — A solderless terminal that connects wire to a stud.

An EIA recommended standard for cable lengths that exceed the RS-232 50-foot limit. Although introduced as a companion standard with RS-449, RS-422 is most frequently implemented on unused pins of DB-25 (RS-232) connectors. Electrically compatible with CCITT recommendation V.11.

RIP CORD — Two or more insulated conductors in a parallel configuration which may be separated to leave the insulation of each conductor intact.

RS-423 — A standard operating in conjunction with RS-449 that specifies electrical characteristics for unbalanced circuits.

RISE TIME — The time it takes the voltage to rise from 0.1 to 0.9 of its final value.

An EIA recommended standard for cable lengths that exceed the RS-232 50-foot limit. Although introduced as a companion standard with RS-422, RS-423 is not widely used. Electrically compatible with CCITT recommendation V.10.

RIV — Radio influence voltage. The radio noise appearing on conductors of electric equipment or circuits. RMS — See Root-Mean-Square. ROCKWELL HARDNESS — A measure of hardness determined by resistance to indention by a small diamond or steel ball under pressure.

RS-432-A — Electrical characteristics of unbalanced-voltage digital interface circuits (EIA). RS-449 — Another EIA standard for DTE/DCE connection which specifies interface requirements for expanded transmission speeds (up to 2 Mbps), longer cable lengths, and 10 additional functions. RS-449 applies to binary, serial, synchronous or asynchronous communications. Half- and fullduplex modes are accommodated and transmission can be over 2- or 4-wire facilities such as point-to-point multipoint lines. The physical connection between DTE and DCE is made through a 37-contact connector; a separate 9-connector is specified to service secondary channel interchange circuits, when used.

ROMEX — A type of nonmetallic sheathed cable. ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) — The effective value of an alternating current or voltages. ROPE CONCENTRIC — A group of stranded conductors assembled in a concentric manner. ROPE-LAY CONDUCTOR — See Concentric-lay Conductor. ROPE STRAND — A conductor composed of a center group of twisted strands surrounded by layers of twisted strands.

RTS — Request-To-Send. An RS-232 modem interface signal (sent from the DTE to the modem on pin 4) which indicates that the DTE has data to transmit.

ROPE UNILAY — A group of stranded conductors assembled in a unilay manner. ROTATING CABLE — A coil of cable whose inner end is attached to a member that rotates in relation to a member to which the outer end of the cable is fastened.

RUBBER, ETHYLENE PROPYLENE (EPR) — A synthetic rubber insulation having excellent electrical properties. RUBBER INSULATION — A general term used to describe wire insulations made of elastomers such as natural or synthetic rubbers, neoprene, Hypalon, EPR, CPE, and others.

ROUND CONDUCTOR FLAT CABLE — A cable made with parallel round conductors in the same plane. ROUND WIRE SHIELDS — Shields constructed from bare, tinned, or silver-plated copper wire that include braided, spiral, and reverse spiral.

RULAN — DuPont’s trade name for their flame-retardant polyethylene insulating material.

S

ROUTINE TESTS — Tests made on each high-voltage cable or upon a representative number of devices, or parts, during production for the purposes of quality control.

S — A UL cable type. Hard service flexible cord with thermoset insulation and jacket.

RS-232 — An EIA recommended standard (RS); a common standard for connecting data processing devices. RS-232 defines the electrical characteristics of the signals in the cable that connect DTE with DCE; it specifies a 25-pin connector (the DB-25 connector is almost universally used in RS-232 applications); and it is functionally identical to CCITT V.24/V.28.

SAE — Society of Automotive Engineers.

RS-232-C — A technical specification published by the EIA that specifies the mechanical and electrical characteristics of the interface for connecting DTE and DCE. It defines interface circuit functions and their corresponding connector pin assignments. The standard applies to both asynchronous and synchronous serial, binary data transmission at speeds up to 20 Kbps in fullor half-duplex mode. RS-232-C defines 20 specific functions. The physical connection between DTE and DCE is made through plug-in, 25-pin connectors. RS-232-C is functionally compatible with the CCITT Recommendation V.24.

SCHERING BRIDGE — See Bridge.

RS-232-C SERIAL I/O PORT — A standard connection interface for computer peripheral equipment.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

S BAND — A band of frequencies between 1,550 and 5,200 megahertz. SBR — A copolymer of styrene and butadiene. Also GRS or Buna-S. SDN — A small diameter multiconductor control cable with neoprene jacket and nylon sheath over polyethylene insulation. SECONDARY INSULATION — A nonconductive material that protects the conductor against abrasion and provides a second barrier. SEGMENTAL CONDUCTOR — A stranded conductor consisting of three or more stranded conducting elements, each element having approximately the shape of the sector of a circle, assembled to give a substantially circular cross section. SELF-EXTINGUISHING — Characteristic of a material whose flame is extinguished after the igniting flame source is removed.

317

GLOSSARY SEMICONDUCTOR — In wire industry terminology, a material possessing electrical conduction properties that fall somewhere between conductors and insulators. Usually made by adding carbon particles to an insulator. Not the same as semiconductor materials such as silicon, germanium, etc., used for making transistors and diodes. SEMICONDUCTING JACKET — A jacket having a sufficiently low resistance so that its outer surface can be kept at substantially ground potential.

SHEATH — The outer covering or jacket over the insulated conductors to provide mechanical protection for the conductors. SHIELD — A sheet, screen, or braid of metal, usually copper, aluminum, or other conducting material placed around or between electric circuits or cables or their components, to contain any unwanted radiation, or to keep out any unwanted interference. SHIELD COVERAGE — See Shield Percentage. SHIELDED INSULATED SPLICE — An insulated splice in which a conducting material is employed over the full length of the insulation for electric stress control.

SEMIRIGID CABLE — Generally refers to Type MI or Type ALS which can be bent or shaped into a required configuration from coils or reels.

SHIELDED LINE — A transmission line whose elements confine radio waves to an essentially finite space inside a tubular conducting surface called the sheath, thus preventing the line from radiating radio waves.

SEMIRIGID PVC — A hard semiflexible polyvinylchoride compound with low plasticizer content. SEMISOLID — An insulation crosssection having a partially open space between the conductor and the insulation perimeter.

SHIELD EFFECTIVENESS — The relative ability of a shield to screen out undesirable radiation. Frequently confused with the term shield percentage, which it is not.

SENSITIVE CONDUCTOR — A conductor terminated to a circuit that is adversely affected by spurious signals.

SHIELDING, POWER CABLE — A conducting layer, applied to control the dielectric stresses within tolerable limits and minimize voids.

SEPARABLE INSULATED CONNECTOR — An insulated device to facilitate cable connections and separations. SEPARATOR — Pertaining to wire and cable, a layer of insulating material such as textile, paper, Mylar, etc., which is placed between a conductor and its dielectric, between a cable jacket and the components it covers, or between various components of a multiple conductor cable. It can be utilized to improve stripping qualities and/or flexibility, or can offer additional mechanical or electrical protection to the components it separates.

SHIELD PERCENTAGE — The physical area of a circuit or cable actually covered by shielding material, expressed in percent.

SERIAL INTERFACE — An interface which requires serial transmission, or the transfer of information in which the bits composing a character are sent sequentially. Implies only a single transmission channel.

SHRINKING RATIO — The ratio between the expanded diameter and recovered diameter of shrinkable products.

SHOVEL CABLE — Normally an SHD-GC type which supplies high-voltage (2 to 25 kV) power to mobile equipment.

SHRINK TEMPERATURE — That temperature which effects complete recovery of a heat shrinkable product from the expanded state.

SERIES CIRCUIT — A circuit in which the components are arranged end to end to form a single path for current.

SHRINK TUBING — Tubing which has been extruded, crosslinked, and mechanically expanded which when reheated or released will return to its original diameter.

SERVE — A filament or group of filaments such as fibers or wires, wound around a central core. SERVED WIRE ARMOR –— Spiral wrap of soft galvanized steel wires wrapped around a cable to afford mechanical protection and increase the cable-pulling tension characteristic.

SHUNT — A very low resistance component used to divert a portion of the current. SHUNT WIRE — A conductor joining two parts of an electric circuit to divert part of the current.

SERVING — A wrapping applied over the core of a cable or over a wire. SEU — A UL cable type. Service Entrance Underground Cable, 600 volts. SEW, SEWF — A CSA cable type. Silicone rubber-insulated equipment wire.

SHORT — A low resistance path that results in excessive current flow and often in damage.

SI — An international system of standardized units of measurement. SIC (SPECIFIC INDUCTIVE CAPACITANCE) — See Dielectric Constant.

SF — A CSA cable type. Silicone rubber insulated fixture wire, solid or 7 strand conductor, 200°C.

SIGNAL — Any visible or audio indication which can convey information. Also, the information conveyed through a communication system.

SFF — A CSA cable type. Same as SF, except flexible stranding 150°C.

SIGNAL CABLE — A cable designed to carry current of usually less than one ampere per conductor.

SG — A CSA cable type. Same as SW except with ground wires.

SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO — A ratio of the amplitude in a desired signal to the amplitude of noise, usually expressed in db.

SGO — A CSA cable type. Same as SWO except with ground wires.

SILICONE — A material made from silicon and oxygen. Can be in thermosetting elastomer or liquid form. The thermosetting elastomer form is noted for high heat resistance.

SHD — Portable mine power cable, three or four individually shielded conductors, with grounding conductors, 5 through 25 kV.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

SINGLE CABLE — A one-cable system in broadband LANs in which a portion of the bandwidth is allocated for send signals, and a portion for receive signals, with a guard band in between to provide isolation from interference.

318

GLOSSARY SINGLE MODE — Optical fiber in which only one mode of light can propagate.

SPLITTER — A passive device used in a cable system to divide the power of a single input into two or more outputs of lesser power. Can also be used as a combiner when two or more inputs are combined into a single output.

SINTERING — Fusion of a spirally applied tape wrap insulation or jacket by the use of high heat to a homogenous continuum. Usually employed for fluorocarbon, nonextrudable materials.

SP-1 — A UL cable type. All thermoset, parallel-jacketed, twoconductor light duty cord for pendant or portable use in damp locations, 300 V.

SIS — Switchboard wiring made with cross-linked polyethylene insulation. SJ — A UL cable type. Junior hard service, rubber-insulated pendant or portable cord. Same construction as type S, but 300 V.

SP-2 — Same as SP-1, but heavier construction, with or without third conductor for gounding purposes, 300 V. SP-3 — Same as SP-2, but heavier construction for refrigerators or room air-conditioners, 300 V.

SJO — Same as SJ, but with oil-resistant jacket. SJOO — Same as SJO but with oil-resistant insulation as well as an oil-resistant jacket.

SPT — A UL type of thermoplastic-insulated, 2 or 3 conductor parallel cord. Frequently called “Zip cord” or “Lamp cord.”

SJT — A UL cable type. Junior hard service thermoplastic or rubber insulated conductors with overall thermoplastic jacket. 300 V.

SQUIRREL CAGE MOTOR — An induction motor having the primary winding (usually the stator) connected to the power and a current is induced in the secondary cage winding (usually the rotor).

SJTO — Same as SJT but oil-resistant thermoplastic outer jacket.

SR — Silicone rubber cable 600 V, 125°C.

SJTOO — Same as SJTO but with oil-resistant insulation.

SR-AW — A cable with flexible, nickel-plated copper conductor, silicone rubber insulation, glass braid, 600 V, 200°C.

SKIN EFFECT — The tendency of alternating current, as its frequency increases, to travel only on the surface of a conductor.

SR-C — A cable with solid copper conductor, silicone rubber insulation, glass braid, 600 V, 125°C.

S METER — An instrument to measure signal strength.

SRG — A cable with ozone resistant silicone rubber insulation with an overall jacket of braided glass yarn impregnated with flame, heat and moisture resistant finish. 150/200°C 600 V appliance and motor lead wire.

S/N — See Signal-to-Noise Ratio. SNM — Shielded nonmetallic sheathed cable. SO — A UL cable type. Hard service cord, same construction as type S except oil-resistant thermoset jacket, 600 V. SOFT WIRE — Wire that has been drawn or rolled to final size and then heated (annealed) to remove the effects of cold working. SOLID CONDUCTOR — A conductor consisting of a single wire.

SRGK — A cable with ozone resistant silicone rubber insulation with braided glass yarn conductor jacket. Cable core of insulated conductors shielded or unshielded, and an overall jacket of braided K-fiber impregnated with flame, heat and moisture resistant finish. 150/200°C 600 V multiconductor cable.

SOOW-A — A UL cable type. Portable cord and control cable. 600 V. Same as SOO but UL Listed for outdoor use.

SRK — A cable with ozone resistant silicone rubber insulation with an overall jacket of braided K-fiber impregnated with flame, heat and moisture resistant finish. 200°C 600 V fixture wire and power cable.

SOURCE COUPLING LOSS — Loss of light intensity as the light from a source passes into an optical fiber.

ST — A UL cable type. Hard service cord, jacketed, same as type S except thermoplastic construction. 600 V, 60°C to 105°C.

SOW — A CSA cable type. A water-resistant thermosetjacketed portable cord approved for outdoor use.

STABILITY FACTOR — The difference between the percentage power factor at 80 volts/mil and at 40 volts/mil measured on wire immersed in water at 75°C for a specified time.

SOO — Same as SO but with oil-resistant insulation.

SPACER CABLE — A type of overhead power distribution cable. Spacing is accomplished by ceramic or plastic hangers suspended from a support messenger.

STANDARD — A set of rules or protocols that describe how a device should be manufactured so it will be reliable and interoperability (compatibility) with others of the same type from different manufacturers will be maintained.

SPAN — In flat conductors, distance between the reference edge of the first and the last conductor. In round conductors, distance between centers of the first and last conductors.

STANDING WAVE — The stationary pattern of waves produced by two waves of the same frequency traveling in opposite directions on the same transmission line. The existence of voltage and current maxima and minima along a transmission line is a result of reflected energy from an impedance mismatch.

SPC — Statistical Process Control. SPECIFIC INDUCTIVE CAPACITY (SIC) — Dielectric constant of insulating material. SPIRAL SHIELD — A metallic shield of fine stranded wires applied spirally rather than braided.

STANDING WAVE RATIO — In a transmission line, waveguide, or analogous system, a figure of merit used to express the efficiency of the system in transmitting power.

SPIRAL STRIPE — A color coding stripe applied helically to the surface of an insulated wire or cable. SPIRAL WRAP — The helical wrap of a tape or thread over a core.

STANDING WAVE RATIO (SWR) — A ratio of the maximum amplitude of a standing wave stated in current or voltage amplitudes.

SPLICE — A connection of two or more conductors or cables to provide good mechanical strength as well as good electrical conductivity.

STATIC CHARGE — An electrical charge that is bound to an object. An unmoving electrical charge.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

319

GLOSSARY STAY CORD — A component of a cable, usually a high-tensile textile, used to anchor the cable ends at their points of termination and to keep any pull on the cable from being transferred to the electrical connections.

SUPERCONDUCTORS — Materials whose resistance and magnetic permeability are virtually zero at very low temperatures. SUPPRESSOR — A device used to reduce or eliminate unwanted voltages in electric or electronic circuits. For example, a resistance conductor in, or a resistor in series with, a sparkplug cable, to suppress interference which would otherwise affect radio reception in and near the vehicle.

STEP INDEX FIBER — A multimode optical fiber consisting of a core of uniform refractive index, surrounded by cladding of slightly lower refractive index. STIFFNESS — As applied to copper, the property of a conductor that causes it to resist permanent deformation by bending.

SURFACE RESISTIVITY — The resistance of a material between two opposite sides of a unit square of its surface. It is usually expressed in ohms.

STO — Same as ST but with oil-resistant thermoplastic outer jacket, 600 V, 60°C.

SURGE — A temporary and relatively large increase in the voltage or current in an electric circuit or cable. Also called transient.

STOO — Same as STO but with oil-resistant insulation. STOP JOINT — A splice which is designed to prevent any transfer of dielectric fluid between the cables being joined.

SV — A UL cable type. Vacuum cleaner cord, two or three conductor, rubber insulated. Overall rubber jacket. For light duty in damp locations, 300 V 60°C.

STP — Shielded Twisted Pair. Two wires, wound around each other to help cancel out any induced noise in balanced circuits. Multiple pairs of wires are contained in one sheath, and each wire pair is shielded.

SVO — A UL cable type. Same as SV except oil-resistant thermoset jacket, 300 V 60°C or 90°C. SVT — A UL cable type. Same as SV except thermoplastic jacket. 300 V, 60°C or 90°C.

STRAIGHT JOINT — A cable splice used for connecting two lengths of cable, each of which consists of one or more conductors.

SVTO — A UL cable type. Same as SVT, except with oilresistant thermoplastic jacket, 60°C.

STRAIN GAUGE — A device for determining the amount of strain (change in dimension) when a stress is applied. STRAIN HARDENING — An increase in hardness and strength caused by plastic deformation at temperatures lower than the recrystallization range.

SW — A CSA cable type. Rubber jacketed power supply cable (8 AWG to 2 AWG) 600 V. SWEEP TEST — A test given to check attenuation by an oscilloscope, as in coaxial cable.

STRAND — One of the wires of any stranded conductor.

SWO — Same as SW except neoprene jacketed.

STRANDED CONDUCTOR — A conductor composed of a group of wires, usually twisted, or of any combination of such groups of wires.

SWT — A CSA cable type. Plastic-jacketed power supply cable (8 AWG to 2 AWG) 600 V.

T

STRAND LAY — The distance of advance of one strand of a spirally stranded conductor, in one turn, measured longitudinaly.

T — Thermoplastic vinyl, building wire, 60°C.

STRESS-RELIEF CABLE — Cable used to relieve stresses in the process of welding pipe joints by inducing heat in pipe sections to be welded, flexible copper strand.

TAKE-UP — The process of accumulating wire or cable onto a reel, bobbin, or some other type of pack. Also, the device for pulling wire or cable through a piece of equipment or machine.

STRESS-RELIEF CONE (TERMINATION) — A device used to relieve the electrical stress at a shielded cable termination; generally used at 5 kV and above.

TANK TEST — A dielectric strength test in which the test sample is submerged in water and voltage is applied between the conductor and water as ground.

STRIP — To remove insulation from a wire or cable.

TAP — (1) Baseband — The component of a connector that attaches a transceiver to a cable, (2) Broadband — (Also called a directional tap or multitap) a passive device used to remove a portion of the signal power from the distribution line and deliver it onto the drop line.

STRUCTURAL RETURN LOSS — Backward reflected energies from uneven parts of the cable structure. SUBCHANNEL — A frequency subdivision created from the capacity of one physical channel by broadband LAN technology. Bands of frequencies of the same or different sizes are assigned to transmission of voice, data, or video signals. Actual transmission paths are created when each assigned band is divided, using FDM, into a number of subchannels. SUBSPLIT — The most common form of transmission in the CATV industry. In the sub-split scheme, the bandwidth utilized to send toward the head-end (reverse direction) is much smaller, from approximately 5 MHz to 30 MHz, and the bandwidth utilized to transmit from the head-end (forward direction) is very large from approximately 55 MHz to 300 HMz. The guard band between forward and reverse directions (30 MHz to 55 MHz) provides isolation from interference.

TAPED INSULATION — Insulation of helically wound tapes applied over a conductor or over an assembled group of insulated conductors. TAPED SPLICE — A joint with hand-applied tape insulation. TAPE WRAP — A spirally applied tape over an insulated or uninsulated wire. TC — A UL cable type. See Tray Cable, NEC Art. 340. TCLP — Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure. A test created by the EPA to determine whether an item can be safely discarded in an ordinary (nonhazardous) landfill.

SUBSTRATE — Insulating material of a printed circuit.

T CONNECTOR — A cable adapter that attaches a PC with a network interface module to the network.

SUGGESTED WORKING VOLTAGE — AC voltage that can be applied between adjacent conductors.

TEAR STRENGTH — The force required to initiate or continue a tear in a material under specified conditions.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

320

GLOSSARY TECHNICAL AND OFFICE PROTOCOLS (TOP) — A Boeing version of the MAP protocol aimed at office and engineering applications.

THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION WIRE — A pair of wires of dissimilar alloys having emf temperature characteristics complementing the thermocouple with which it is intended to be used, such that when properly connected allows the emf to be faithfully transmitted to the reference junction.

TEFLON — Trademark of the DuPont Co. for FEP, PTFE, and PFA polymers.

THERMOCOUPLE LEAD WIRE — An insulated pair of wires used from the thermocouple to a junction box.

TELEMETRY CABLE — Cable used for transmission of information from instruments to the peripheral recording equipment.

THERMOPLASTIC — A material which softens when heated and becomes firm on cooling.

TEMPERATURE RATING — The maximum temperature at which an insulating material may be used in continuous operation without loss of its basic properties. TENSILE STRENGTH — The maximum load per unit of original cross-sectional area that a conductor attains when tested in tension to rupture. TERMINALS — Metal wire termination devices designed to handle one or more conductors, and to be attached to a board, bus or block with mechanical fasteners or clipped on.

THERMOSET — A material which has been hardened or set by the application of heat or radiation, and which, once set, cannot be resoftened by heating. The application of heat or radiation is called “curing.” THHN — A UL cable type. 600 V, 90°C nylon-jacketed building wire. THREE-PHASE CURRENT — Current delivered through three wires, with each wire serving as a return for the other two.

TERMINATOR — A resistive device used to terminate the end of cable or an unused tap into its characteristic impedence. The terminator prevents interference-causing signal reflections.

THREE-PHASE THREE-WIRE SYSTEM — An alternating current supply system comprising three conductors over which three-phase power is sent.

TEST LEAD — A flexible, insulated lead wire used for making tests, connecting instruments to a circuit temporarily, or for making temporary electrical connections.

THREE-QUARTER-HARD WIRE — As applied to aluminum, wire that has been processed to produce a strength approximately midway between that of half-hard wire and that of hard-drawn wire.

TEW — Canadian Standards Association type appliance wires. Solid or stranded single conductor, plastic insulated, 105°C, 600 V.

THREE-WIRE SYSTEM — A DC or single-phase AC system comprising three conductors, one of which is maintained at a potential midway between the potential of the other two.

TEXTILE BRAID — Any braid made from threads of cotton, silk, or synthetic fibers. TF — A UL cable type. Fixture wire, thermoplastic-covered solid or 7 strands, 60°C.

THW — A UL cable type. Thermoplastic vinyl-insulated building wire. Flame-retardant, moisture and heat resistant. 75°C Dry and wet locations. THWN — A UL cable type. Same as THW but with nylon jacket overall. Rated 75°C wet and 90°C dry.

TFE — One of three types of Teflon. Also known as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).

TIA — Telecommunication Industries Association.

TFF — Same as TF but flexible stranding, 60°C.

TINNED WIRE — See Coated Wire.

TFFN — Same as TFF but with nylon outer jacket.

TIN OVERCOAT (TOC) — Tinned copper wire, stranded, then coated with pure tin.

TFN — Same as TF but with nylon outer jacket. TG — Flexible nickel or nickel-clad copper conductor, Teflon tape, glass braid, 200°C.

TINSEL WIRE — A low voltage stranded wire, with each strand a very thin conductor ribbon spirally wrapped around a textile yarn.

TGGT — PTFE Teflon tape insulation with an insulation covering of wrapped glass yarn and an overall sheath of braided glass yarn impregnated with a moisture, heat, flame and fraying resistant compound. 600 V, 250°C appliance wire. TGS — Solid or flexible copper, nickel-clad iron or copper, or nickel conductor. Teflon tape, silicone glass braid, 600 V 250°C.

TKGT — PTFE Teflon tape insulation with an insulating covering of felted K-fiber yarn and an overall sheath of braided glass yarn impregnated with a moisture, heat, flame and fraying resistant compound. 250°C 600 V apparatus and Motor Lead wire.

THERMAL AGING — Exposure to a thermal condition or programmed series of conditions for predescribed periods of time.

TNC — A threaded connector for miniature coax; TNC is said to be an abbreviation for threaded-Neill-Concelman. Contrast with BNC.

THERMOCOUPLE — A device consisting of two dissimilar metals in physical contact, which when heated will develop an emf output.

TOP — Technical Office Protocol. An OSI profile designed for the technical and office LAN environment.

THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENT — A thermocouple designed to be used as part of an assembly, but without associated parts such as terminal block, connecting head, or protecting tube. THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION CABLE — A cable comprised of one or more twisted thermocouple extension wires under a common sheath.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

TOPCOAT — Bare (untinned) copper wire, stranded then coated with pure tin. TPE — Thermoplastic Elastomer. TRACER — A means of identifying polarity. TRANSCEIVER — A device required in baseband networks which takes the digital signal from a computer or terminal and imposes it on the baseband medium.

321

GLOSSARY TRANSCEIVER CABLE — Cable connecting the transceiver to the network interface controller allowing nodes to be placed away from the baseband medium.

TWINAXIAL CABLE — A shielded coaxial cable with two central insulated conductors. TWIN CABLE — A pair of insulated conductors twisted, sheathed, or held together mechanically and not identifiable from each other in a common covering.

TRANSITION SPLICE — A cable splice which connects two different types of cable. TRANSMISSION — The dispatching of a signal, message, or other form of intelligence by wire, radio, telegraphy, telephony, facsimile, or other means (ISO); a series of characters, messages, or blocks, including control information and use data; the signaling of data over communications channels.

TWIN COAXIAL — A configuration containing two separate, complete coaxial cables laid parallel or twisted around each other in one unit. TWIN-LEAD — A transmission line having two parallel conductors separated by insulating material. Line impedance is determined by the diameter and spacing of the conductors and the insulating material and is usually 300 ohms for television receiving antennas. Also called balanced transmission line and twin-line.

TRANSMISSION CABLE — Two or more transmission lines. See Transmission Line. TRANSMISSION LINE — A signal-carrying circuit with controlled electrical characteristics used to transmit highfrequency or narrow-pulse signals.

TWINNER — A device for twisting together two conductors.

TRANSMISSION LOSS — The decrease or loss in power during transmission of energy from one point to another. Usually expressed in decibels.

TWINNING — Synonymous with pairing. TWISTED PAIR — A pair of insulated copper conductors that are twisted around each other, mainly to cancel the effects of electrical noise; typical of telephone and LAN wiring.

TRANSPOSITION — Interchanging the relative positions of wires to neutralize the effects of induction to or from other circuits or, to minimize interference pickup by the lead-in during reception.

U U-BEND TEST — A cable test in which the insulation is tested for resistance to corona and ozone.

TROLLEY WIRE — A round or shaped solid, bare, hard conductor ordinarily used to supply current to motors through traveling current collectors.

UF — A UL cable type. Thermoplastic underground feeder or branch circuit cable.

TRAY — A cable tray system is an assembly of units or sections, and ancillary fittings, made of noncombustible materials used to support cables. Cable tray systems include ladders, troughs, channels, solid bottom trays, and similar structures.

UHF — Ultrahigh frequency, the band extending from 300 to 3,000 mHz as designated by the Federal Communications Commission. UL — Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. UL LISTED — A product that has been tested and found to comply with Underwriters Laboratories’ standards.

TRAY CABLE — A factory-assembled multiconductor or multipair control cable approved under the National Electrical Code for installation in trays.

ULTRASONIC CLEANING — Immersion cleaning aided by ultrasonic waves which cause microagitation.

TREEING — Microscopic tree-like channels in medium voltage, e.g., 15 kV, cable insulation that can lead to cable failure. TRIAXIAL — A three conductor cable with one conductor in the center, a second circular conductor concentric with and insulated from the first, and a third circular conductor insulated from and concentric with the second, and an impervious sheath overall.

ULTRASONIC DETECTOR — A device that detects ultrasonic noise such as that produced by corona or leaking gas. ULTRAVIOLET — Radiant energy within the wavelength range 10 to 380 nanometers. It is invisible, filtered out by glass, and causes suntan. UNBALANCED LINE — A transmission line in which voltages on the two conductors are unequal with respect to ground, e.g., coaxial cable.

TRIBOELECTRIC NOISE — Noise generated in a shielded cable due to variations in capacitance between shielding and conductor as the cable is flexed.

UNBALANCED-TO-GROUND — Describing a two-wire circuit, where the impedance-to-ground on one wire is measurably different from that on the other, compare with balanced-toground.

TRUNK CABLE — A main cable used for distribution of signals over long distances throughout a cable system. TRUE CONCENTRIC — A cable conductor in which each successive layer has a reversed direction of lay from the preceding layer.

UNIDIRECTIONAL CONDUCTOR — See Concentric-lay Conductor.

TR-XLP — Water tree retardant cross-linked polyethylene. TUBING — A tube of extruded nonsupported plastic material.

UNIDIRECTIONAL STRANDING — A term denoting that in a stranded conductor all layers have the same direction of lay.

TURNKEY SYSTEM — Any system that is completely assembled and tested and that will be completely operational by turning it “on.”

UNILAY — More than one layer of helically laid wires with the direction of lay and length of lay the same for all layers. See Concentric-lay Conductor.

TV CAMERA CABLE — Multiconductor (often composite) to carry power for camera, lights, maneuvering motors, intercom signals to operators, video, etc. Usually heavy duty jacketed.

USE — A UL cable type. Underground service entrance cable, XLP or rubber-insulated, Hypalon or XLP jacketed.

TW — A UL cable type. Thermoplastic vinyl-jacketed building wire, moisture resistant 60°C.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

UTP — Unshielded Twisted Pair. Two wires, usually twisted around each other to help cancel out any induced noise in balanced circuits. An unshielded twisted pair cable usually contains four pairs of wire in a single cable jacket.

322

GLOSSARY V V — Volts. The SI unit of electrical potential difference. One volt is the difference in potential between two points of a conducting wire carrying a constant current of one ampere when the power dissipated between these two points is equal to one watt. VA — Volt-ampere. A designation of power in terms of volts and amperes. VAR — A unit of reactive power that means volt-amperes, reactive. VARMETER — An instrument used by power companies to measure the kvar consumption. V BAND — A band of frequencies between 46 and 56 gigaHertz. VC — Varnished-cambric insulation. VDE — Association of German Electrical Engineers. VELOCITY OF PROPAGATION — The transmission speed of an electrical signal down a length of cable compared to it’s speed in free space. Usually expressed as a percentage. VG — Varnished-glass or nylon braid, 600 V or 3,000 V, 130°C. VHF — Very high frequency, the band extending from 30 to 300 MHz (television channels 2 to 13 and most FM radio) as designated by the Federal Communications Commission.

VOLTAGE RATING — The highest voltage that may be continously applied to a wire in conformance with standards or specifications. VOLTAGE STANDING WAVE RATIO (VSWR) — The ratio of the maximum effective voltage to the minimum effective voltage measured along the length of a mismatched radio frequency transmission line. VOLTAGE TO GROUND — The voltage between an energized conductor and earth. VOLUME RESISTIVITY — The resistance in ohms of a body of unit length and unit cross-sectional area. VULCANIZATION — A chemical reaction in which the physical properties of a polymer are changed by reacting it with crosslinking agents. VW-1 — Vertical wire flame test. Formerly designated as FR1. A UL fire rating for single conductor cables. The test is described in UL Standard 1581.

W W — (1) Symbol for watt or wattage, (2) A UL cable type. Heavy duty portable power cable, one to six conductors. 600 V, without grounds. WALL THICKNESS — The thickness of the applied insulation or jacket.

VIDEO PAIR CABLE — A transmission cable containing lowloss pairs with an impedance of 125 ohms. Used for TV pick ups, closed-circuit TV, telephone carrier circuits, etc.

WATER ABSORPTION — A test to determine the water absorbed by a material after a given immersion period.

VISCOSITY — Internal friction or resistance to flow of a liquid: the constant ratio of shearing stress to rate of shear.

WATER BLOCKED CABLE — A multiconductor cable having interstices filled with a water-blocking compound to prevent water flow or wicking.

VLF — Very low frequencies, the band extending from 10 to 30 kHz, as designated by the Federal Communications Commission. VOICE FREQUENCY (VF) — Describes an analog signal within the range of transmitted speech, typically supported by an analog telecommunications circuit. VOICE PAIR CABLE — A transmission cable containing lowloss pairs with an impedance of 125 ohms. Used for TV pick ups, closed-circuit TV, telephone carrier circuits, etc. VOLT — A unit of electrical “pressure.” One volt is the amount of pressure that will cause one ampere of current to flow through one ohm of resistance. VOLTAGE — Electrical potential or electromotive force expressed in volts. VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN — A test to determine the maximum voltage insulated wire can withstand before failure. VOLTAGE, CORONA EXTINCTION — The minimum voltage that sustains corona, determined by applying a corona producing voltage, then decreasing the voltage until corona is extinct. VOLTAGE DIVIDER — A network consisting of impedance elements connected in series to which a voltage is applied and from which one or more voltages can be obtained across any portion of the network. VOLTAGE DROP — The voltage developed across a conductor by the current and the resistance or impedance of the conductor.

WATER COOLED LEADS — Furnace Cables. High Energy Cables. Usually welding cable strands cabled with a hose core for carrying coolant — used in heavy duty welding equipment, electric furnace applications, plating and various chemical processes. WATER TREES — A type of insulation deterioration that can occur after long term immersion in water with an electrical stress applied. WATT — A unit of electrical power. One watt is equivalent to the power represented by one ampere of current under a pressure of one volt in a DC circuit. WAVEFORM — A graphical representation of a varying quantity. Usually, time is represented on the horizontal axis, and the current or voltage value is represented on the vertical axis. WAVE FRONT — (1) That portion of an impulse (in time or distance) between the 10% point and the point at which the impulse reaches 90% of crest value, (2) the rising part of an impulse wave. WAVELENGTH — The distance between the nodes of a wave. The ratio of the velocity of the wave to the frequency of the wave. WAVESHAPE REPRESENTATION — The designation of current or voltage by a combination of two numbers. For other than rectangular impulses: (a) virtual duration of the wave front in microseconds, (b) time in microseconds from virtual zero to the instant at which one-half of the crest value is reached on the tail. For rectangular impulses: (a) minimum value of current or voltage, (b) duration in microseconds.

VOLTAGE, INDUCED — A voltage produced in a conductor by a change in magnetic flux linking that path.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

323

GLOSSARY Z

WEIGHT RESISTIVITY — The resistance in ohms at a specified temperature of a body of uniform cross section and of unit weight and unit length.

Z — Symbol for impedence. ZETABON — Dow’s trade name for an acrylic acid copolymer coated aluminum tape.

WELDING — Joining the ends of two wires, rods, or groups of wires (a) by fusing, using the application of heat or pressure or both, by means of a flame torch, electric arc, or electric current or (b) by cold pressure.

ZIPPER TUBING — Alpha’s trade name for harnessing/ jacketing material containing a zipper-track type closure. The zipper arrangement allows installation with no need to disconnect previously wired schemes for its installation. See Loc-Trac.

WHEATSTONE BRIDGE — A device used to measure DC resistance. See Bridge. WICKING — The longitudinal flow of a liquid in a wire or cable due to capillary action.

ZYTEL — DuPont’s trade name for nylon resins.

WIRE — A rod or filament of drawn or rolled metal whose length is great in comparison with the major axis of its cross section. WIRE BRAID — Flexible wire constructed of small size strands in tubular form. Used for shielding or connections where constant flexing is required. WIRE GAUGE (AWG) — The American Wire Gauge, originally called Brown & Sharpe Gauge. A system of numerical wire sizes starting with the lowest numbers for the largest sizes. Gauge sizes are each 20.6% apart based on the crosssectional area. WIRE NUT — A closed-end splice that is screwed on instead of crimped. WIRE-WRAPPED CONNECTION — A solderless connection made by wrapping bare wire around a square or rectangular terminal with a power or hand tool. WIRE WRAPPING TOOLS — Portable electric tools and automatic stationary machines used to make solderless wrapped connections of wires to terminals. WITHSTAND TEST VOLTAGE — The voltage that the device must withstand without flashover, disruptive discharge, puncture, or other electric failure when voltage is applied under specified conditions. WP — Weatherproof construction for overhead wires. WORKSTATION — (1) Input/Output equipment at which an operator works; (2) a station at which a user can send data to, or receive data from, a computer or other workstation for the purpose of performing a job. WRAPPER — An insulating barrier applied as a sheet of tape wrapped around a coil periphery.

X X — Symbol for reactance. X BAND — A band of frequencies between 5,200 and 10,000 megahertz. XHHW — A UL cable type. Cross-linked polyethylene insulated small diameter building wire rated 75°C wet and 90°C dry. XHHW-2 — A UL cable type. Cross-linked polyethylene insulated small diameter building wire rated 90°C wet and dry. XLP — Cross-linked polyethylene. Also written XLPE. XPLE — Cross-linked polyethylene.

Y YIELD STRENGTH — The point at which a substance changes from elastic to viscous.

©Anixter Inc. 1996

324

INDEX OF TABLES Table 2.1

Relative electrical and thermal conductivities of common conductor materials . . . . . . . . 6 –7

Table 2.2

Diameters for copper and aluminum conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 –10

Table 2.3

Tensile strength of copper wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Table 2.4

Strand classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 –13

Table 2.5

Standard nominal diameters and cross-sectional areas of solid copper wire . . . . . . . . 14 –15

Table 2.6

Class B concentric-lay-stranded copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 –17

Table 2.7

Class H rope-lay-stranded copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–18

Table 2.8

Class K rope-lay-stranded copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Table 2.9

Class M rope-lay-stranded copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Table 2.10

Aluminum 1350 solid round wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21– 22

Table 2.11

Class B concentric-lay-stranded aluminum 1350 conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 23

Table 2.12

Concentric-lay-stranded aluminum conductors—coated-steel reinforced (ACSR) . . . . 24 – 25

Table 3.1

K-1 color sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Table 3.2

K-2 color sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Table 3.3

K-3 color sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Table 3.4

K-4 color sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Table 3.5

K-5 color sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37– 38

Table 3.6

Common multiconductor color code (Belden standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Table 3.7

Common multipair color code (Belden standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Table 3.8

Telecommunication cable color code (solid colors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Table 3.9

Telecommunication cable color code (band marked) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Table 3.10

Properties of thermoplastic insulation & jacket materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41– 43

Table 3.11

Properties of thermoset insulation & jacket materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 – 45

Table 3.12

Properties of EPR compared with those of XLPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Table 3.13

Halogen content in typical insulation and jacket materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Table 3.14

LOI of common wire and cable materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Table 3.15

Dielectric constant of common wire and cable materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Table 4.1

Power cable shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Table 4.2

Foil shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Table 4.3

Copper braid shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Table 4.4

Spiral shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Table 5.1

ICEA recommended thickness of interlocked armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Table 6.1

Flexible cord type designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61– 62

Table 6.2

Color code for thermocouple wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Table 6.3

Color code for thermocouple extension wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Table 6.4

High temperature cable ratings chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 – 67

325

©Anixter Inc. 1996

INDEX OF TABLES Table 6.5

Twisted pair cable performance categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Table 6.6

IBM cable types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Table 6.7

A comparison of loose tube and tight buffer optical fiber cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Table 6.8

Tray cable listings and markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Table 7.1

DC resistance of plated copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87– 90

Table 7.2

DC and AC resistance of class B copper conductors, ohms per 1000 feet . . . . . . . . . 90 – 91

Table 7.3

Temperature correction factors for Table 7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Table 7.4

DC and AC resistance of class B aluminum conductors, ohms per 1000 feet . . . . . . . . . . 92

Table 7.5

Temperature correction factors for Table 7.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Table 7.6

Reactance and impedance at 60 Hz for single copper conductor cables installed in air, buried or in separate nonmetallic conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 – 94

Table 7.7

AC/DC resistance ratio at 60 hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 – 96

Table 7.8

Temperature correction factors for the resistance of copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Table 7.9

Phase-to-phase voltage drop per amp per 100 ft of circuit for a 3-phase, 60 Hz system operating at 60°C with copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Table 7.10

Phase-to-phase voltage drop per amp per 100 ft of circuit for a 3-phase, 60 Hz system operating at 60°C with aluminum conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Table 7.11

Maximum short circuit current for copper shielding tape (amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Table 7.12

400 & 800 Hz ampacity factors for 600 volt cables with class B strand, installed with minimum triangular spacing in air or in nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Table 7.13

Basic impulse level (BIL) ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Table 8.1

Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 –111

Table 8.2

Maximum cable diameters for permissible conduit fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Table 8.3

Dimensions and maximum allowable percent fill of electrical metallic tubing (EMT) . . . . . 112

Table 8.4

Bend multipliers for pulling tension calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Table 8.5

Maximum sidewall pressure (SWP) for power cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117–118

Table 8.6

Minimum bending radii for cables without metallic shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Table 8.7

Messenger breaking strength in lbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Table 8.8

Messenger weight in lbs./1000 ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Table 8.9

Maximum core weight in lbs./ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Table 8.10

Galvanized steel strand/physical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Table 8.11

Spacings for conductor supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Table 8.12

Maximum DC test voltages for shielded power cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Table 8.13

AEIC hipot test voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Table 9.1

Connections for the first four pairs of UTP cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Table 9.2

3M Scotchlok connector dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Table 9.3

3M Scotchlok lug dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 –144

Table 10.1

Minimum drum diameter for wire and cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 –153

©Anixter Inc. 1996

326

INDEX OF TABLES Table 10.2

Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 22"– 66" in diameter . . . . . . 154 –155

Table 10.3

Capacities and dimensions of standard shipping reels 78"–108" in diameter . . . . . 156 –157

Table 10.4

Typical small reel dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Table 11.1

Fire safety test methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Table 11.2

NEC fire test summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Table 11.3

Comparison of vertical cable tray tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 –196

Table 11.4

NEC Article 725 –Summary of remote control, signaling and power-limited circuit types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Table 11.5

Symbols of international organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 – 204

Table 12.1

Conductor size conversion: metric to English and English to metric . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 – 209

Table 12.2

Circular measurements–diameter, circumference, area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 – 214

Table 12.3

Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 – 217

Table 12.4

Degrees centigrade (Celsius) vs. degrees Fahrenheit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Table 12.5

KVA to amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 – 220

Table 13.1

Electrical properties of circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Table 13.2

Resistance, inductance, and capacitance in AC circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Table 13.3

Series and parallel connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Table 13.4

Engineering notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Table 13.5

Engineering notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Table 13.6

Diameter of multiconductor cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Table 13.7

Determination of largest possible conductor in cable interstices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Table 13.8

Concentric stranded conductor diameter from wire diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Table 14.1

CENELEC harmonized approvals in the European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Table 14.2

DC resistance of Class 1 (solid) copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Table 14.3

DC resistance and stranding of Class 2 copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237– 238

Table 14.4

DC resistance and stranding of Class 5 (flexible) copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . 238 – 239

Table 14.5

DC resistance and stranding of Class 6 (highly flexible) copper conductors . . . . . . 239 – 240

Table 14.6

EU supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Table 14.7

EU power plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Table 14.8

Austrian supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Table 14.9

Austrian plug configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Table 14.10

Belgian supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Table 14.11

Belgian plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Table 14.12

Danish supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Table 14.13

Danish plug configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Table 14.14

French supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Table 14.15

French plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 327

©Anixter Inc. 1996

INDEX OF TABLES Table 14.16

DIN 47100 color code for single conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Table 14.17

DIN 47100 color code for paired conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Table 14.18

German supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Table 14.19

German plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Table 14.20

Irish supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Table 14.21

Irish plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Table 14.22

Italian supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Table 14.23

Italian plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Table 14.24

Dutch supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Table 14.25

Dutch plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Table 14.26

Norwegian supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Table 14.27

Norwegian plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Table 14.28

Portuguese supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Table 14.29

Portuguese plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Table 14.30

Spanish supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Table 14.31

Spanish plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Table 14.32

Swedish supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Table 14.33

Swedish plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Table 14.34

Swiss supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Table 14.35

Swiss plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Table 15.1

United Kingdom supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Table 15.2

United Kingdom plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Table 16.1

Mexican supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Table 16.2

Mexican plug configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Table 17.1

Some Canadian cable types, conditions of use and maximum conductor temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 – 286

Table 17.2

Canadian supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Table 17.3

Canadian plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Table 18.1

Australian supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Table 18.2

Australian plug configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Table 18.3

Limiting temperatures for Australian insulated cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 – 293

Table 18.4

Singapore supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Table 18.5

Singapore plug configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Table 18.6

Japanese plug configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

©Anixter Inc. 1996

328

INDEX OF FIGURES Figure 1.1

Three phase wye (star) Three wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 1.2

Three phrase delta Three wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 1.3

Three phase star Four wire, grounded neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 1.4

Three phase wye (star) Three wire, grounded neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 1.5

Three phase delta Four wire, grounded midpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 2.1

Concentric strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Figure 2.2

Rope strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Figure 2.3

Sector conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Figure 2.4

Segmental conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Figure 2.5

Annular conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Figure 2.6

Compact concentric strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Figure 2.7

Comparative sizes and shapes of 1000 kcmil conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Figure 3.1

Nominal temperature range of cable polymers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Figure 4.1

Typical copper tape shielded power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Figure 4.2

Foil shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Figure 4.3

“Z” fold foil shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Figure 4.4

Dual braid shield construction on a multipair cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Figure 4.5

Copper braid construction on a coaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Figure 4.6

Spiral or serve shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Figure 5.1

Continuously corrugated and welded (CCW) armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Figure 6.1

A typical 600 volt control cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Figure 6.2

Control cable with overall shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Figure 6.3

Control cable with individually shielded pairs and an overall shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Figure 6.4

A typical thermocouple circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Figure 6.5

Typical tape shielded 15 kV power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Figure 6.6

Typical wire shielded 15 kV power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Figure 6.7

Typical coaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Figure 6.8

Flexible coax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Figure 6.9

Semirigid coax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Figure 6.10 Triaxial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Figure 6.11 Dual coaxial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Figure 6.12 A typical twinaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Figure 6.13 Optical fiber types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Figure 6.14 Optical fiber attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Figure 6.15 Optical fiber cable designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Figure 7.1

Maximum conductor short circuit current for copper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

329

©Anixter Inc. 1996

INDEX OF FIGURES Figure 7.2

Maximum conductor short circuit current for aluminum cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Figure 7.3

Current ratings for electronic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Figure 8.1

How to calculate clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Figure 8.2

Calculating minimum bending radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Figure 8.3

Cable feed-in setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 –122

Figure 8.4

Connections for testing insulation resistance between one wire and ground . . . . . . . . . . 130

Figure 8.5

Connections for testing insulation resistance between one wire and all other wires . . . . . 131

Figure 8.6

Moisture removal equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Figure 9.1

BNC connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Figure 9.2

SMA series coax connectors for semirigid cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Figure 9.3

SMA series coax connectors for flexible cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Figure 9.4

UHF series coax connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Figure 9.5

N series coax connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Figure 9.6

F series coax connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Figure 9.7

RJ-45 (8 pin) modular plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Figure 9.8

Wiring methods A and B on an RJ-45 modular jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Figure 9.9

3M Scotchlok connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Figure 9.10 3M Scotchlok lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Figure 9.11 Terminal stud size chart in English and metric units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Figure 9.12 ST type connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Figure 9.13 FDDI connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Figure 9.14 SMA connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Figure 9.15 Biconic connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Figure 10.1

Reel terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Figure 10.2

Winding cables smaller than 1/2" in diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Figure 10.3

Winding cables larger than 1/2" in diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Figure 10.4

Fastening the trailing end of the cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Figure 10.5

Rewinding of interlocked armor cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Figure 10.6

Proper handling of cable reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Figure 11.1

UL 910 Steiner tunnel test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Figure 11.2

UL 1666 Riser flame test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Figure 11.3

UL 1581 Vertical tray flame test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Figure 11.4

UL 1581 VW-1 flame test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Figure 11.5

Typical UL marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Figure 14.1

CENELEC cable identification code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Figure 14.2

Example of a CENELEC cable identification code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

©Anixter Inc. 1996

330

GENERAL INDEX Bending radii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 –119 Bend multipliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Bends, in duct and conduit runs . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Biconic connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 BIL. See Basic Impulse Level ratings BNC connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 BNFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Braid shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Brazil, standards and specifications in . . . . . . 274 BRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Britain. See United Kingdom British Coal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 British Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Broken fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 BSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 – 264 Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 83 Bunch strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

A ABNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Acceptance testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 AC circuits, resistance, inductance, and capacitance in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 AC/DC resistance ratio, at 60 Hertz . . . . . . . . 95 ACSR. See Aluminum strand properties AEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 AENC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Aerospace wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 AFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Agencies. See Regulatory and approval agencies; Standards and specifications Aircore cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Alternating Current (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Aluminum conductors, DC and AC resistance of Class B . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 – 93 Aluminum strand properties . . . . . . . . . . 21– 25 ACSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 – 25 Class B Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 23 solid aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21– 22 Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Ampacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 68 at 400 and 800 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 of power cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Ampere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Annular conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 – 57 basket weave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 continuously corrugated and welded (CCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 interlocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 lead sheath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 wire serve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Asia and Pacific Rim, standards and specifications in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 – 295 ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 –171 Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Austel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Australia, standards in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 – 293 Austrian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

C Cable. See Cable types; Wire and cable packaging Cable interstices, largest possible conductor in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cable types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 – 84 armored power and control . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 in Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 – 286 coaxial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 –72 construction and building wire . . . . . . . . . . 62 control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 current ratings for electronic . . . . . . . . . . . 103 electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 – 54, 70 –75 fiber optic connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 flexible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62 high temperature wire and cable . . . . . 66 – 67 IBM Cabling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 interlocked armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 large pair count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 lead-sheathed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 military . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 –79 mining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 multiconductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 nonmetallic sheathed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 optical fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 – 83 portable power and control . . . . . . . . . . 61– 62 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 – 51, 67– 69, 104 shipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 – 80 telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 –77 thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 – 65 tray cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 twinax cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 UTP and STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 –74 Canada cable types in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 – 286 fire ratings in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

B Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 BASEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Basic Impulse Level (BIL) ratings . . . . . . . . 104 Basket weave armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Basket weave pulling grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 BBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Belden electronic color code . . . . . . . . . . 38 – 39 Belgian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 – 243 Bellcore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173

331

©Anixter Inc. 1996

GENERAL INDEX strand types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10 “tip” and “ring” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Conductor shield (strand shield) . . . . . . . . . . 50 Conductor size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Conduit fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 –112 Connections, series and parallel . . . . . . . . . . 224 Connectors biconic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 coaxial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 –138 FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 FDDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 fiber optic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 –149 F series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 mini BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 N series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141–146 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147 SHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 SMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 148 ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147 telecommunications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 –140 3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141–144 TNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 UHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Constants. See Formulas and constants Construction and building wire . . . . . . . . . . . 62 RHH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 RHW-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SE-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 TFFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 TFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 THHN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 THW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 THW-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 THWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 THWN-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 USE-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 XHHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 XHHW-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Continuously corrugated and welded (CCW) armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Control cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Conversion tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 – 220 circular measurements—diameter, circumference, area . . . . . . . . . . . 210 – 215 KVA to amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 – 220 length, weight, area, power . . . . . . . 215 – 217 metric to English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 – 209 temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Copper braid shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

standards and specifications in . . . . 276 – 278 supply voltage and plug configurations in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 CANENA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Capacitance, in AC circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Categories, of twisted pair cable performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74 CATV systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 CCW armor. See Continuously corrugated and welded armor CEBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 242 CEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 CEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 CENELEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 232 – 240 cable identification code . . . . . . . . . 234 – 235 color codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237– 240 harmonized approvals in European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 CESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) . . . . . . . . . . . 30 CIGRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Circuits AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 electrical properties of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Cladding layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Clearance in duct and conduit . . . . . . . . . . . 114 CMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 CNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Coatings nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 silver plated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Coaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 –72 capacitance of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Coaxial connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 –138 Colombia, standards and specifications in . . . 274 Color coding of insulation and jacket materials . . . . . 33 – 40 for telecommunication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 for thermocouple wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Compact strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Compressed strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Concentric strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Conductive shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Conductor diameter, from wire diameter . . . . 226 Conductors See also Aluminum conductors; Coatings; Copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . 6 aluminum strand properties . . . . . . . . . 21– 25 in cable interstices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 coatings for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 copper strands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 – 20 copper wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 resistance and weight of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 ©Anixter Inc. 1996

332

GENERAL INDEX Copper conductors. See also Conductors DC and AC resistance of Class B . . . . 90 – 91 DC resistance of plated . . . . . . . . . . . . 87– 90 Copper strand properties . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 – 20 Class B Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 –17 Class H Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–18 Class K Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Class M Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 solid copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 –15 Copper tape shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Copper wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Core of optical fibers diameter of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 COTNNIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Coulomb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 COVENIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Crosslinked polyethylene (XLP, XLPE) . . . . . . 31 properties of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 198, 203, 276 – 278 CSA standards. See Standards and specifications CSP. See Hypalon Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 short circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Current-carrying capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

DC/AC resistance of class B copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 – 91 DC resistance of plated copper conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87– 90 electronic cable ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 power cable ampacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 reactance and impedance at 60 Hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 – 94 resistance and ampacity at 400 and 800 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 shield short-circuit current . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 temperature correction factors . . . . . . . . . . 96 voltage drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 98 Electrical Inspectorate (Finland) . . . . . . . . . . 203 Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) . . . . . . . . . . 108 See also Installation and testing Electrical properties, of circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Electrical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electricity Trust of South Australia . . . . . . . 203 Electromotive force (EMF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electronic cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 –75 coaxial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 –72 ratings for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 twinax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Electronic cable shields . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 52 – 54 copper braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 spiral (serve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Electrons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Emission shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 EMT. See Electrical metallic tubing End seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Engineering notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 – 225 England. See United Kingdom EPR. See Ethylene propylene rubber ERA Technology Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 ESI. See EA ETFE. See Tefzel Ethylene propylene rubber (EP, EPR, or EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 properties of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ETSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 – 259 Austrian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Belgian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 – 243 Danish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Dutch standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 – 253 EU standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 – 240 French standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 – 246 German standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247– 249 Irish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Italian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251– 252 Norwegian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

D Danish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 DC and AC resistance of Class B aluminum conductors . . . . . 92 – 93 of Class B copper conductors . . . . . . . 90 – 91 DC maintenance testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 DC resistance, of plated copper conductors 87– 90 DEMKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 244 Department of the Environment (UK) . . . . . . 266 Department of Transport (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Dielectric constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 of common wire and cable materials . . . . . 48 DIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 DKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Drain wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Drum diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 –153 Dual coaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Dutch standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 – 253

E EA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 ECTFE. See Halar EIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 –177 Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 –104 AC/DC resistance ratio at 60 Hertz . . . 95 – 96 basic impulse level (BIL) ratings . . . . . . . . 104 conductor short circuit current . . . . 98, 99, 100 DC/AC resistance of class B aluminum conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 – 93 333

©Anixter Inc. 1996

GENERAL INDEX H

Portuguese standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Spanish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Swedish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257– 258 Swiss standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 – 259 United Kingdom standards . . . . . . . . 262 – 270 European Union (EU) standards . . . . . 232 – 240 CEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 CENELEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 – 240 supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Exchange cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Extension grade wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Halar (ECTFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Halogen content, in insulation and jacket materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Handling. See Receiving, handling and storage HAR approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 High temperature wire and cable . . . . . . . 66 – 67 Hipot testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 –129 Hypalon (CSP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

I IBM Cabling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 IBN/NBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 ICEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 178 –179, 198 ICONTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 –181 IEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 IEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 –183, 198 IEEE 802.5 networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 at 60 Hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94 IMQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Indoor cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 –77 Inductance, in AC circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Installation and testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 –133 conduit fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 –112 fault locating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 hipot testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 –129 installation methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 –122 LAN cable testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 megger testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 –131 moisture removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131–132 overhead messengers . . . . . . . . . . . 123 –124 pulling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 –119 receiving, handling and storage . . . . . . . . 107 vertical suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Installation methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 –122 Instrumentation cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 3 Insulation and jacket materials . . . . . 27– 48, 77 color coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 – 40 fibrous coverings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 telecommunication color coding . . . . . . 39, 40 thermoplastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 30 thermosets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 – 32 types and applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 32 Insulation level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Insulation Resistance (IR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Insulation shield. See Outer shield Interlocked armor cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 113 rewinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 International organizations . . . . . . . 203 – 204, 229 – 295 Interstices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

F FAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Fault locating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 133 FC connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Fiber optic connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 –149 Fiber optic testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Fiber selection, for optical fiber cables . . . . . . . 81 Filled cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Fire ratings, in Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Fire safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 193 –199 Flame retardant EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Flexible coax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Flexible cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62 Fluoropolymers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Foil shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Formulas and constants . . . . . . . . . . . . 221– 227 coaxial capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 conductor diameter from wire diameter . . . 226 electrical properties of circuits . . . . . . . . . 222 engineering notation . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 – 225 maximum size conductor in interstices . . . 226 multiconductor cable diameter . . . . . . . . . 225 resistance, inductance, and capacitance in AC circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 resistance and weight of conductors . . . . . 223 series and parallel connections . . . . . . . . 224 French standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 – 246 FREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Frequency range of coaxial connectors . . . 136 F series connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

G Galvanized steel strand/physical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 German standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247– 249 Glass core of optical fibers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Ground check (GC) conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Grounded systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

©Anixter Inc. 1996

334

GENERAL INDEX MSHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Multiconductor cable, diameter of . . . . . . . . . 225 Multipair color code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

IPQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Irish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 IR tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 ISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 203 Istituto Italiano del Marchio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Italian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251– 252 ITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 ITU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

N NCB. See British Coal NEC (National Electrical Code) . . . . . . . . . 3, 33, 108, 194, 201– 202 NEC (Netherlands Electro-Technical Committee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 –186 NEMKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 254 Neoprene (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 NFPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 NIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 NOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Nonmetallic-sheathed cables . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Norwegian standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Notation, engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 – 225 NSAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 N series connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 NTRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

J Jacket materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 See Insulation and jacket materials Jacks, modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Jamming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Japan, standards in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 JIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

K Kema, N.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 252 K-fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Kynar (PVDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

L

O

LANs. See Local area networks Latin and South America, standards in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 – 274 Lead sheath armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Lead-sheathed cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 128 Limiting oxygen index (LOI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Local area networks (LANs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 cable testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 LOI. See Limiting oxygen index London Underground Limited . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Loose buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Low voltage systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Lugs and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141–145

Ohm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ohm’s Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Optical fiber cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 – 83 fiber selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 – 83 Optical power meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Optical Time Domain Reflectometers (OTDRs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Organizations. See also Standards and specifications domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 –193 international . . . . . . . . . . 203 – 204, 229 – 295 OTDRs. See Optical Time Domain Reflectometers Outer shield (insulation shield) . . . . . . . . 50 – 51 Outside cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 ÖVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 241 Overhead messengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 –124

M Megger testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 –131 Messengers. See Overhead messengers Mexico, standards and specifications in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 – 273 Microbending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 MIL-C-24640 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 – 80 MIL-C-24643 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 – 80 MIL-C-915 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 – 80 Military wire and cable types . . . . . . . . . . 78 –79 Mini BNC connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Minimum bending radius . . . . . . . . . . . 118 –119 Mining cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Ministry of Defense (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Modular plugs and jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Moisture removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131–132 MPF (mine power feeder) cables . . . . . . . . . . 62

P Pacific Rim. See Asia and Pacific Rim Packaging, of wire and cable . . . . . . . . . 151–162 Parallel connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 PE. See Polyethylene PFA. See Teflon Plastic cladding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Plenum cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Plugs, modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Polyethylene (PE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Polyolefins (PO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Polypropylene (PP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Polyurethane (PUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 335

©Anixter Inc. 1996

GENERAL INDEX Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 in AC circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 AC/DC ratio at 60 Hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 of conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 at 400 and 800 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 temperature correction factors for . . . . . . . . 96 RJ-11 modular plugs and jacks . . . . . . . . . . 140 RJ-45 modular plugs and jacks . . . . . . . . . . 140 Rope strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Portable cords SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SJO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SJOW-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SJTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SOOW-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SOW-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 STO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Portuguese standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67– 69 ampacity of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 conductor size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 short circuit current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 special considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 voltage drop considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 voltage rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Power cable shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 conductor (strand) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 outer (insulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 – 51 Power connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141–146 Preassembled aerial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Proof testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PTFE. See Teflon PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Pulling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 –119 Pulling eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Pulling lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pulling swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Pulling tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 calculation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 –116 PUR. See Polyurethane PVC. See Polyvinyl chloride PVDF. See Kynar

S SAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 – 291 SAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 SCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 SC (subscriber connector) connectors . . . . 147 Scotland. See United Kingdom Sector conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Segmental conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Semi-conductive shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Semirigid coax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 SEMKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 257 Series connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Serve shields. See Spiral (serve) shields SEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Shielded twisted pair (STP) cable . . . . . . 73, 74 Shields conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 electronic cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 – 54 outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 – 51 power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 – 51 Shipboard cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 79 – 80 Shipping reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 –157 Short circuit current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 maximum conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 –100 maximum shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Shovel (SHD) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SHV connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Sidewall pressure (SWP) . . . . . . . . 114, 117–118 Signal leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Singapore, standards in . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 – 294 SISIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 SMA connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 148 SNV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 South America. See Latin and South America Spanish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Specifications. See Standards and specifications Spiral (serve) shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Standards and specifications . . . . . . . 163 – 204 ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 –171 Belden electronic color code . . . . . . . . 38 – 39 Bellcore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173 Brazilian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 CANENA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Colombian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

R Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Ratio, jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 REA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Reactance, at 60 Hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94 Receiving, handling and storage . . . . . . . . . 107 Reels handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 –162 moving and lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 –158 Reflectometers optical time domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 time domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Refractive index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Regulatory and approval agencies . . . 200 – 204 National Electrical Code (NEC) . . . . 201– 202 UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 ©Anixter Inc. 1996

336

GENERAL INDEX See also Standards and specifications Suspension, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Swedish standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257– 258 Swiss standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 – 259 SWP. See Sidewall pressure

continental European . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 – 259 CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 198 EIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 –177 European Union (EU) . . . . . . . . . . . 232 – 240 FAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 fire safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 –199 galvanized steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 ICEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 178 –179, 198 IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 –181 IEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 –183, 198 ISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 ITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 ITU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Mexican . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 – 273 MSHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 NEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 194 NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 –186 NFPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 NIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 –193 ÖVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 REA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 regulatory and approval agencies . . 200 – 204 SAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 UL . . . . 83, 84, 189 –190, 196 –197, 198, 199 in United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 – 270 U.S. government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191 U.S. military . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191–193 Venezuelan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 vertical cable tray tests . . . . . . . . . . . 195 –196 Standing-wave ratio (VSWR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Station wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 ST connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Steel wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Storage. See Receiving, handling and storage STP. See Shielded twisted pair cable Stranding annular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 bunch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 compressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 concentric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 copper strand properties . . . . . . . . . . . 12 – 20 rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 segmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 types of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10 Strand shield. See Conductor shield Stress control layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Stud sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Submarine cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Supply voltage and plug configurations, in Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

T TDR. See Time Domain Reflectometer Technische Prüfanstalten des SEV’s . . . . . . 204 Teflon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 29 Tefzel (ETFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Telecommunication color coding . . . . . . . 39, 40 Telecommunications connectors . . . . . 139 –140 Telephone cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 –77 Temperature ambient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Temperature correction factors, for resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tension limitations of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 –114 pulling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 115 –116 Testing. See Installation and testing TFE. See Teflon Thermal properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Thermocouple junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Thermocouple wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Type E (chromel vs. constantan) . . . . . . . . 64 Type J (iron vs. constantan) . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Type K (chromel vs. alumel) . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Type N (nicrosil vs. nisil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Type T (copper vs. constantan) . . . . . . . . . 64 Thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Thermoplastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 30 fluoropolymers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Halar (ECTFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Kynar (PVDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 polyethylene (PE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 polyolefins (PO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 polypropylene (PP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 polyurethane (PUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 properties of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41– 43 Teflon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 29 Teflon TFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tefzel (ETFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) . . . . . . . . . . 30 Thermosets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 – 32 chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) . . . . . . . . . 30 crosslinked polyethylene (XLP, XLPE) . . . . 31 ethylene propylene rubber (EP, EPR, or EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Hypalon (CSP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 neoprene (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 337

©Anixter Inc. 1996

GENERAL INDEX V

properties of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 – 45 silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 3M power connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141–146 Three phase delta Three wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Three phase star Four wire, grounded neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Three phase wye (star) Three wire . . . . . . . . . . 3 3-sheave pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Tight buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) . . . . 129, 133 “Tip” and “ring” conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 TNC connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 137 TPE. See Thermoplastic elastomer TPR. See Thermoplastic elastomer Tray cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 – 84 Treeing in insulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Triaxial cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Twinax cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Type CM cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Type CMR cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 TZV VS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

VDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 248 VDE-Prüfstelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Velocity of propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Venezuela, standards and specifications in . . . 273 Vertical cable tray tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 –196 Vertical suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Vertical tray flame test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Volt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Voltage, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 –129 Voltage drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 97, 98 Voltage rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 71 VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

W Water. See Moisture removal Weight, of conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Wire. See Cable types; Construction and building wire; Wire and cable packaging Wire and cable packaging . . . . . . . . . . . 151–162 reel handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 –162 reel size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 –158 Wire diameter, from conductor diameter . . . . 226 Wire serve armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Wire shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wire wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

U UHF connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 UL (Underwriters Laboratories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83, 84, 189 –190, 196 –197, 204 See also Standards and specifications UL 1581 Vertical tray flame test . . . . 198, 199 UNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Ungrounded systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Union Technique de L’Electricite . . . . . . . . . 204 United Kingdom, standards and specifications in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 – 270 Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74, 139 U.S. government, standards and specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191 U.S. military . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191–193 UTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 UTP. See Unshielded twisted pair cable

©Anixter Inc. 1996

X XLP, XLPE. See Crosslinked polyethylene

Z “Z” fold shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

338